Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/14?output=rss2 Sun, 13 Jul 2025 06:32:29 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3217

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL) ORDER

Description





CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF
EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[5 March 1982.]


1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Quarterly
Survey of Employment, Vacancies and Payroll) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

'business undertaking' means any undertaking carrying on business in
Hong Kong, including non-profit-making bodies and statutory
bodies;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified under paragraph 6.

3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner on
the expiration of each survey period in respect of business undertakings
in Hong Kong for the purpose of compiling statistics relating to
employment, vacancies and payroll in the survey period.

4. For the purpose of the survey, the particulars specified in the
Schedule shall be given in respect of business undertakings for the
survey period and shall be furnished to the Commissioner in accordance
with such form of questionnaire as the Commissioner may issue for that
purpose and within such period as he may therein specify.

5. The particulars required to be given under paragraph 4 in respect
of any business undertaking shall be given

(a)in the case of a business undertaking which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person concerned
in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of a business undertaking which is a partnership,
by any partner thereof,

(e)in any other case, by the proprietor of the business
undertaking.

6. For the purpose of this order, the survey periods shall be-

(a) January, February and March 1982;

(b) each period of 3 consecutive months thereafter.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of particulars
relevant to the survey is authorized.





8. This order shall apply in relation to a business undertaking
notwithstanding that it commenced business after the commencement
of any survey period or ceased to carry on business during that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for the surveys and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not later than
24 months after the relevant survey period.

SCHEDULE [para. 4.1

PARTICULARS REQUIRED TO BE GiVEN IN
RESPECT OF
BUSINESS UNDERTAKINGS

Name, address, number of persons engaged and nature of business in respect of
each establishment submitting a combined return.

Business registration number.

Date on which the establishment commenced business. Type of ownership.
Nature of business. Number and sex of persons engaged. Number of persons
engaged by operatives (or site workers) and other persons. Number of
vacancies by sex.

Number of vacancies by operatives (or site workers) and other
persons. The amount of payroll for each month in the survey period.
L.N. 69/82. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of employment, vacancies and payroll. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. Survey periods. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 69/82. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of employment, vacancies and payroll. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. Survey periods. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3217

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:32:03 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3216

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT) ORDER

Description





CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF
CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[5 March 1982]

1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics
(Quarterly Survey of Construction Output) Order.
2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

'construction' means any of the following

(a)the erection, maintenance or repair of buildings or other
immobile structures;

(b)the physical development of land for purposes other than
agriculture;

(c)site formation, piling, caissons or other sub-structure work;

(d)the installation of service facilities in buildings or other
immobile structures, whether under construction or already in
use;

(e)the demolition of existing buildings or other immobile
structures;

any specific processes constituting part of the activities
specified in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) inclusive;

-construction undertaking' means any undertaking engaged in
construction;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified under paragraph 6.

3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner on
the expiration of each survey period in respect of construction
undertakings in Hong Kong for the purpose of compiling statistics
relating to the construction output thereof in the survey period.

4. For the purpose of the survey, the particulars specified in the
Schedule shall be given in respect of construction undertakings for the
survey period and shall be furnished to the Commissioner in accordance
with such form of questionnaire as the Commissioner may issue for that
purpose and within such period as he may therein specify.





5. The particulars required to be given under paragraph 4 in
respect of a construction undertaking shall be given-

(a)in the case of a construction undertaking which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person con-
cerned in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of a construction undertaking which is a
partnership, by any partner thereof,

(c)in any other case, by the proprietor of the construction
undertaking.

6. For the purpose of this order, the survey period shall be-

(a) January, February and March 1982;

(b) each period of 3 consecutive months thereafter.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of particu-
lars relevant to any survey is authorized.

8. This order shall apply in relation to a construction under-
taking notwithstanding that it commenced business after the com-
mencement of a survey period or ceased to carry on business during
that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census
officers for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not
later than 24 months after the relevant survey period.

SCHEDULE [para. 4.1

PARTICULARS REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN IN RESPECT OF
CONSTRUCTION UNDERTAKINGS

Nature of activities of the undertaking.
Value of construction work performed at building and construction sites, at other
minor new construction work locations, and at erected buildings and structures,
in the capacity of a main contractor or a sub-contractor.
Site particulars and value of construction work performed at each site, for main
contractors operating at building and construction sites.
L.N. 68/82. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of construction output. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. The Survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 68/82. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of construction output. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. The Survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3216

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:32:02 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF BUILDING, CONSTRUCTION AND REAL ESTATE SECTORS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3215

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF BUILDING, CONSTRUCTION AND REAL ESTATE SECTORS) ORDER

Description






CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND REAL ESTATE
SECTORS) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[13 January 1984.]

1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Annual
Survey of Building, Construction and Real Estate Sectors) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

'building, construction and real estate sectors' means any of the
following--

(a)the erection, maintenance or repair of buildings or other
immobile structures;

(b)the physical development of land for purposes other than
agriculture;

(e)site formation, piling, caissons or other sub-structure work;

(d)the installation of service facilities in buildings or other
immobile structures, whether under construction or already in
use;

(e)the demolition of existing buildings or other immobile
structures;

the development of or transaction in real estate (including
leasing);

(g)architectural or related surveying, testing, designing or
engineering work;

(h) real estate brokerage or agency;

(i) real estate management services;

(j)any specific process constituting part of the activities
specified in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) inclusive;

'building, construction and real estate undertaking means any
undertaking engaged in building, construction and real estate
sectors;

'real estate' means immovable property;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified in or under
paragraph 6.





3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner
every year in respect of building, construction and real estate
undertakings in Hong Kong for the purpose of compiling statistics
relating to the building, construction and real estate sectors in the
survey period.

4. For the purpose of a survey carried out in any year, information
in respect of the matters specified in the Schedule shall be given in
relation to building, construction and real estate undertakings for the
survey period and shall, not later than 31 July in that year, or such later
date as the Commissioner may specify in any particular case, be
furnished to the Commissioner in accordance with such form of
questionnaire as the Commissioner may issue for that purpose.

5. The information required to be given under paragraph 4 in
respect of any building, construction and real estate undertaking shall
be given

(a)in the case of a building, construction and real estate
undertaking which is a body corporate, by a director, secretary
or other person concerned in the management thereof;

(b)in the case of a building, construction and real estate
undertaking which is a partnership, by any partner thereof;

(c)in any other case, by the proprietor of the building,
construction and real estate undertaking.

6. For the purpose of this order, the survey period in relation to any
year in which a survey is carried out under paragraph 3 shall be the
calendar year immediately preceding that year or such other period of 12
consecutive months commencing in that calendar year and ending not
later than 31 March in the following year as the Commissioner may
specify in any particular case.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of information
relevant to any survey is authorized.

8. This order shall apply in relation to a building, construction and
real estate undertaking notwithstanding that it commenced business
after the commencement of a survey period or ceased to carry on
business during that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not later than 31
July in the third year following the year in which the survey is carried
out.





SCHEDULE [para. 4.1

MATTERS IN RESPECT OF WHICH INFORMATION IS TO
BE GIVEN

(1) Type of ownership.

(2) Type of business activity.

(3) Percentage of shareholding by country of origin of investment.

(4)Name and address of undertaking, nature of work and number of persons
engaged. (In the case of undertakings submitting a combined return, this
information is required in relation to each undertaking.)

(5) Particulars of business premises.

(6) Number and sex of persons engaged, by type.

(7) Number of working days, shifts and hours worked.

(8) Compensation of employees, by type.

(9) Value of purchases and stocks of materials and supplies, by type.

(10) Value of contract work and other operating expenses, by type.

(11) Value of construction work performed and other business receipts, by type.

(12) Value of property completed or under construction and the associated price of
land.

(13) Particulars of individual building, construction or real estate development
projects; project outlays; construction value; project value and land value.

(14) Transactions in land and property.

(15) Acquisitions, disposals, depreciation and stocks of fixed assets, by type.
L.N. 14/84. Citation. Interpretation. Survey of building, construction and real estate sectors. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give information. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 14/84. Citation. Interpretation. Survey of building, construction and real estate sectors. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give information. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3215

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:32:01 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (MONTHLY SURVEY OF RETAIL SALES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3214

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (MONTHLY SURVEY OF RETAIL SALES) ORDER

Description






CENSUS AND STATISTICS (MONTHLY SURVEY OF
RETAIL SALES) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[30 January 1981,1

I. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Monthly
Survey of Retail Sales) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

'retail trade' includes the business of hiring or renting goods;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'trading establishment' means any undertaking engaged in the retail
trade;

'value of sales of goods' includes goods sold on own account and on
account of others, irrespective of whether the sales are in cash or
on credit.

3. Statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner each
month of every year in respect of trading establishments in Hong Kong
for the purpose of compiling statistics relating to monthly retail sales.

4. For the purpose of every survey, the particulars specified in the
Schedule shall be given in respect of trading establishments on a
monthly basis and shall, not later than the last day of the month
following the relevant month, be furnished to the Commissioner in
accordance with such form of questionnaire as the Commissioner may
issue for that purpose.

5. The particulars required to be given under paragraph 4 in
respect of a trading establishment shall be given

(a)in the case of a trading establishment which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person concerned
in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of a trading establishment which is a partnership,
by any partner thereof,

(c)in any other case, by the proprietor of the trading
establishment.

6. The use of sampling methods for the collection of particulars
relevant to any survey is hereby authorized.

7. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed within 2 years
after the survey month.





SCHEDULE [para. 4.1

PARTICULARS REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN IN RESPECT
OF
TRADING ESTABLISHMENTS

Monthly total value of sales of goods.

the establishment, of goods sold by hire-purchase or instalment contracts
should be included at the time of transaction. Payments received from
accounts receivable from goods sold on credit or by, hire-purchase contracts
in earlier periods should be excluded.
L.N. 22/81. Citation. Interpretation. Survey of monthly retail sales. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. Sampling methods may be used. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 22/81. Citation. Interpretation. Survey of monthly retail sales. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. Sampling methods may be used. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3214

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:32:00 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3213

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS) ORDER

Description






CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, RESTAURANTS
HOTELS) ORDER
(Cap. 316, section 11)
[13 January 1984.]

1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Annual
Survey of Wholesale and Retail Trades, Restaurants and Hotels) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires

'hotel' includes any place where lodging is provided on a fee-paying
basis;

'restaurant' includes any place where prepared food or drinks are
sold for immediate consumption, and any catering service;

'retail trade' includes the business of hiring or renting goods;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified in or under
paragraph 6;

'trading establishment' means any of the following

(a) any undertaking engaged in wholesale or retail trade;

(b) any restaurant;

(c) any hotel;

'wholesale trade' includes the business of importing or exporting
goods, and any commission agency or buying agency.

3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner
every year in respect of trading establishments in Hong Kong for the
purpose of compiling statistics relating to the business thereof in the
survey period.

4. For the purpose of a survey carried out in any year, information
in respect of the matters specified in the Schedule shall be given in
relation to trading establishments for the survey period

EE



and shall, not later than 31 July in that year, or such later date as the
Commissioner may specify in any particular case, be furnished to the
Commissioner in accordance with such form of questionnaire as the
Commissioner may issue for that purpose.

5. The information required to be given under paragraph 4 in
respect of a trading establishment shall be given





(a)in the case of a trading establishment which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person concerned
in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of a trading establishment which is a partnership,
by any partner thereof,

(c)in any other case, by the proprietor of the trading
establishment.

6. For the purpose of this order, the survey period in relation to any
year in which a survey is carried out under paragraph 3 shall be the
calendar year immediately preceding that year or such other period of 12
consecutive months commencing in that calendar year and ending not
later than 31 March in the following year as the Commissioner may
specify in any particular case.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of information
relevant to any survey is hereby authorized.

8. This order shall apply in relation to a trading establishment
notwithstanding that it commenced business after the commencement of
a survey period or ceased to carry on business during that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not later than 31
July in the third year following the year in which the survey is carried
out.

SCHEDULE [para. 4.1

MATTERS IN RESPECT OF WHICH INFORMATION IS TO BE GIVEN

(1) Type of ownership.
(2) Type of business activity.
(3) Percentage of shareholding by country of origin of investment.

(4) Name and address of establishment, nature of work and number of persons

engaged. (In the case of establishments submitting a combined return, this
information is required in relation to each establishment.)

(5) Particulars of business premises.

(6) Number and sex of persons engaged. by type.
(7) Compensation of employees, by type.

(8) Operating expenses, by type.
(9) Cost of purchases of goods for sale. by type.

(10) Stocks of materials, supplies and goods for sale at the beginning and end of the
survey period.

(11) Business receipts, value of sales of goods, and other income and receipts. by
type. (12) Acquisitions. disposals, depreciation and stock of fixed assets. by type.
L.N. 16/84. Citation. Interpretation. Annual survey of wholesale and retail trades, restaurants and hotels. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required t give information. The Survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 16/84. Citation. Interpretation. Annual survey of wholesale and retail trades, restaurants and hotels. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required t give information. The Survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3213

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:32:00 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3212

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER

Description




CENSUS AND STATISTICS (QUARTERLY SURVEY OF
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[30 January 1981.]

1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Quarterly
Survey of Industrial Production) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

-industrial production' means any of the following

(a)the processing, assembling, altering, cleaning, repairing,
ornamenting, finishing or breaking up of any article or
materials;

(b) shipbuilding or ship repairing;

(c)the fabricating or repairing of any machinery or equipment;

'industrial undertaking' means any undertaking engaged in industrial
production;

'survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified under paragraph 6.

3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner in
respect of industrial undertakings in Hong Kong for the purpose of
compiling statistics relating to industrial production thereof in the
survey period. This survey shall be repeated 4 times in every year.

4. For the purpose of a survey, the particulars specified in the
Schedule shall be given in respect of industrial undertakings for the
sarvey period and shall, within one month after the survey period, be
furnished to the Commissioner in accordance with such form of
questionnaire as the Commissioner may issue for that purpose.

5. The particulars required to be given under paragraph 4 in
respect of an industrial undertaking shall be given

(a)in the case of an industrial undertaking which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person concerned
in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of an industrial undertaking which is a partnership,
by any partner thereof;

(c)in any other case, by the proprietor of the industrial
undertaking.





6. For the purposes of this order, the survey period shall be any
such period of 3 consecutive months as the Commissioner may specify
from time to time in the schedule designed for the survey.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of particulars
relevant to any survey is hereby authorized.

8. This order shall apply in relation to an industrial undertaking
notwithstanding that it commenced business after the commencement of
a survey period or ceased to carry on business during that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not later than 24
months after the relevant survey period.

SCHEDULE [para. 4.]

PARTICULARS REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN IN RESPECT OF
INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS

Particulars of the industrial undertaking.

Number of persons engaged and its breakdown.

Number of working days. shifts and hours: man-hours of overtime worked.

Descriptions, quantities, prices and values of goods produced, or descriptions,
quantities, prices and values of sales and work done. with values of stocks at
the beginning and end of the survey period.
L.N. 23/81. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of industrial production. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 23/81. Citation. Interpretation. Quarterly survey of industrial production. Particulars required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give particulars. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3212

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:59 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3211

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS (ANNUAL SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER

Description


CENSUS AND STATISTIC (ANNUAL SURVEY OF
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION) ORDER

(Cap. 316, section 11)

[13 January 1984]

1. This order may be cited as the Census and Statistics (Annual
Survey of Industrial Production) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires-

'industrial production' means any of the following

(a)the mining, quarrying, manufacturing, processing,
assernbling, altering, cleaning, repairing, ornamenting,
finishing or breaking up of any article or material;

(b) shipbuilding or ship repairing;

(c)the fabricating or repairing of any machinery or equipment;

(d)the generating, manufacturing or supplying of gas, electricity,
or water;

-industrial undertaking' means an undertaking engaged in industrial
production;

,,survey' means the statistical survey referred to in paragraph 3;

'survey period' means the survey period specified in or under
paragraph 6.

3. A statistical survey shall be carried out by the Commissioner
every year in respect of industrial undertakings in Hong Kong for the
purpose of compiling statistics relating to the industrial production
thereof in the survey period.

4. For the purpose of a survey carried out in any year, information
in respect of the matters specified in the Schedule shall be given in
relation to industrial undertakings for the survey period and shall, not
later than 31 July in that year, or such later date as the Commissioner
may specify in any particular case, be furnished to the Commissioner in
accordance with such form of questionnaire as the Commissioner may
issue for that purpose.

5. The information required to be given under paragraph 4 in
relation to an industrial undertaking shall be given

(a)in the case of an industrial undertaking which is a body
corporate, by a director, secretary or other person concerned
in the management thereof,

(b)in the case of an industrial undertaking which is a partnership,
by any partner thereof.,





(e)in any other case, by the proprietor of the industrial
undertaking.

6. For the purpose of this order, the survey period in relation to any
year in which a survey is carried out under paragraph 3 shall be the
calendar year immediately preceding that year or such other period of 12
consecutive months commencing in that calendar year and ending not
later than 31 March in the following year as the Commissioner may
specify in any particular case.

7. The use of sampling methods for the collection of information
relevant to any survey is hereby authorized.

8. This order shall apply in relation to an industrial undertaking
notwithstanding that it commenced business after the commencement
of a survey period or ceased to carry on business during that period.

9. All completed schedules collected or received by census officers
for a survey and all copies thereof shall be destroyed not later than 31
July in the third year following the year in which the survey is carried
out.

SCHEDULE [para. 4.]

MATTERS IN RESPECT OF WHICH INFORMATION IS TO BE GIVEN

(1) Type of ownership.
(2) Type of business activity.
(3) Percentage of shareholding by country of origin of investment.

(4)Name and address of undertaking, nature of work and number of persons
engaged. (In the case of undertakings submitting a combined return, this
information is required in relation to each undertaking.)

(5) Particulars of business premises.
(6) Number and sex of persons engaged, by type.

(7) Number of working days, shifts and hours worked.
(8) Compensation of employees, by type.

(9) Operating expenses, by type.
(10) Value, quantity and description of purchases, by type.

(11) Value of stocks by type, at the beginning and end of survey period; price
changes of stocks, by type.

(12) Value, quantity and description of goods or industrial services produced or
sold, by type.

(13) Other receipts, by type.

(14) Acquisitions, disposals, depredation and stocks of fixed assets, by
type.
L.N. 15/84. Citation. Interpretation. Annual survey of industrial production. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give information. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 15/84. Citation. Interpretation. Annual survey of industrial production. Information required to be given. Schedule. Persons required to give information. The survey period. Sampling methods may be used. Application of order in certain cases. Date for destruction of schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3211

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:58 +0800
<![CDATA[CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3210

Title

CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 316

REVISED EDITION 1978

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 316

CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1...........Short title ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2...........Interpretation .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3.........................Commissioner for Census and Statistics ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

4..................Functions of Commissioner ... 3

5. Temporary employment of persons as census officers ... ... ... ... ... 3

6................Declaration of secrecy ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7....................Identification of census officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
8....................Power of Governor to give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART II

CENSUS OF POPULATION

9. Power to direct census of population to be taken ... ... ... ... ... 4

10...........................Enumeration of armed forces and travellers ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART III

STATISTICAL SURVEYS

11. Power to direct statistical surveys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART IV

DELIVERY Aim COMPLETION OF SCHEDULES

12..............Delivery of schedules ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

13.....................Completion and return of schedules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

14..........................Questions by census officers to be answered ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART V

GENERAL

15...........................Duty of occupiers to grant access to premises ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

16......................False entries in schedules or returns ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

17..................Obstructing census officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

18. Impersonation of census officers, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

19..................Offences by census officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

20................Custody of documents ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9







21. Offence to publish information knowingly received in contravention of

Ordinance ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

22.........................Restriction on publication and disclosure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

23.........Penalties ........................... ... 10

24......................................Consent of Attorney General required for prosecution of offences ... 10

25...........................................Information obtained by statistical inquiry not admissible in evidence to
26. Regulations 11

27..................Amendment of Schedule ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
28..................Repeal and transitional .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
Schedule 12





CHAPTER 316

CENSUS AND STATISTICS

To provide for the taking of a census of population and the collection,
compilation and publication of statistical information concerning
Hong Kong and for matters connected therewith; and to repeal the
Census Ordinance.

[26th May, 1978.]

PART 1

]PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Census and Statistics
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'census office?' means

(a) the Commissioner;

(b)any person employed or whose services are used under
section 5;

'census of population' means a census of population taken under
section 9;

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Census and Statistics
appointed under section 3;

'functions' includes powers and duties;

occupier in relation to any premises, includes any person in charge or
command thereof and, where such person is a corporation, any
director, secretary, manager or other person concerned in the
management of the corporation or actually in charge of the
premises on behalf of the corporation;

'premises' includes

(a) any land;

(b)any building or other structure, whether permanent or
temporary;

(c)any part of any premises which is used as a dwelling or place
of business or other activity separately from any other part;

(d) any vessel, train, aircraft or vehicle;

'samplaing' means a statistical procedure by which information relating
to a whole field of inquiry is derived by applying statistical
techniques to information obtained in respect of a proportion of
the total number of persons concerned in the relevant field of
inquiry;

'schedule' means any form or other document issued by the
Commissioner for collecting statistical information in any statistical
inquiry;





'specified person', in relation to any statistical inquiry, means a person
of a class or description of persons specified for the purpose of
such inquiry in an order under section 9(2)(a)(iii) or section
11(2)(a)(iii);

'statistical inquiry' means-

(a) a census of population;

(b) a survey,

'survey' means a statistical survey carried out under section 11;

'undertaking' means any undertaking whether by way of trade or
business or otherwise

3. (1) There shall be a Commissioner for Census and Statistics who
shall be appointed by the Governor.

(2) Any person holding or acting in the public office of
Commissioner for Census and Statistics immediately before the
commencement of this Ordinance shall continue to hold or to act in such
office, as the case may be, as if appointed under this section.

4. Subject to this Ordinance, the functions of the Commissioner are

(a)to make such arrangements and to do all such things as are
necessary for the taking of any census of population or the
carrying out of any survey;

(b)to collect, compile, analyse, abstract and publish statistical
information relating to the commercial, industrial, financial,
social, economic and general activities and condition of the
people,

and for those purposes to design and use such schedules as he thinks
fit and to lay down the instructions and procedures necessary for the
proper distribution, completion and return thereof.

5. (1) The Commissioner may employ temporarily, whether for
payment or otherwise, such number of persons to be census officers as
may appear to him to be necessary for the purpose of carrying out any
statistical inquiry.

(2) The Commissioner may, with the approval of the Secretary for
the Civil Service, use the services of any public officer for the purposes
of any statistical inquiry.

(3) The duties of a person employed under subsection (1) or whose
services are used under subsection (2) shall be such as the
Commissioner may determine.

6. Every census officer shall, before entering upon his duties,
complete a declaration either in Form 1 or Form 2 in the Schedule.

7. (1) The Commissioner shall issue to every census officer who is
engaged in a statistical inquiry a certificate specifying the





nature of the inquiry and stating that the person named therein is
authorized to act as a census officer for the purpose of that inquiry; and
a census officer shall produce such certificate for inspection by any
person who may question his authority to exercise any function
conferred on a census officer by this Ordinance.

(2) A certificate purporting to be issued under subsection (1) by the
Commissioner shall be admissible in evidence in any civil or criminal
proceedings and shall, until the contrary is proved, be sufficient
evidence of the facts stated therein.

(3) In addition to the issue of a certificate under subsection (1), the
Commissioner may issue to census officers such insignia, arm bands or
other tokens as he may consider necessary for the purpose of
identification.

8. (1) The Governor may give to the Commissioner or any other
public officer such directions as he thinks fit with respect to the
exercise or performance of his functions under this Ordinance, and such
directions may be given generally or in respect of any particular case.

(2) A person to whom a direction is given by the Governor under
subsection (1) shall, in the exercise or performance of his functions
under this Ordinance, comply with that direction.

PART II

CENSUS OF POPULATION

9. (1) The Governor in Council may, by order in the Gazette, direct
that a census of population be taken for Hong Kong or any part thereof.

(2) Any order made under subsection (1) in respect of a census of
population

(a) shall specify-

(i) the purpose for which the census is required;

(ii) the persons, premises, establishments or other matters,
in respect of which particulars for the purpose of the census
are to be obtained;

(iii) the class or description of persons who are required to
give information for the purpose of the census;

(iv) the date or dates on which or the period in respect of
which the census is to be taken;

(v) the date by which all completed schedules collected or
received by census officers for the census and all copies
thereof shall be destroyed; and

(b)may authorize the use of sampling methods for the collection
of information relevant to the census.





10. The Commissioner may, in such manner as he thinks fit,

obtain such particulars as may be required for the purposes of any
census of population regarding

(a)any naval, military or air force personnel for the time being in
Hong Kong whether engaged in the Armed Forces of the
Crown or in the armed forces of any foreign power; and

(b)any persons who, at the time of the taking of the census, are
travelling or are on board any vessel or for any reason are not
residing in any premises of which account is to be taken in the
census.

PART III

STATISTICAL SURVEYS

11. (1) The Governor in Council may, by order in the Gazette, direct
that a statistical survey be carried out in relation to any matter specified
in section 4(b) other than a census of population.

(2) An order made under subsection (1)-

(a) shall specify-

(i) the purposes for which the survey is required;

(ii) the persons in respect of whom or matters in respect of
which information is to be given for such purposes;

(iii) the class or description of persons who are required to
give information for such purposes;

(iv) the date by which all completed schedules collected or
received by census officers for the survey and all copies
thereof shall be destroyed; and

(b) may-

(i) specify the date or dates on which or the period in
respect of which the survey is to be carried out;

(ii) require any specified person to furnish to the
Cornmissioner, in such form and manner and within such time
as may be specified in the order, such estimates or returns as
may be so specified relating to the matters which are the
subject of the survey;

(iii) authorize the use of sampling methods for the collection
of the statistical information relevant to the survey.

PART IV

DELIVERY AND COMPLETION OF SCHEDULES

12. (1) For the purpose of carrying out a statistical inquiry, the
Commissioner may direct any census officer to deliver, in





accordance with such direction, to any specified person one 01 more
schedules for completion by such person.

(2) For the purpose of taking a census of population, the
Commissioner may direct any census officer to deliver or cause to be
delivered to the person in charge of any of the following premises

(a)any public or private institution of any kind whatsoever in
which inmates reside, whether for payment or otherwise,
including any penal, corrective or remand establishment; or

(b)any hotel, boarding house, lodging-house, club or other
residential establishment,

a schedule to be completed by that person in respect of the persons
who, at the time of taking the census, are in or upon such premises.

(3) Delivery under subsection (1) of a schedule to a specified
person may be effected

(a) personally by a census officer;

(b)by being sent by post to the last known postal address of
such specified person;

(c)by being left by a census officer at his last known residential
address or at any undertaking of such specified person, or in
the case of a corporation, at its registered office or principal
place of business.

(4) For the purpose of providing information for specified persons
generally in relation to a statistical inquiry, including the instructions
and procedures laid down under section 4 for the completion of
schedules, the Commissioner may give such publicity to the inquiry by
means of advertisements or otherwise as he may deem fit.

13. (1) Any person (not being a person to whom subsection (2)
applies) to whom a schedule relating to a statistical inquiry is delivered
under section. 12 shall complete it or cause it to be completed to the best
of his knowledge and belief by providing the information specified, in
the manner and within the time indicated, in such schedule and shall
thereafter return it in the manner and within the time specified therein.

(2) If any person to whom a schedule is delivered under section 12
is unable either himself to complete it in the manner or within the time
indicated therein, or to cause some other person so to complete it, he
shall return the schedule in the manner and within the time specified
therein and shall declare, either verbally or in writing, his inability to
complete the schedule and the reasons for such inability.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection (1) or (2),
any census officer charged with the delivery of any schedule for





completion by any person for the purpose of any statistical inquiry may
either at the request of such person or of his own motion, obtain
verbally from such person the particulars required for completion of the
schedule and complete the schedule in the manner required.

(4) Where any specified person is-

(a) resident outside Hong Kong;

(b) a corporation incorporated outside Hong Kong;

(c)unable to complete a schedule by reason of sickness, absence
or other sufficient cause,

the delivery of a schedule to the premises of any such specified person
shall, for the purposes of this section, be a sufficient requirement to any
manager or agent of the specified person, who is in possession of or has
access to the information required therefor, to complete the schedule and
to return it in the manner directed therein.

(5) Where reasonable grounds exist for believing that any specified
person has withheld or incorrectly given any information in his
possession which, in the opinion of the Commissioner, is required for the
purpose of the completion by such specified person of any schedule,
and the Commissioner so directs, a census officer may, at any reasonable
time and on production of the certificate issued to him under section 7
for examination by any person requiring evidence of his identity, enter
any premises occupied by such specified person and may therein

(a)deliver or collect any schedule or make any inquiries
necessary for the completion or checking thereof ;

(b)inspect, extract information from or make copies of any
document for the purpose of completing any schedule;

(c)check any information obtained or obtain any further
information required in respect of any statistical inquiry,

and may, in the light of any information so obtained, complete any
schedule or add to or delete from any schedule any name or particular or
otherwise correct any material particular therein:

Provided that the powers conferred by this subsection shall not be
exercisable in relation to any statistical inquiry except

(i)where a date is or dates are specified in the order relating to
that statistical inquiry under section 9(2)(a)(iv) or, as the case
may be, section 11(2)(b)(i), within 2 months after that date or
the later of those dates; or

(ii) where a period is so specified, within that period and the period
of 12 months next thereafter.

(6) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) or (2) commits an
offence.





14. (1) Every person, whether or not he is a specified person, in
possession of information required to be given for the completion of a
schedule shall, to the best of his knowledge and belief, answer any
question put to him by a census officer which is necessary for the
completion of the schedule.

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence.

PART V

GENERAL

15. (1) The occupier of any premises shall permit any census officer
seeking access to the premises in accordance with section 13 to enter
the premises for the purpose of the exercise of any of his functions
under that section.

(2) The occupier of any premises shall, upon the request of a
census officer, permit such officer to paint or mark on or affix to such
premises any letters, marks, numbers or other means of identification
which appear to the Commissioner to be necessary for the purpose of
carrying out a statistical inquiry.

(3) Any person who-

(a)refuses or fails to comply with any request made to him by a
census officer under subsection (1) or (2); or

(b)before the expiration of a period of 2 months from the date on
which any letter, mark, number or other means of identification
is painted or marked or affixed by a census officer under
subsection (2), removes or obliterates or alters such letter,
mark, number or other means of identification without the
permission of a census officer,

commits an offence.

16. Any person who enters or causes to be entered in any schedule
or return required to be completed or made by him under this Ordinance
any particular which he knows to be false or which he does not believe
to be true commits an offence.

17. Any person who obstructs any census officer acting in the
course of his duty under this Ordinance commits an offence.

l& Any person who-

(a)with the intention of obtaining any information from any
person, impersonates a census officer; or

(b)without lawful excuse, has in his possession any document
purporting to be a certificate issued under section 7(1) or
any insignia, arm band or other taken issued under section
7(3) or any insignia, arm band or token so nearly resembling
any such insignia, arm band or other token as to be likely
to deceive,
commits an offence.





19. Any census officer and any person engaged in the preparation
of any schedule, return, abstract, report or other document in connexion
with any statistical inquiry who

(a)without reasonable cause, refuses or neglects to comply with
any lawful instruction issued to him by the Commissioner;

(b)in the pretended performance of his duties under this
Ordinance, obtains or seeks to obtain any information which
he is not authorized to obtain; or

(c)knowingly makes any false return or alters any particular
contained in any such schedule, return, abstract, report or
other document with intent to falsify the same,

commits an offence.

20. Any person having the custody, whether on his own behalf or
on behalf of any other person, of

(a)any schedule completed or return made under this Ordin-, or

(b)any abstract, report or other document containing particulars
(other than particulars to which section 22(2) applies) obtained
in the course of any statistical inquiry which enable
identification of any individual or undertaking,

who fails to keep such schedule, return, abstract, report or other
document at all times in a manner reasonably calculated to prevent any
unauthorized person having access thereto commits an offence.

21. Any person who publishes or communicates any information
which to his knowledge has been disclosed in contravention of this
Ordinance to any other person commits an offence.

22. (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), any person who
publishes or shows to any person otherwise than in the performance of
any function under this Ordinance

(a)any schedule or other document or part thereof completed or
any return or part thereof made for any of the purposes of this
Ordinance;

(b)any answer given to any question put for any of the purposes
of this Ordinance; or

(c)any particulars obtained in the course of any statistical inquiry
which enable identification of an individual or undertaking,

commits an offence.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), it shall not be an offence to
publish or show to any person any particulars referred to in subsection
(1)(c) which





(a)enable identification of an undertaking by reason only of the
fact that they relate to that undertaking as being within a
particular classification but do not enable identification of the
capital employed or profits arising in such undertaking;

(b)disclose in any directory of undertakings or otherwise any or
any combination of the following particulars, namely, the
name, the address, the type of business or the number of
employees of any undertaking.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be taken to prohibit-

(a)the publication by the Commissioner of any statistical
information in the form of abstracts, printed publications, press
releases or otherwise as he may deem fit:

Provided that in compiling any report, summary or
communication to the public of information obtained under this
Ordinance, the Commissioner shall so arrange it as to prevent
any particulars published therein (other than particulars to
which subsection (2) applies) from being identified as
particulars relating to any particular individual or undertaking
except with the previous consent in writing of the individual or,
as the case may be, of the person carrying on the undertaking;

(b)the production of such evidence as may be necessary for the
purpose of any proceedings instituted for an offence against
this Ordinance.

(4) The Commissioner shall not be required to disclose any
information obtained in the course of or as a result of any statistical
inquiry to or for inspection by or for the use of any other authority for
the purpose of or in connexion with the investigation of crime or the
assessment or levying of any tax.

23. (1) Any person who commits an offence under section 13, 14, 15
or 19(a) is liable to a fine of $500.

(2) Any person who commits an offence under section 16, 17, 18,
19(b) or (c), 20, 21 or 22 is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

24. No prosecution for an offence against this Ordinance shall be
commenced without the written consent of the Attorney General.

25. No census officer nor any other person shall be required in any
civil or criminal proceedings whatsoever to give in evidence any
information relating to particulars concerning any person, institution or
undertaking obtained by him in the course of and as a result of his
connexion with any statistical inquiry or with the





preparation of any schedule, return, abstract, report or other document
compiled in connexion with such inquiry; and no schedule completed or
return made under this Ordinance, nor any abstract, report or other
document (other than an obstract, report or other document published in
accordance with section 22) which contains particulars relating to any
individual, institution or undertaking obtained in the course of and as a
result of any statistical inquiry, shall be admissible in evidence in any
such proceedings:

Provided that nothing in this section shall be taken to prohibit the
production of such evidence as may be necessary for the purpose of any
proceedings instituted for an offence against this Ordinance.

26. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulations provide for the
better carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of any specified provision of such regulations shall be an
offence and may prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of
51,000.

27. The Governor may, by order in the Gazette, amend the
Schedule.

28. (1) The Census Ordinance is repealed.

(2) This Ordinance shall apply in relation to information obtained in
the course of a census taken under the Census Ordinance as it applies in
relation to information obtained in the course of a statistical inquiry
carried out under this Ordinance.

(3) Any census directed to be taken under the Census Ordinance
which is not completed prior to the commencement of this Ordinance
may be continued and completed in all respects after the commencement
of this Ordinance as if it had been directed to be carried out by an order
under section 11.

SCHEDULE [ss. 6 and 27.]

Declaration to be completed by Census Officers

FORM 1

. .....................do solemnly and sincerely

declare that I will carry out my duty as a census officer to the best of my
ability and will faithfully record on any schedule completed by me on behalf
of any person all particulars reported to me by such person and will deliver
such schedule to my superior officer and will not otherwise disclose to any
person, except a person authorized to receive it, any information of which
I have become aware in the course of my duty as a census officer.

(Signed) ................................................

Date ......................................................
1978 ed cap 316 12 Originally 38 of 1978. Short title. Interpretation. Commissioner for Census and Statistics. Functions of Commissioner. Temporary employment of persons as census officers. Declaration of secrecy. Schedule. Identification of census officers. Power of Governor to give directions. Power to direct census of population to be taken. Enumeration of armed forces and travellers. Power to direct statistical surveys. Delivery of schedules. Completion and return of schedules. Questions by census officers to be answered. Duty of occupiers to grant access to premises. False entries in schedules or returns. Obstructing census officers. Impersonation of census officers, etc. Offences by census officers. Custody of documents. Offence to publish information knowingly received in contravention of Ordinance. Restriction on publication and disclosure. Penalties. Consent of Attorney General required for prosecution of offences. Information obtained by statistical inquiry not admissible in evidence. Regulations. Amendment of Schedule. Repeal and transitional. (Cap. 316, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 38 of 1978. Short title. Interpretation. Commissioner for Census and Statistics. Functions of Commissioner. Temporary employment of persons as census officers. Declaration of secrecy. Schedule. Identification of census officers. Power of Governor to give directions. Power to direct census of population to be taken. Enumeration of armed forces and travellers. Power to direct statistical surveys. Delivery of schedules. Completion and return of schedules. Questions by census officers to be answered. Duty of occupiers to grant access to premises. False entries in schedules or returns. Obstructing census officers. Impersonation of census officers, etc. Offences by census officers. Custody of documents. Offence to publish information knowingly received in contravention of Ordinance. Restriction on publication and disclosure. Penalties. Consent of Attorney General required for prosecution of offences. Information obtained by statistical inquiry not admissible in evidence. Regulations. Amendment of Schedule. Repeal and transitional. (Cap. 316, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3210

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

316

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:57 +0800
<![CDATA[COLONY ARMORIAL BEARINGS (PROTECTION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3209

Title

COLONY ARMORIAL BEARINGS (PROTECTION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

COLONY ARMORIAL BEARINGS (PROTECTION)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 315

c,

REVISED EDITION 1964

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 315.

COLONY ARMORIAL BEARINGS (PROTECTION).

To prohibit the unauthorized making, displaying in public, sale or

exposing for sale or possession for sale, or use, of copies of the
Colony Armorial Bearings.

[27th November, 1959.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Colony Armorial Bearings
(Protection) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Armorial Bearings' means the armorial ensigns and supporters

granted and assigned for the Colony under Royal Warrant dated
the 21st day of January, 1959.

3. Except with the written permission of the Colonial Secretary,
which may be given in general or particular terms, and subject to such
conditions. if any, prescribed therein, no person shall

(a)in any manner or in connexion with any matter whatsoever,
make, display in public, or sell or expose for or have in his
possession for sale; or

(b)in connexion with any business, trade, calling or profession,
use,

any copy of the Armorial Bearings; or any bearings, crest, arms. badge,
token, emblem, device or thing so closely resembling the Armorial
Bearings as to lead to the belief that the bearings, crest arms, badge,
token, emblem, device or thing in question is such Armorial Bearings.

4. Any person who contravenes the provisions of section 3 shall be
liable to a fine of five thousand dollars and to imprisonment for three
months.
Originally 38 of 1939. Short title. Interpretation. Prohibition. Penalty.

Abstract

Originally 38 of 1939. Short title. Interpretation. Prohibition. Penalty.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3209

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

315

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:56 +0800
<![CDATA[OCCUPIERS LIABILITY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3208

Title

OCCUPIERS LIABILITY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

OCCUPIERS LIABILITY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 314

REVISED EDITION 1964

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 314.

OCCUPIERS LIABILITY ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section. Page.
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

LIABILITY IN TORT.

2..........Preliminary ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3........................Extent of occupier's ordinary duty ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

4.................................Effect of contract on occupier's liability to third party ... ... ... 3

5...............................Landlord's liability in virtue of obligation to repair ... ... ... ... 4

LIABILITY IN CONTRACT.

6...................Implied term in contracts ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... 5

GENERAL.

7. Application to Crown........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6





CHAPTER 314.

OCCUPIERS LIABILITY.

To amend the law as to the liability of occupiers and others for injury
or damage resulting to persons or goods lawfully on any land or
other property from dangers due to the state of the property or to
things done or omitted to be done there, and for purposes
connected therewith.

[1st April, 1960.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Occupiers Liability
Ordinance.

LIABILITY IN TORT.

2. (1) The rules enacted by sections 3 and 4 shall have effect, in
place of the rules of the common law, to regulate the duty which an
occupier of premises owes to his visitors in respect of dangers due to
the state of the premises or to things done or omitted to be done on
them.

(2) The rules so enacted shall regulate the nature of the duty
imposed by law in consequence of a person's occupation or control of
premises and of any invitation or permission he gives (or is to be treated
as giving) to another to enter or use the premises. but they shall not
alter the rules of the common law as to the persons on whom a duty is
so imposed or to whom it is owed; and accordingly for the purpose of
the rules so enacted the persons who are to be treated as an occupier
and as his visitors are the same as the persons who would at common
law be treated as an occupier and as his invitees or licensees.

(3) The rules so enacted in relation to an occupier of premises and
his visitors shall also apply, in like manner and to the like extent as the
principles applicable at common law to an occupier of premises and his
invitees or licensees would apply, to regulate

(a)the obligations of a person occupying or having control over
any fixed or movable structure, including any vessel, vehicle
or aircraft; and

(b)the obligations of a person occupying or having control over
any premises or structure in respect of damage to property,
including the property of persons who are not themselves his
visitors.

3. (1) An occupier of premises owes the same duty, the 'common
duty of care', to all his visitors. except in so far as he is free to and does
extend, restrict. modify or exclude his duty to any visitor or visitors by
agreement or otherwise.





1 (2) The common duty of care is a duty to take such care as in all the
circumstances of the case is reasonable to see that the visitor will be
reasonably safe in using the premises for the purposes for which he is
invited or permitted by the occupier to be there.

(3) The circumstances relevant for the present purpose include the
degree of care, and of want of care, which would ordinarily be looked for
in such a visitor, so that (for example) in proper cases

(a)an occupier must be prepared for children to be less careful
than adults; and

(b)an occupier may expect that a person, in the exercise of his
calling, will appreciate and guard against any special risks
ordinarily incident to it, so far as the occupier leaves him free
to do so.

(4) In determining whether the occupier of premises has discharged
the common duty of care to a visitor, regard is to be had to all the
circumstances, so that (for example)

(a)where damage is caused to a visitor by a danger of which he
had been warned by the occupier, the warning is not to be
treated without more as absolving the occupier from liability,
unless in all the circumstances it was enough to enable the
visitor to be reasonably safe; and

(b)where damage is caused to a visitor by a danger due to the
faulty execution of any work of construction, maintenance or
repair by an independent contractor employed by the
occupier, the occupier is not to be treated without more as
answerable for the danger if in all the circumstances he had
acted reasonably in entrusting the work to an independent
contractor and had taken such steps (if any) as he reasonably
ought in order to satisfy himself that the contractor was
competent and that the work had been properly done.

(5) The common duty of care does not impose on an occupier any
obligation to a visitor in respect of risks willingly accepted as his by the
visitor (the question whether a risk was so accepted to be decided on
the same principles as in other cases in which one person owes a duty
of care to another).

(6) For the purposes of this section, persons who enter premises
for any purpose in the exercise of a right conferred by law are to be
treated as permitted by the occupier to be there for that purposes,
whether they in fact have his permission or not.

4. (1) Where an occupier of premises is bound by contract to permit
persons who are strangers to the contract to enter or use the premises,
the duty of care which he owes to them as his visitors cannot be
restricted or excluded by that contract, but (subject to any provision of
the contract to the contrary) shall





include the duty to perform his obligations under the contract, whether
undertaken for their protection or not, in so far as those obligations go
beyond the obligations otherwise involved in that duty.

(2) A contract shall not by virtue of this section have the effect,
unless it expressly so provides, of making an occupier who has taken all
reasonable care answerable to strangers to the contract for dangers due
to the faulty execution of any work of construction, maintenance or
repair or other like operation by persons other than himself, his servants
and persons acting under his direction and control.

(3) In this section 'stranger to the contract means a person not for
the time being entitled to the benefit of the contract as a party to it or as
the successor by assignment or otherwise of a party to it, and
accordingly includes a party to the contract who has ceased to be so
entitled.

(4) Where by the terms or conditions governing any tenancy
(including a statutory tenancy which does not in law amount to a
tenancy) either the landlord or the tenant is bound, though not by
contract to permit persons to enter or use premises of which he is the
occupier, this section shall apply as if the tenancy were a contract
between the landlord and the tenant.

(5) This section, in so far as it prevents the common duty of care
from being restricted or excluded, applies to contracts entered into and
tenancies created before the commencement of this Ordinance, as well
as to those entered into or created after its commencement; but, in so far
as it enlarges the duty owed by an occupier beyond the common duty
of care, it shall have effect only in relation to obligations which are.
undertaken after that commencement or which are renewed by
agreement (whether express or implied) after that commencement.

5. (1) Where premises are occupied by any person under a tenancy
which puts on the landlord an obligation to that person for the
maintenance or repair of the premises, the landlord shall owe to all
persons who or whose goods may from time to time be lawfully on the
premises the same duty, in respect of dangers arising from any default
by him in carrying out that obligation, as if he were an occupier of the
premises and those persons or their goods were there by his invitation
or permission (but without any contract).

(2) Where premises are occupied under a sub-tenancy, subsection
(1) shall apply to any landlord of the premises (whether the immediate or
a superior landlord) on whom an obligation to the occupier for the
maintenance or repair of the premises is put by the sub-tenancy, and for
that purpose any obligation to the occupier which the sub-tenancy puts
on a mesne landlord of the premises. or is treated by virtue of this
provision as putting on a





mesne landlord, shall be treated as put by it also on any landlord on
whom the mesne landlord's tenancy puts the like obligation towards the
mesne landlord.

(3) For the purposes of this section, where premises comprised in a
tenancy (whether occupied under that tenancy or under a sub-tenancy)
are put to a use not permitted by the tenancy, and the landlord of whom
they are held under the tenancy is not debarred by his acquiescence or
otherwise from objecting or from enforcing his objection, then no
persons or goods whose presence on the premises is due solely to that
use of the premises shall be deemed to be lawfully on the premises as
regards that landlord or any superior landlord of the premises, whether
or not they are lawfully there as regards an inferior landlord.

(4) For the purposes of this section, a landlord shall not be deemed
to have made default in carrying out any obligation to the occupier of
the premises unless his default is such as to be actionable at the suit of
the occupier or, in the case of a superior landlord whose actual
obligation is to an inferior landlord, his default in carrying out that
obligation is actionable at the suit of the inferior landlord.

(5) This section shall not put a landlord of premises under a greater
duty than the occupier to persons who or whose goods are lawfully on
the premises by reason only of the exercise of a right of way.

(6) Nothing in this section shall relieve a landlord of any duty
which he is under apart from this section.

(7) For the purposes of this section, obligations imposed by any
enactment in virtue of a tenancy shall be treated as imposed by the
tenancy, and 'tenancy' includes a statutory tenancy which does not in
law amount to a tenancy, and includes also any contract conferring a
right of occupation, and 'landlord' shall be construed accordingly.

(8) This section applies to tenancies created before the
commencement of this Ordinance, as well as to those created after its
commencement.

LIABILITY IN
CONTRACT.

6. (1) Where persons enter or use, or bring or send goods to, any
premises in exercise of a right conferred by contract with a person
occupying or having control of the premises, the duty he owes them in
respect of dangers due to the state of the premises or to things done or
omitted to be done on them, in so far as the duty depends on a term to
be implied in the contract by reason of its conferring that right, shall be
the common duty of care.

(2) Subsection (1) shall apply to fixed and movable structures as it
applies to premises.





(3) This section does not affect the obligations imposed on a
person by or by virtue of any contract for the hire of, or for the
carriage for reward of persons or goods in, any vehicle, vessel,
aircraft or other means of transport, or by or by virtue of any
contract of bailment.

(4) This section does not apply to contracts entered into
before the commencement of this Ordinance.

GENERAL.

7. This Ordinance shall bind the Crown, but as regards the
Crown's liability in tort shall not bind the Crown further than the
Crown is made liable in tort by the Crown Proceedings Ordinance
and that Ordinance and in particular section 4 of it shall apply
in relation to duties under sections 3 to 5 of this Ordinance as
statutory duties.
Originally 36 of 1959. Short title. Preliminary. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 1. Extent of occupier's ordinary duty. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 2. Effect of contract on occupier's liability to third party. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 3. Landlord's liability in virtue of obligation to repair. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 4. Implied term in contracts. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 5. Application to Crown. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 6. (Cap. 300.)

Abstract

Originally 36 of 1959. Short title. Preliminary. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 1. Extent of occupier's ordinary duty. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 2. Effect of contract on occupier's liability to third party. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 3. Landlord's liability in virtue of obligation to repair. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 4. Implied term in contracts. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 5. Application to Crown. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2, c. 31, s. 6. (Cap. 300.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3208

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

314

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:55 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY EXPIRY AND REVALIDATION) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3207

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY EXPIRY AND REVALIDATION) RULES

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (LOCAL CERTIFICATE
OF COMPETENCY EXPIRY AND REVALIDATION) RULES

(Cap. 313, section 29)

[8 August 1986.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
(Local Certificate of Competency Expiry and Revalidation) Rules.

2. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) a local certificate
of competency shall cease to have effect upon the holder attaining
the age of 65 years.

(2) A holder of a local certificate of competency who wishes to
have its validity extended beyond the date of his attaining the age of
65 years may apply for such extension not more than 6 months prior
to attaining that age, and if the Director is satisfied on documentary
or other evidence of the holder's continued competency and physical
fitness, including adequate vision, he shall endorse the certificate as
valid for a further period of 3 years from the date of the holder
attaining the age of 65 years.

(3) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply in like manner
in the case of a holder of a local certificate of competency who
wishes to have its validity extended beyond the date on which he
attains the age of 68 years.

(4) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply in the case of a
holder of a local certificate of competency who wishes to have its
validity extended beyond the date on which he attains the age of 71
years with the following modifications-

(a)application shall be made not more than 3 months before
the expiry of the certificate;

(b)each extension that is granted shall only be for a period of
12 months from the holder's next birthday.
L.N. 189/86. Citation. Extension of certificates beyond age 65.

Abstract

L.N. 189/86. Citation. Extension of certificates beyond age 65.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3207

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:55 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PLEASURE VESSELS) (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3206

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PLEASURE VESSELS) (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY) RULES

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PLEASURE VESSELS)
(CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY) RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES
Rule Page

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 82

2. Interpretation... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S2

3. Types of pleasure vessel certificates of competency ... 1 . ... ... ... S2

4. Recognition of equivalent certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... S3

5. Exemption from examination in parts of syllabus ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S3

6. Requirements for pleasure vessel certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... S4

7. Grant and surrender of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S4

8. Copies of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S4

9. Additional endorsements of certificates... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S4

10. Record of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

11. Verification of qualifications, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

12. Appeals from decisions of examiners ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

13. Re-examination of holders of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

First Schedule. Recognition of Equivalent Certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... S6
Second Schedule. Examination Procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S6
Third Schedule. Eligibility for Examination ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S8

Fourth Schedule. Syllabus for Pleasure Vessel Master Grade II ... ... ... ... ... S9
Fifth Schedule. Syllabus for Pleasure Vessel Master Grade I ... ... ... ... ... S11
Sixth Schedule. Syllabus for Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade II ... ... ... ... S12
Seventh Schedule. Syllabus for Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade I ... ... ... ... S13

Eighth Schedule. Form of Pleasure Vessel Certificate of Competency ... ... ... ... S15





SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PLEASURE VESSELS)
(CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY) RULES

(Cap. 313, section 29)

[8 August 1986.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
(Pleasure Vessels) (Certificates of Competency) Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'approved' means approved by the Director;

'examiner' means an examiner appointed under section 29 of the
Ordinance;

'Examination Centre' means the Examination Centre of the Marine
Department;

'length' means length overall;

'pleasure vessel' has the meaning assigned to it in the Merchant
Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations;

'pleasure vessel certificate of competency' means a local certificate of
competency issued in respect of a pleasure vessel under section 29
of the Ordinance or under these rules.

3. A pleasure vessel certificate of competency shall, according to
the standards attained by the candidate, be issued in one or more of the
following grades

-Pleasure Vessel Master Grade I, which, subject to rule 9(1) shall be
endorsed as valid for vessels of not more than 20 m in length;

-Pleasure Vessel Master Grade 11, which shall be endorsed as valid
for vessels of not more than 13.7 m in length;

-Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade 1, which, subject to rule 9(2)shall be
endorsed as valid

(a)for vessels with diesel engines, none of which is of more
than 750 kW power; or

(b)for vessels with petrol engines, none of which is of more
than 750 kW power; or

(c) for both types of vessel;

-Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade 11, which shall be endorsed as valid

(a)for vessels with inboard diesel engines, none of which is
of more than 120 kW power; or

(b)for vessels with inboard petrol engines, none of which is
of more than 120 kW power; or





(c) for vessels with outboard engines.

4. (1) A valid local certificate of competency of the type
specified in the first column of Part 1 of the First Schedule shall be
recognized as equivalent to a pleasure vessel certificate of com-
petency of the type shown opposite thereto in the second column
of Part 1 of that Schedule, subject to any endorsement on such
certificate as to the length of the vessel and the type of engine.
(2) A valid local certificate of competency of the type specified
in the first column of Part 11 of the First Schedule and issued before
the commencement of these rules shall be recognized as equivalent
to a pleasure vessel certificate of competency of the type shown
opposite thereto in the second column of Part 11 of that Schedule,
subject to any endorsement on such certificate as to the length of the
vessel and the type of engine.
(3) A person who is the holder of a valid local certificate of
competency which, under paragraph (2), is recognized as equivalent
to a pleasure vessel certificate of competency as a Pleasure Vessel
Master Grade 11 shall, upon application to the Director, be granted
a pleasure vessel certificate of competency as a Pleasure Vessel
Master Grade 1, if the Director is satisfied that that person has been
the competent owner, part owner or operator of a vessel of more
than 13.7 m in length for a period of not less than one year during
the 3 years preceding the coming into operation of these rules.
(4) A person who is the holder of a valid local certificate of
competency which, under paragraph (1), is recognized as equivalent
to a certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade 1
with an endorsement of validity for vessels with diesel engines,
shall-
(a) upon application to the Director; and
(b)if the Director is satisfied that that person has been
operating a pleasure vessel fitted with a petrol engine either
for a period of not less than one year in the 3 years
preceding, or for a period of one year immediately follow-
ing, the coming into operation of these rules,
be granted, a certificate of competency as a Pleasure Vessel Engineer
Grade 1 or Grade 11 depending upon the power of the petrol engine
he has been operating, with an endorsement of validity for vessels
with petrol engines.

5. If an applicant for a pleasure vessel certificate of com-
petency is the holder of a certificate of competency issued by the
Director under the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Officers)
Regulations or by any other competent authority, and if, in the
opinion of the Director, such certificate is evidence that the holder
has attained a sufficient standard of competency in any part of any
of the syllabuses set out in the Fourth to the Seventh Schedules, the
Director may exempt the applicant from being examined in that part
of that syllabus.





6. (1) The procedures relating to applications for the issue of
pleasure vessel certificates of competency, the conduct of examinations,
the method of granting certificates, the conditions for eligibility of
candidates, the syllabuses for and standards to be attained by
candidates in such examinations and the form of the certificate shall be
as set out in the Second to the Eighth Schedules.

(2) An applicant for a pleasure vessel certificate of competency
shall not be required to have served on a pleasure vessel for any
specified period.

7. (1) Subject to rule 4(3) and (4), a pleasure vessel certificate of
competency shall only be granted upon the Director being satisfied that
the applicant is capable of acting competently in the capacity to which
the certificate relates as shown by the applicant either passing the
relevant examination or being exempted under rule 5 from part of the
examination, and that the applicant is in all respects a fit person to be
the holder of such a certificate.

(2) Where the holder of a pleasure vessel certificate of competency
of a particular class issued under these rules is issued with a certificate
of a higher class, he shall surrender the certificate of the lower class to
the Director.

8. (1) If a person entitled to a pleasure vessel certificate of
competency proves to the satisfaction of the Director that the certificate
has been lost or destroyed, the Director shall, upon payment of the
prescribed fee, if any, cause to be issued a copy of the certificate,
certified as such, which shall have the same effect as the certificate
originally issued.

(2) An application for a certified copy of a lost certificate should be
made at the Examination Centre, accompanied by the prescribed fee. A
declaration as to the circumstances in which the certificate was lost
must be made by the applicant before an examiner.

(3) If at any time after the issue of a certified copy of a pleasure
vessel certificate of competency the original certificate is found by the
person to whom it was issued, that person shall return the original
certificate as soon as possible to the Director.

9. (1) The holder of a pleasure vessel certificate of compentency
valid for pleasure vessels of not more than 20 m in length
who wishes to operate a pleasure vessel in excess of that length may
apply to be examined by an examiner in the practical handling of
such a vessel. If he passes the examination, his certificate will be
endorsed suitably.

(2) The holder of a pleasure vessel certificate of competency
valid for pleasure vessels with engines none of which is of more than
750 kW power who wishes to be in charge of the engines of a
pleasure vessel in excess of that power may apply to be examined by
an examiner to demonstrate his competence on such a vessel. If he
passes the examination, his certificate will be endorsed suitably.




10. A record of all pleasure vessel certificates of competency
issued under these rules and of the suspension, cancellation or
alteration of, and any other matters affecting such certificates, shall be
kept by the Director.

11. (1) The examiner shall not permit a candidate to take any
examination under these rules unless he is satisfied that the candidate

(a) is eligible to take the examination; and

(b)is the person in respect of whom the application for the
examination has been made.

(2) If before the commencement, or during the course, of an
examination, the examiner becomes aware that any candidate has any
physical or other disability which in his opinion would render the
candidate incapable of performing the duties of a master or engineer, as
the case may be, of a pleasure vessel, the examiner shall not permit the
candidate to take or complete the examination.

(3) Where the examiner does not permit a candidate to take or
complete an examination under paragraph (1) or (2)

(a)he shall state his reasons therefor on the candidate's
application form and send the form to the Director; and

(b) the fee paid by the candidate shall be refunded.

12. (1) Any person who considers himself aggrieved by any
decision of an examiner may appeal in writing to the Director.

(2) The Director may confirm, vary or reverse any such decision or
substitute therefor such other decision as he may think fit.

13. (1) If the Director is of the opinion that the holder of a pleasure
vessel certificate of competency is, due to age, illness or physical
disability, likely to be incapable of performing the duties of a master or
engineer, as the case may be, of a pleasure vessel, the Director may by
notice in writing to the holder of the certificate require him to undergo,
within the period specified in the notice, a medical examination or a sight
test or both.

(2) If the holder of a pleasure vessel certificate of competency who
is required to undergo a medical examination or sight test under
paragraph (1)

(a)fails or refuses without reasonable excuse to undergo the
medical examination or sight test within the period specified in
the notice; or

1 (b) does not pass the medical examination or sight test,


the Director may by notice in writing sent to the holder cancel the
certificate.





(3) Where a pleasure vessel certificate of competency is cancelled
under paragraph (2) the holder shall forthwith deliver the certificate to
the Director.

FIRST SCHEDULE [rule 4.1

RECOGNITION OF EQUIVALENT
CERTIFICATES

PART 1

Certificate held under the MerchantEquivalent local certificate of
Shipping (Launches and Ferry Vessels)competency for purpose of Merchant
Regulations or the Merchant ShippingShipping (Pleasure Vessels)
(Miscellaneous Craft) RegulationsRegulations

Type of Certificate

Local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Master Grade 1
master of a vessel of 300 tons and (valid for vessels of more than 20 m
under in length)
Local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Master Grade I
master of a vessel of 60 tons and (valid for vessels of not more than
under 20 m in length)
Local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade 1
engineer for a vessel with engines of (valid for vessels with diesel engines)
upto 150 hp or over 150 hp

PART II

Certificate held under the MerchantEquivalent local certificate of
Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) competency for purpose of Merchant

Regulations before commencement of Shipping (Pleasure Vessels)
the Shipping and Port Control Regulations after commencement of
the
(Pleasure Vessels) (Certificates of Shipping and Port Control (Pleasure
Competency) Rules Vessels) (Certificates of Competency)
Rules
Type of Certificate
Local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Master Grade II
master of a vessel of 15 tons and (valid for vessels of not more than
under, endorsed 'valid for privately 13.7 m in length-but subject to
owned pleasure craft only' rule 4(3))
Local certificate of competency Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade 1
as engineer endorsed 'valid for (valid only for vessels with the type
privately owned pleasure craft of engine endorsed)
only'

SECOND SCHEDULE [rule 6.1

EXAMINATION
PROCEDURE

1 How to Apply

1. 1. Candidates for a local certificate of competency as Master or Engineer of
a Pleasure Vessel (known as a Pleasure Vessel Certificate of Competency)
should complete an application form obtainable from the Marine Department
Examination Centre. The completed form with photograph attached together
with the appropriate fee should be submitted to the Marine Department
Examination Centre.





2. Proof of Identity

2.1. Candidates when applying and subsequently when appearing for the
examination must produce to the examiner or his deputy a Hong Kong
Identity Card, or other acceptable proof of identity.

3. Punctuality

3.1. Candidates must appear punctually for the examination at the time
appointed.

3.2. A candidate who does not appear punctually for the examination at the
time appointed will be regarded as having failed the examination and will
forfeit the examination fee unless he produces a medical certificate or other
satisfactory evidence of his inability to attend the examination.

4. Fees

4.1. The fees payable for sitting an examination and for the grant of a
certificate are those prescribed by the Merchant Shipping (Fees) Regulations.

5. Cancellation of Examination

5.1. A candidate may cancel or postpone the taking of an examination by
advising the examiner in writing at least 3 days before the day appointed for
the examination. Subject to regulation 11A of the Merchant Shipping (Fees)
Regulations, any fee paid in respect of such cancelled or postponed
examination shall either be refunded to the candidate or, if he so requests, be
held to his credit for a future examination. Only one postponement of an
examination will be permitted unless there are exceptional circumstances
warranting a second postponement.

5.2. In any case where an examination is cancelled or postponed other
than
in accordance with paragraph 5. 1, the fees will not be refunded.

6. Strangers not admitted

6.1. No persons other than candidates and those whose duties require
them
to be present will be allowed in the examination room during the examination.

7. Loose Papers and Books

7.1. Before the examination begins, the examiner will ensure that the tables
and desks are cleared of all scraps of paper and books (other than those
permitted in the examination room).

8. Leaving Room

8.1. Candidates who have completed the examination may surrender both
question and answer papers to the examiner and request permission to leave
the examination room. A candidate who fails to surrender both papers will be
regarded as having failed the examination.

9. Silence

9.1. Silence must be observed in the examination room.

10. Penalty for Copying

10.1. Any candidate who is discovered-

(a) referring to an unauthorized book or paper;







(b) copying from another person;

(c) giving assistance or information to another person;

(d) accepting assistance or information from another person;

(e) communicating in any way with any person other than the
examiner;

(f)making a copy of any part of the question paper to take out of the
examination room; or

(g) damaging or defacing the question paper,





during the course of an examination will be regarded as having failed the
examination and will not be allowed to present himself for re-examination for
a period of 6 months.

10.2. A candidate who contravenes paragraph 10.1 on more than one
occasion will not be allowed to present himself for re-examination until 12
months have elapsed from the date of the last contravention.

11. Penalty for Breach of Rules

11.1. Where the Director is satisfied that a candidate has contravened these
rules, or has been guilty of insolence to an examiner, or of disorderly or
improper conduct in or about the examination room, the Director may
postpone the candidate's examination, or, if the candidate has attempted the
examination, he will be considered to have failed and will not be accepted for
re-examination for such period as may be decided by the Director.

12. Issue of Certificates after Examination

12.1. Candidates will receive a letter advising them of their success or failure.
Successful candidates will be notified when their certificate is available for issue
at the Marine Department Examination Centre. The letter should be produced
when requesting the certificate, or in the case of unsuccessful candidates when
making application for a further examination.

13. Examination

13.1. An examination will be conducted in English or Chinese according to
the requirements of the candidate.

THIRD SCHEDULE [rule 6.]

ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATION

Pleasure Vessel Master Grade 11

A candidate must

(a) be not less than 18 years of age; and

(b) have passed the sight test within the previous 12 months. (See below)

Pleasure Vessel Master Grade I

A candidate must

(a) he not less than 21 years of age;

(b)hold a valid local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Master
Grade 11; and

(c) have passed the sight test within the previous 12 months. (See below)

Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade II

A candidate must be not less than 18 years of age.

Pleasure Vessel Engineer Grade I

A candidate must

(a) be not less than 21 years of age; and

(b)hold a valid local certificate of competency as Pleasure Vessel Engineer
Grade II endorsed for the type of engine on which he elects to be






examined.

Sight Test

Candidates for a pleasure vessel certificate of competency as Master must
pass a sight test for form vision and colour vision. Spectacles or contact lenses
may be worn during the test.

Any candidate who fails the colour vision test will have his certificate of
competency endorsed 'Valid for use between sunrise and sunset only'.

A candidate who fails the form vision test or the colour vision test may,
on payment of the prescribed fee, apply for a further sight test on appeal.





FOURTH SCHEDULE [rules 4 6.]

SYLLABUS FOR. PLEASURE VESSEL MASTER GRADE II

The examination comprises a 45 minute written paper on the following
subjects

Local Knowledge

(i) Victoria Harbour-prohibited areas and restricted anchorage areas, main
fairways, main ferry routes and harbour limits.

(ii) Traffic Separation Schemes, location of typhoon shelters, boundary of
Hong Kong waters, ferry routes to outlying districts, firing practice areas,
established dumping and spoil grounds.

(iii) Speed restrictions in Victoria Harbour, typhoon shelters and other areas.

(iv) Use of public piers and typhoon shelters.

(v) Penalty for pollution of the water and the dumping of refuse.

(vi) Knowledge of the duties and obligations of the owner and master of a
pleasure vessel under the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance, the
Shipping and Port Control Regulations, the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance and the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessel) Regulations.

(vii) Contents of current Marine Department Notices applicable to pleasure
vessels as regards their navigation and safety.

(viii) The procedure for reporting accidents.

2. Seamanship

(A) Nautical terms

(i) Ability to report the approximate bearing of an object in degrees or
points relative to the vessel.

(B) Safety

(i) Knowledge and use of safety equipment carried on pleasure vessels, its
maintenance and stowage.

(ii) The selection of lifejackets or buoyancy aids for adults or children and
their appropriate uses.

(iii) Precautions against the outbreak of fire and explosion especially LPG
installations and the stowage of petrol and diesel fuel.

(iv) Methods of dealing with an outbreak of fire.

(v) Precautions to be observed when towing a water skier and the use and
meaning of signals between observer and skier, The reason for the use of
a lifejacket or buoyancy aid by the skier.

(vi) Action to be taken in unusual circumstances-collisions, stranding and
accidental grounding, methods to check the ingress of water, man
overboard, loss of propeller or rudder, freeing a fouled propeller.

(vii) Assisting a person or vessel in distress. (viii) Indications of lack of
stability.

(ix) Preparing a vessel to ride out a typhoon whilst at her mooring.







(x) The safe use of small fenders for pleasure vessels.

(C) Handling of Craft

(i)Berthing alongside, and unberthing from, jetties and piers, making due
allowance for the effects of wind and tide.

(ii) Method of approach and securing to a mooring buoy.

(iii) Preparations for anchoring, anchoring in an open roadstead, and in a
confined space making due allowance for the effects of wind and tide and
the presence of other anchored craft.

(iv) Effect of propellers on manoeuvring of single and twin screw craft.

(v) Precautions to be observed in manoeuvring in congested waters where
other vessels may be obscured by intervening obstructions.

(vi) Precautions and handling in heavy weather.





(D) Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

(i)General knowledge of Parts A B of the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (Rules 1-9, 11-19).

(ii) Detailed knowledge of the lights carried by vessels of less than 12 m and
of the position in which they are carried, including the technical details of
positions of these lights contained in Annex 1 of the Regulations (Rules
21, 22, 23 27 Annex 1).

(iii)Recognition of the lights and shapes carried by(a)
Power driven vessels of any length.

(b) Sailing vessels of any length.
(c) Vessels towing or pushing.

(d) Vessels not under command or restricted in their ability to
manoeuvre. (e) Fishing vessels.

(f) Pilot vessels.
(g) Anchored vessels of any length,

(iv) Signals in restricted visibility.

(v) Manoeuvring and warning signals.

(vi) Distress signals.

(vii)Action to be taken by small craft when navigating in the vicinity of
Traffic Separation Schemes in Hong Kong waters.

(viii) Local regulations for collision avoidance for vessels in and crossing a
fairway.

3. Navigation and Pilotage

(A) Compass

(i) Boxing the compass in points (Quadrantal excluding the 'by' points).

(B) Chartwork

(i)Ability to interpret the information given on an Admiralty Chart and the
meaning of the symbols as regards water depth, buoys, lights, contour
lines, pipelines, submarine cables, wrecks, danger line, rocks, stream and
current.

(ii) Use of tide tables, tidal stream atlas and tidal information on charts for
Hong Kong waters.

(C) Pilotage

(i) I.A.L.A. Maritime Buoyage System for Region A.

(ii) Use of transit bearings.

(iii) Preparation of a navigation plan for a short voyage by day or by night.

(iv) Precautions and actions to be taken when navigating in restricted
visibility.

(v)Selection of safe anchorage having regard to existing circumstances and
conditions.

4. Signals







(i) Recognition and meaning of single flag hoists A and B.

(ii) Signals for vessels engaged in dredging, salvage, boring or hydrographic
surveys.

(iii)Local signals for dynamically supported craft-jetfoils and hovercraft,
bunk-er barges.

(iv) Meaning of signals 'L' by flag, morse light or sound and action to be
taken.

5. Meteorology

(i)Knowledge of sources of broadcast meteorological information for Hong
Kong waters.

(ii) Recognition of local storm signals, their meaning and location of
stations.

(iii) Beaufort scale of wind.





FIFTH SCHEDULE [rules 4 6.]

SYLLAUBS FOR PLEASURE VESSEL MASTER GRADE 1

The examination comprises a 1 hour 50 minutes written paper on Navigation
and an oral examination on Seamanship, covering the following subjects

(A) Navigation (Written)

1.To express a position on a chart in terms of latitude and longitude or
bearing and distance from a charted object.

2.Given the latitude and longitude, or bearing and distance from a charted
object, to plot the position on a chart.

3.Given a table of deviations to convert true courses to compass courses and
vice versa.

4.To find the compass course and distance between 2 positions, and, given
the vessel's speed, to calculate the estimated time of arrival (E.T.A.).

5.Given compass courses steered and distances run, to work up the dead
reckoning (D.R.) position by plotting on the chart.

6.Given compass course steered, the speed of the vessel and the direction and
rate of the tidal stream or current, to find the course and speed made good
over the ground (ground track angle).

7.To find the compass course to steer to make allowance for leeway and/or
tidal stream or current so as to achieve a specified course made good.

8.Given compass course steered, distances run or speed of ship and time
intervals, direction and rate of tidal stream or current and leeway
allowance, to -find the estimated position (E.P.) by plotting on a chart.

9.To fix the vessel's position on a chart by simultaneous cross bearings,
bearings and ranges or by radio direction finder (D.F.) bearings.

10. To find the vessel's approximate position from a line of soundings.

11. Use of clearing lines and transits.

12. Full knowledge of important chart symbols.

13.Use of tide tables, tidal stream atlas and tidal information on charts for
Hong Kong waters.

(B) Seamanship (Oral)

1 A full knowledge of the International Regulations for the Prevention of
Collisions at Sea and to demonstrate their application. Candidates will be
considered to be in charge of vessels up to 20 metres in length.

2.Berthing alongside, and unberthing from jetties and piers making due
allowance for the effect or wind and tide on large pleasure vessels, both
single and twin screw.

3.Action to be taken in unusual circumstances such as stranding, collision,
fire, etc.

4.Assisting a person or vessel in distress, including towing and beaching of a
vessel.

5. (a)To identify the permanent marking on a liferaft as regards the
number of persons to be carried.







(b) To know the equipment in a liferaft required under the Merchant
Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations and its correct use.

(c)Method of launching a liferaft and the precautions to be taken before,
during and after launching.

(d) Boarding a liferaft from a vessel or the water.

(e) Righting an inverted liferaft.

(f) Survival procedures.

6.Fire prevention and fire fighting, including maintenance of fire fighting
equipment.





7. Precautions to be taken in fog or heavy weather.

8.Ability to recognise the alphabetical flags and numerical pennants of the
International Code of Signals and to know the meaning of single letter
hoists and multi-flag hoists in common use in Hong Kong.

written work, or may ask questions based on the Grade 11 syllabus, if he
deems it necessary on account of any weakness shown by the candidate.

SIXTH SCHEDULE [rules 4 6.1

SYLLABUS FOR PLEASURE VESSEL ENGINEER
GRADE II

There are 3 engine types diesel, petrol and outboard. Candidates may elect to
be examined on any or all of such engines. The examination comprises a written
objective test paper 0,

Introduction

The engineering knowlege to be shown by a candidate is that which is required
for the identification, safe use and operation of the engine and associated systems
and to recognize symptoms of malfunction. Candidates will be expected to have a
grasp of the basic principles of operation and to be aware of general maintenance
that should be carried out. Candidates will not be required to have detailed
knowledge of maintenance or engineering principles beyond showing an
understanding of how to rectify simple faults that might occur when the vessel is
under way.

Section Subject Broad Detail to be Covered

1 Principles of the internal 1 Brief outline of basic engine -parts
combustion engine and sequence of events in the 4-stroke
cycle (petrol and diesel)
2. The 4-stroke timing diagram

3. The 2-stroke cycle

2 Construction and function 1. 4-stroke (inboard) engines-
of small internal (a) Cylinder, crankshaft, piston, valves,
combustion marine
engines camshaft, flywheel (petrol and diesel)

(b) Injector valve, pump and governor
(diesel)

(c) Carburetter and coil ignition (petrol)

2. 2-stroke (outboard) engines-

(a) Cylinder, piston, crankshaft, ports

(b) Carburetter, magneto ignition, pre-
compression

3 Transmission system1 Gearbox

2. Propeller shaft and bearings
(including stern and thrust)

3. Propeller and stern tube

4 Lubrication 1. Properties of lubricants, viscosity,
temperature susceptibility






2. Oil pumps, distribution systems,
pressure control, filters and cooling
3. Lubricating oil/fuel mixture for
2-stroke petrol engine
5 Cooling system 1. Direct systems, air, sea water, pumps

2. Indirect systems, heat exchangers





Section Subject Broad Detail to be Covered

6 Electrical systems 1 A.C. D.C. current, generators,
alternators
2.Typical installations, voltage
regulators, rectifiers
3.Electrical storage batteries
7 Fuel systems 1 Properties of fuels and comparison
of petrol and diesel oil
2.Fuel storage, typical installations
3.Fuel pumps, filters, cleanliness of the
system
8 Bilge pumps 1 Pump types and installations

2. Operation and maintenance

9 Fire precautions 1 Causes of fire on small vessels and
precautions against fire
2. Fire extinguishers, types, operations
and maintenance
3. Action in case of fire, fire fighting
4. LP gas installations and precautions
in use
10 Operation of engines 1 Inspection and preparation before
starting
2. Sequence of starting, cold weather
start

3. Duties while under way

4. Stopping sequence, closing down

11 Maintenance 1 Need for maintenance, manu-
facturers' recommendations for
engine and general lubrication
2. Care of electrical system and batteries
12 Dealing with faults 1 Failure to start: sequence of checks
for petrol and diesel engines
2. Engine stops under way: diagnosis
and remedies
3. Overheating: remedies and pre-
cautions

13 Engine compartment Ventilation, arrangement of exhaust
systems, use of drip trays.

SEVENTH SCHEDULE [rules 4 6.1

SYLLABUS FOR PLEASURE VESSEL ENGINEER
GRADE 1

There are 2 engine types diesel or petrol. This is am oral examination and the
candidate may elect to be examined on either or both engine types.

Introduction

The engineering knowledge to be shown by a candidate is that which is required
for the safe use and operation of the main propulsion engine and associated
systems together with auxiliary machinery and electrical systems. Candidates are
expected to have a good knowledge of the engineering principles involved, general
maintenance and the recognition and location of faults. The examination demands
a greater depth of knowledge and a higher standard of answer than that required for
the Grade 11 Certificate. Candidates will not be required to have detailed knowledge
of maintenance or engineering principles beyond showing an understanding of how
to rectify simple faults that might occur when the vessel is under way.











Section Subject Broad Detail to be Covered

1 Principles of the internal 1 Basic engine parts and sequence of
combustion engine events in the 4-stroke cycle (petrol
and diesel)
2. The 4-stroke timing diagram

3. The 2-stroke cycle

2 Construction and function4-stroke (inboard) engines-

of internal combustion 1 Cylinder, crankshaft, piston, valves,
marine engines camshaft, flywheel (petrol and diesel)

2. Injector valve, pump and governor
(diesel)

3. Carburetter and coil ignition (petrol)

4. Multi-cylinder engines and turbo
charging

3 Transmission system 1. Gearbox
2. Propeller shaft and bearings
(including stern and thrust)

3. Propeller and stern tube

4 Lubrication 1 Properties of lubricants, viscosity,
temperature susceptibility
2. Oil pumps, distribution systems,
pressure control, filters and cooling
5 Cooling systems 1 Direct systems, air, sea water, pumps
2. Indirect systems, heat exchangers
6 Electrical systems 1. Electrical systems for main engine
operation, including starter motors
2. Auxiliary generators/alternators,
switch boards and use of associated
meters and fault lights

3. Electric motors

4.Electrical safety of appliances such as
air conditioners, stoves and fridges,
domestic water systems

7 Fuel systems 1 Properties of fuels and comparison
of petrol and diesel oil

2. Fuel storage, typical installations
3. Fuel pumps, filters, cleanliness
8 Bilge pumps 1 Pump types and installations

2. Operation and maintenance

9 Fire precautions 1 Causes of fire on vessels and
precautions against fire
2. Fire extinguishers, types, operations
and maintenance
3. Action in case of fire, fire fighting
4. LP gas installations and precautions
in use
5. Fixed fire fighting installations
6. Prevention of electrical fires
10 Operation of engines 1 Inspection and preparation before






starting
2. Sequence of starting, cold weather
start

3. Duties while under way

4. Stopping sequence and closing down

11 Maintenance 1 Need for maintenance, manu-

facturers' recommendations for
engine and general lubrication
2.Care of electrical system and batteries





Section Subject Broad Detail to be Covered
12 Dealing with faults 1. Failure to start: sequence of checks
for petrol and diesel engines
2. Engine stops under way: diagnosis
and remedies
3. Overheating: remedies and pre-
cautions
4. Precautions to be observed to pre-
vent electric shock. Identification
of sources of potentially dangerous
electric shock

13 Engine compartment Ventilation, arrangement of exhaust
systems, use of drip trays.

EIGHTH SCHEDULE [rule 6.]

FORM OF PLEASURE VESSEL CERTIFICATE OF
COMPETENCY

HONG KONG SERIAL NO.

PLEASURE VESSEL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY


(Valid for Hong Kong Waters Only)


(Issued under Shipping and Port Control Ordinance, Cap. 313)


Name Restrictions



H.K.I.C. /Passport No.

Master .... PHOTO
Grade
Engineer
Grade and Type
Date of Issue
Expiring
...................
for Director of Marine


L.N. 188/86. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Types of pleasure vessel certificates of competency. Recognition of equivalent certificates of competency. First Schedule. Exemption form examination in parts of syllabus. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Fourth to Seventh Schedule. Requirements for pleasure vessel certificates of competency. Second to Eighth Schedules. Grant and surrender of certificates. Copies of certificates. Additional endorsements of certificate. Record of certificates. Vertification of qualifications, etc. appeals from decisions of examiners. Re-examination of holders of certificates. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 188/86. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Types of pleasure vessel certificates of competency. Recognition of equivalent certificates of competency. First Schedule. Exemption form examination in parts of syllabus. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Fourth to Seventh Schedule. Requirements for pleasure vessel certificates of competency. Second to Eighth Schedules. Grant and surrender of certificates. Copies of certificates. Additional endorsements of certificate. Record of certificates. Vertification of qualifications, etc. appeals from decisions of examiners. Re-examination of holders of certificates. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 313.) (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3206

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:54 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3205

Title

CHINA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE

Description






CHINA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA
BOUNDARIES NOTICE

(Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-China and Macau
Ferry Terminals) Regulations, regulation 11)

[8 November 19881

L.N. 286188

Citation

1. This notice may be cited as the China Ferry Terminal Restricted Area
Boundaries Notice.

Restricted area boundaries

2. It is declared that the area of land at the ferry terminal known as the China
Ferry Terminal of approximately 3.403 hectares in aggregate area and shown
coloured pink on the plans Serial Nos. DM2411 to DM24/6 dated 24 October 1988,
signed by the Director of Marine and deposited in his office, is a restricted area for
the purposes of the principal regulations.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3205

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:53 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3204

Title

CHINA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER

Description






CHINA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER

(Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-China and Ma
Ferry Terminals) Regulations, regulation 3)

[8 November

L.N. 281188

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the China Ferry Terminal Boundaries Order.

Terminal boundaries

2. The boundaries of the ferry terminal known as the China Ferry Terminal
which is a terminal to be used by ferry vessels arriving in the waters of Hong Kong
from China or Macau or leaving such waters for China or Macau are declared to be
those edged red or coloured pink, enclosing an area of land and water approximately
10.803 hectares in aggregate area, on the plans Serial Nos. DM23 and DM23/1 to
DM23/6 respectively dated 24 October 1988, signed by the Director of Marine and
deposited in his office.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3204

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:52 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (SPECIFICATION OF AREAS) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3203

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (SPECIFICATION OF AREAS) NOTICE

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (SPECIFICATION
OF AREAS) NOTICE
(Cap. 313, section 6(2))
[24 August 1984.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
(Specification of Areas) Notice.

2. The Director has specified that rafts and impoundments
permitted by a licence issued under section 8 of the Marine Fish Culture
Ordinance may be laid, placed, erected or maintained without his
permission in those areas of the waters of Hong Kong, designated
under section 5 of that Ordinance as fish culture zones, listed in the
Schedule hereto.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]
Item Area Name Description

1 Sha Tau KokAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zone No. FC1012A deposited in the office of the Director of
Agricuiture Fisheries.
2. Ap Chau An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1013C deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
3. Kat 0 An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1014E deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
4. 0 Pui Tong An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1052B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
5. Sai Lau Kong An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1059 deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
6. Wong Wan An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1016C deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
7. Tap Mun An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1060C-1 and Plan No. M060C-2 deposited in
the office of the Director of Agriculture and Fisheries.
8. Kau Lau Wan An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1018E deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
9. Sham Wan An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1019F deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
10. Lo Fu WatAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1023D deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
11. Yung Sheu AuAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1024C deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.





Item Area Name Description
12. Leung Shuen Wan An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan

fish culture zoneNo. FC1026E deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
13. Tiu Cham WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1041B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
14. Tai Tau ChauAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1028D deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
15. Kai Lung WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1056B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
16. Kau SaiAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1027B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
17. Ma Nam WatAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1029D deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
18. Po Toi 0An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1025B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
19. Tin Ha WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1030B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
20. Po ToiAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1034D deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
21. Sole Kwu WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1049K deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
22. Lo Tik WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zone No. FC1050D deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture 9 and Fisheries.
Tai a Chau An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries CS.
24. Ma WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1057 deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
25, Yim Tin TsaiAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zone No. FC1058 ?sited in the office of the Director of
Agricultre and Fisheries
26. Cheung Sha WanAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1054A deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
27. Tung ChungAn area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan
fish culture zoneNo. FC1062A deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
28. Yim Tin Tsai (East An area of water delineated and coloured pink on Plan

fish culture zone No. FC1020B deposited in the office of the Director of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
L.N. 312/84. L.N. 434/84. L.N. 286/86. Citation. Specification of areas. (Cap. 353.) Schedule. L.N. 286/86. L.N. 434/84. L.N. 286/86.

Abstract

L.N. 312/84. L.N. 434/84. L.N. 286/86. Citation. Specification of areas. (Cap. 353.) Schedule. L.N. 286/86. L.N. 434/84. L.N. 286/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3203

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:51 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3202

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE (EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(EXEMPTION) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

(Cap. 313, section 63)

[1 August 19841

L.N. 243 of 1984, L.N. 316 of 1984, L.N. 325 of 1984, L.N. 333 of 1984, L.N. 28 of 1985, L.N.
264 of 1985, L.N. 310 of 1986, L.N. 5 of 1988, L.N. 147 of 1988, R.Ed. 1988, L.N. 17 of
1989

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance
(Exemption) (Consolidation) Notice.

2. Exemption

Vessels of the type or types specified in

(a)Part 1 of Schedule 1 are from 1 August 1984 exempted from the
requirements of the regulations listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 subject to
the conditions contained in Part 1 of Schedule 3;

(b)Part 11 of Schedule 1 are from 31 August 1984 exempted from the
requirements of the regulations listed in Part 11 of Schedule 2 subject
to the conditions contained in Part 11 of Schedule 3;

(e) Part III of Schedule 1 are from 21 September 1984 exempted

from the requirements of the regulations listed in Part III of
Schedule 2 subject to the conditions contained in Part III of
Schedule 3;

(d)Part IV of Schedule 1 are from 15 February 1985 exempted from the
requirements of the regulations listed in Part IV of Schedule 2 subject
to the conditions contained in Part IV of Schedule 3;

(e)Part V of Schedule 1 are from 6 September 1985 exempted from the
requirements of the regulations listed in Part V of Schedule 2 subject
to the conditions contained in Part V of Schedule 3;

Part VI of Schedule 1 are from 19 December 1986 exempted from the
requirements of the regulations listed in Part VI of Schedule 2 subject
to the conditions contained in Part VI of Schedule 3;

(g)Part VII of Schedule 1 coming under survey for the first time shall from
20 January 1989 be exempt from the requirements of the regulations
listed in Part VII of Schedule 2 subject to the conditions contained in
Part VII of Schedule 3;

(h)Part VIII of Schedule 1 shall be deemed from 12 August 1983 exempted
from the requirements of the regulation listed in Part VIII of Schedule
2.





SCHEDULE 1 [para. 2]

TYPE OF VESSEL TO WHICH EXEMPTION
APPLIES

PART 1

Dumb lighters the keel of which was laid before 1 August 1984 and which operate solely
within Class I or Class II plying limits as specified in the First Schedule to the Merchant Shipping
(Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.).

(L.N. 243 of 1984)

PART II

Passenger carrying sidewall hovercraft ships of Types HM 216, HM 218 and HM
527 which were built by Vosper Hovermarine Ltd.; (b) which have been
registered in Hong Kong; and (e) which operate solely within the waters of Hong
Kong.

(L.N. 316 of 1984)

PART III

Vessels of Class II, Class IV, Class V or Class VI as classified under the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.), which are fitted with a 'Gardner' type
engine not exceeding 152 brake horse power.

(L.N. 333 of 1984)

PART IV

Vessels of not more than 20 m in length equipped with mechanical means of
propulsion.

(L.N. 28 of 1985)

PART V

Vessels plying as water boats.

(L.N. 264 of 1985)

PART VI

1. Dumb fighters registered in a port of the People's Republic of China.

2. Dumb fighters of any registry fitted with bottom dump doors.

(L.N. 310 of 1986)

PART VII

Open sampans of less than 10 m in length and fitted with a petrol outboard engine of a
power not exceeding 12 kW.

(L.N. 17 of 1989)





PART VIII

1. Vessels of Class II, Class IV or Class V as classified under the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.), which are fitted with an engine not
exceeding 38 kW power.

2. Fishing vessels of Class IV or VI as classified under the Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous
Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.), which are fitted with an engine not exceeding 83 kW
power.

(L.N. 147 of1988)

SCHEDULE 2 [para. 21

REQUIREMENTS FROM WHICH EXEMPTION is
GRANTED

PART 1

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulations 45A and 45C

(L.N. 243 of 1984)

PART II

The Merchant Shipping (Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

(1)Those provisions of regulation 14 which by implication require a vessel to
be(a) properly found with anchors and cables;

(b) capable of passing a stability test;

(c)equipped with life saving appliances in accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Life
Saving Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.);

(d)provided with fire-extinguishing appliances in accordance with the Merchant
Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.).

(2)Those provisions of regulation 15(1) which by implication prescribe a scale of clear
spaces to be provided on the main deck and all decks above the main deck for passengers
on a Class I, Class II or Class III ferry vessel.

(L.N. 316 of 1984)

PART III

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulation 48A(1)(b)

(L.N. 333 of 1984)

PART IV

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulation 47A(1)(a)

(L.N. 28 of 1985)





PART V

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulation 46(1) to the extent that it requires a water boat to be constructed of
steel.

(L.N. 264 of 1985)

PART VI

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulations 45A and 45C

(L.N. 310 of 1986)

PART VII

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulation 10(1)
Regulation 11(1)

(L.N. 17 of 1989)

PART VIII

The Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.)

Regulation 48A(1)(b)

(L.N. 147 of 1988)

SCHEDULE 3 [para. 21

CONDITIONS

PART I

The exemption shall not apply to a vessel, unless-

(a)before the expiry of any licence granted in respect of it under the Merchant
Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.) and in force on 1
August 1984, the vessel has been inspected and assigned a freeboard in accordance
with regulation 45B of those regulations and marked substantially in accordance with
that regulation;

(b)every 24 months thereafter, an officer of the Marine Department is satisfied that
the conditions for assignment of a freeboard under the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.) have been complied with.

(L.N. 243 of 1984)





PART II

The exemption is conditional upon such ship complying with

(a)the conditions of any licence issued in respect of it under the Merchant Shipping
(Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.) by the Director; and

(b) any other conditions specified in writing in respect of it on behalf of the Director.

(L.N. 316 of 1984)

PART 111

The exemption shall only apply to a vessel if the person in charge of the machinery of the
vessel is the holder of a local certificate of competency in respect of engines up to 150 brake
horse power.

(L.N. 333 of 1984)

PART IV

The exemption shall only apply to a vessel if the person in charge thereof is the holder of a
local certificate of competency as master of a powered vessel of 60 tons and under.

(L.N. 28 of 1985)

PART V

The exemption shall only apply where

(a)the vessel supplies water only to vessels licensed under Part IV of the Shipping and
Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313); and

(b) the water is carried in a steel tank or tanks.

(L.N. 264 of 1985)

PART VI

1. The exemption shall only apply

(a)to a vessel of the type specified in item 1 in Part VII of Schedule 1, if such vessel
has been assigned a freeboard by the Registrar of Shipping of the People's Republic
of China in accordance with the Convention of 1966; and

(b)to a vessel of the type specified in item 2 in Part VII of Schedule 2, if such vessel
has been assigned a less than minimum freeboard in accordance with the Convention
of 1966 and the procedure laid down for the assignment of freeboard for such
vessels by the Department of Transport of the United Kingdom in the Instructions
on the Survey of Load Line Ships 1973, published by Her Majesty's Stationery
Offices, or by the Bureau Veritas in its booklet, N.I. 144 BM 1 of January 1971.

2. In this Part-

'Convention of 1966 means the International Convention on Load Lines signed in London on 5
April 1966.

(L.N. 310 of 1986)

PART VII

1. The exemption shall only apply to a vessel which

(a) carries no fare-paying passengers; and







(b)carries no fuel other than in a portable metal tank fitted with a fuel pipe line all of
a type approved by the manufacturer of the engine.

2.The exemption shall terminate on the expiration of 12 months from 20 January 1989.

(L.N. 17 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3202

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:51 +0800
<![CDATA[SHA TIN - MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3201

Title

SHA TIN - MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE

Description






SHA TIN-MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA L.N. 402184.

BOUNDARIES NOTICE

(Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-China and
Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations, regulation 11)

[7 December 1984.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Sha Tin-Meisha Ferry Citation. Terminal
Restricted Area Boundaries Notice.

2. It is declared that the area of land at the Sha Tin-Meisha Restricted area Ferry
Terminal of approximately 1 350 square metres in aggregate boundaries. area and edged in
red on the plan No. STM 6071A dated 21 November 1984, signed by the Director of
Marine and deposited in his office, is a restricted area for the purposes of the principal
regulations.
L.N. 402/84. Citation. Restricted area boundaries.

Abstract

L.N. 402/84. Citation. Restricted area boundaries.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3201

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:50 +0800
<![CDATA[SHA TIN - MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3200

Title

SHA TIN - MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER

Description






SHA TIN-MEISHA FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES L.N. 240184,
ORDER

(Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-China and
Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations, regulation 3)

15 August 1984.1

1. This order may be cited as the Sha Tin-Meisha Ferry Citation. Terminal
Boundaries Order.

2. The Sha Tin-Meisha Ferry Terminal is declared to be a Terminal terminal to be
used by ferry vessels which ply regularly between Sha boundaries. Tin in Hong Kong
and Meisha or other places in China and its boundaries are declared to be those
delineated surrounding an adjoining area of land and water and edged in red,
approximately 5 309 square metres in aggregate area, on the plan No. STM 6070
dated 24 April 1984, signed by the Director of Marine and deposited in his office.
L.N. 240/84. Citation. Terminal boundaries.

Abstract

L.N. 240/84. Citation. Terminal boundaries.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3200

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:49 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG - MACAU FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3199

Title

HONG KONG - MACAU FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE

Description






HONG KONG-MACAU FERRY TERMINAL RESTRICTED
AREA BOUNDARIES NOTICE

(Regulation 11 of the Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong
China and Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations)

[31 October 1985.1

1. This notice may be cited as the Hong Kong-Macau Ferry Citation. Terminal
Restricted Area Boundaries Notice.

2. It is declared that the area of land at the Hong Kong- Restricted area Macau Ferry
Terminal, of approximately 1.790 hectares in boundaries. aggregate area and edged in red
on the plan Serial No. DM 17 dated 3 May 1985, signed by the Director of Marine and
deposited in his office, is a restricted area for the purposes of the principal regulations.
L.N. 279/85. Citation. Restricted area boundaries.

Abstract

L.N. 279/85. Citation. Restricted area boundaries.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3199

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:48 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG - MACAU FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3198

Title

HONG KONG - MACAU FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER

Description






HONG KONG-MACAU FERRY TERMINAL BOUNDARIES ORDER

(Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-China and Macau
Ferry Terminals) Regulations, regulation 3)

[8 November 19881

L.N. 283188

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Hong Kong-Macau Ferry Terminal
Boundaries Order.

Terminal boundaries

2. The boundaries of the ferry terminal known as the Hong KongMacau Ferry
Terminal which is a terminal to be used by ferry vessels arriving in the waters of
Hong Kong from Macau or China or leaving such waters for Macau or China are
declared to be those delineated in red enclosing an area of land and water
approximately 11.342 hectares in aggregate area, on the plan Serial No. DM20 dated
2 February 1987, signed by the Director of Marine and deposited in his office.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3198

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:47 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (HONG KONG - CHINA AND MACAO FERRY TERMINALS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3197

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (HONG KONG - CHINA AND MACAO FERRY TERMINALS) REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (HONG KONG-CHINA AND

MACAU FERRY TERMINALS) REGULATIONS


ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page


PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Cita i ................................... ... ... ... ... H 3

2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H3

3. Designation of terminals .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4

PART II

CONTROL OF TERMINALS GENERALLY

4......................Terminals under control of Director ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4

5..................Ferry vessels to use terminals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4

6. Owners or masters to comply with requirements of Director ... ... ... ... H 4

7. Control of arrivals and departures of ferry vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

8....................Returns by owners or masters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

9 ........................Entering, leaving or remaining in a terminal ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

10...................Embarkation and disembarkation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

PART III

RESTRICTED AREAS

11...................Declaration of restricted areas ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 1 ... H 5

12.................................Prohibition of entry, etc. to restricted area without valid pass ... ... ... H 6

13.....................Issue of passes and grounds for refusal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6

14...............Application for passes ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6

15...................General provisions as to passes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7

16............................Contents of passes and duration of validity thereof ... ... ... ... ... H 7

17...............Cancellation of passes ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7

18...................Procedure on cancellation of pass ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 8

19. Action by employer where pass no longer required .. ... ... ... ... ... H 8
20. Pass to be surrendered on cessation of employment ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9







21...................Pass to be surrendered on demand ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9
22...................Pass to be worn on outer clothing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9

23......................Exemption for bona fide passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9

24. Lost pass ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 10

25. Issue of replacement pass... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 10





Regulation Page
PART IV
MISCELLANEOUS
26. Control of vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H10
27. Power in relation to animals and articles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 10
28. Permission of master to board or load cargo ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H 11
29. Business and advertising in terminals ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H 11
30. Intoxicated persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... H11
31. Per-mission to remain on a ferry vessel... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H 11
32. General prohibitions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .1 .
... ... ... ... H 11
33. Berthing fee ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 11
34. Embarkation fee ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 12
35. Offences and penalties... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H 12
36. Power to detain persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... H 13
37. Fees ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 13

Schedule..Fees.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 14





SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (HONG KONG-CHINA
AND MACAU FERRY TERMINALS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 313, section 80)

[1 February 1983.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
(Hong Kong-China and Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'authorized officer' means a public officer authorized in writing by the
Director for the purposes of any of these regulations and any
police officer on duty within a terminal;

'crew pass' means a standard or temporary crew pass issued under
regulation 13;

'Terry vessel' means a vessel which plies regularly from a terminal for
the conveyance of passengers between

(a) Hong Kong and Macau; or

(b) Hong Kong and any place in China,

whether or not the vessel also carries cargo;

'pass' means any pass issued under regulation 13 or a replacement
pass issued under regulation 25;

'pass holder' means

(a)in relation to a pool pass, the authorized officer to whom it is
issued and includes any person using a pool pass by the
authority of an authorized officer; and

(b)in relation to a crew pass or a restricted area pass, the person
in whose name the pass is issued;

'pool pass' means a pool pass issued under regulation 13;

'restricted area' means an area declared under regulation 11 to be a
restricted area;

'restricted area pass' means a standard or temporary restricted area
pass issued under regulation 13;

'terminal' means a terminal the boundaries of which are declared under
regulation 3;

,'vehicle' means any vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads.





3. (1) The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, declare
the boundaries of terminals to be used by ferry vessels arriving in or
leaving the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) A terminal shall include-

(a)all land and water within the boundaries of the terminal; and

(b)any building, street, pier or pontoon within the said
boundaries.

PART 11

CONTROL OF TERMINALS
GENERALLY

4. (1) A terminal shall be under the control of the Director.

(2) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel shall enter
a terminal.

(3) The Director may close the whole or a part of a terminal for such
period as he may specify.

(4) The Director may, by notice or sign exhibited in a terminal,
prohibit access to the whole or a part of the terminal, at such time as he
may specify, by

(a) any person or class of persons;

(b) any vessel or class of vessels;

(c) any vehicle or class of vehicles.

5. Except with the permission of the Director-

(a) no person shall be embarked on or disembarked from; and

(b) no cargo shall be loaded on or discharged from, a ferry vessel
other than at a place within a terminal which is allocated to that ferry
vessel for such purpose by the Director.

6. (1) The owner or master of a vessel in a terminal or entering or
leaving a terminal shall comply with such directions as the Director may
give.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the
Director may direct the owner or master of a vessel in a terminal

(a) to anchor or secure the vessel at any place in the terminal;

(b)to move the vessel from any place in the terminal to any other
place therein;

(c)to remove the vessel from the terminal for such period as the
Director may specify.





(3) The owner or master of a ferry vessel when navigating
within or entering or leaving a terminal shall, so far as practicable,
have regard to any information or advice conveyed to him by an
authorized officer.

7. The Director may, by notice in writing served on the owner
or master of a ferry vessel, specify the time of arrival at, or departure
from, a terminal of the ferry vessel, either generally in respect of a
series of arrivals or departures, or in respect of a particular arrival or
departure, and the owner or master shall comply with such notice.

8. The owner or master of a ferry vessel shall, at such times as
the Director may require, make to the Director a return showing, in
respect of such period as may be specified by the Director, such
particulars as the Director may require-

(a) of each voyage made by the ferry vessel;

(b) of the cargo carried on each voyage of the ferry vessel;

(c)of the number of passengers carried on each voyage of the
ferry vessel, and the category of such passengers for the
purposes of regulation 34;

(d)of the number of persons embarking and disembarking at
each port of call during each voyage of the ferry vessel; and

(e) relating to the manning or operation of the ferry vessel.

9. No person shall-

(a) enter or leave a terminal or a restricted area except by such
entrances and exits as are specified by the Director; or

(b)remain in a terminal, or any part thereof, after he has been
ordered to leave the terminal, or such part thereof, by the
Director,

10. Except with the permission of the Director, no person shall
embark on, or disembark from, a ferry vessel in a terminal-

(a) whilst the ferry vessel is in motion;

(b) otherwise than by an authorized gangway; or

(c) by means of any other vessel.

PART 111

RESTRICTED AREAS

11. The Director may, by notice published in the Gazette,
declare any area within a terminal to be a restricted area.





12. Subject to these regulations, no person shall enter or
remain in a restricted area unless he has on his person a valid pass
issued to him in respect of that restricted area.

13. (1) The, Director may issue-

(a) a pool pass-
(i) to any authorized officer; and
(ii) to any other person where he is satisfied that by
reason of the nature of his occupation or employment such
person requires immediate access to a restricted area; or

(b)a crew pass or a restricted area pass to any person on
application being made therefor under regulation 14 and,
in the case of an applicant who is not an authorized officer,
on payment of the prescribed fee.

(2) A pass shall be in such form and subject to such conditions
as may be specified by the Director.

(3) The following provisions shall apply in relation to the issue
of passes under paragraph (1)(b), that is to say-

(a)a crew pass, which may be either standard or temporary,
may be issued only to a person who is a member of
the crew of a ferry vessel permitted to use the terminal
concerned if it is shown to the satisfaction of the Director
that such person is signed on the articles of agreement of
that vessel;

(b)a restricted area pass, which may be either standard or
temporary, may be issued only to a person in respect of
whom it is shown to the satisfaction of the Director that
by reason of the nature of his occupation or employment
such person requires frequent and regular access to the
restricted area concerned.

(4) The Director shall refuse to issue a pass if it appears to
him that-

(a)the person requiring the pass or for whom it is required is
for any reason relating to or connected with the security of
the terminal concerned not a fit person to have access to a
restricted area; or

(b)access to a restricted area is unnecessary by reason of the
nature of the occupation or employment of the person
requiring the pass or for whom it is required.

14. Application for the issue of a crew pass or a restricted area
pass shall be-

(a)made by a person requiring the pass or an employer on
behalf of his employee;





(b) made to the Director in the form specified by him; and

(c) accompanied by-
(i) the documents specified therein;
(ii) such other particulars as may be required by the
Director; and
(iii) in the case of an applicant who is not an authorized
officer, the prescribed fee.

15. (1) A pass shall not entitle the holder thereof to embark
on a ferry vessel as a passenger.

(2) A pass holder shall not transfer his pass to any other
person.

(3) A pass holder shall produce his pass for examination on
entering or leaving the terminal in respect of which the pass is issued,
and at any time while he is present therein if so required by the
Director.

16. Every pass shall-

(a)if so required by the Director, bear sufficient means of
identification of the pass holder;

(b)specify the restricted area or areas in respect of which it is
issued;

(c) indicate the period for which it is issued which-
(i) in the case of a pool pass or a standard pass, shall be
for such period as may be specified therein;
(ii) in the case of a temporary pass, shall not be greater
than 3 months; and

(d) cease to be valid-
(i) on the expiration of the period for which it was
issued; or
(ii) upon its cancellation under regulation 17; or
(iii) where a pass holder ceases to be employed by the
person who was his employer at the date of the issue of
the pass; or
(iv) upon a demand made by the Director under regu-
lation 21 for a pass holder to surrender his pass to the
Director.

17. The Director---

(a) shall cancel a pass if it appears to him that-
(i) in the case of a crew pass the pass holder has ceased
to be a member of the crew of the ferry vessel in respect of
which the pass is issued or ceases to be signed on the
articles of agreement of that vessel;





(ii) the pass holder is, for any reason relating to or
connected with the security of the terminal concerned, not
a fit person to have access to a restricted area; or
(iii) access to a restricted area is unnecessary by reason
of the nature of the occupation or employment of the pass
holder; and

(b) may cancel a pass-
(i) on the ground that any condition subject to which it
was issued has been contravened;
(ii) on the ground that the pass holder or his employer
has contravened any of these regulations; or
(iii) in any case where he is satisfied that the pass has
been lost, destroyed or defaced.

18. (1) Where the Director cancels a pass under regulation 17,
he shall notify the pass holder and, if he thinks fit, the employer (if
any) of the pass holder, accordingly.

(2) A pass holder, upon receipt of a notice under paragraph
(1), shall, save where the notice relates to a pass which has been lost
or destroyed, forthwith surrender his pass to-

(a) the Director;

(b)an authorized officer specified in the notice for the pur-
pose; or

(e)the employer of the pass holder if specified in the notice
for the purpose,

as the case may be.

(3) An employer to whom a pass has been surrendered by
virtue of a notice under paragraph (1) shall forthwith surrender
that pass to the Director or an authorized officer specified in the
notice.

19. The employer of a pass holder shall-

(a)if the nature of the employment of the pass holder no
longer requires that he have access to any restricted area
specified in his pass; or

(b)if the pass holder ceases, for any reason, to be employed by
him,

without delay-
(i) inform the Director accordingly;
(ii) take possession of the pass from the pass holder; and
(iii) surrender the pass to the Director.





20. A pass holder who ceases to be employed by the person
who was his employer at the date of the issue of the pass shall,
immediately on the cessation of his employment, surrender his pass
to that person.

21. The Director may demand a pass holder to surrender his
pass to the Director, and the pass holder shall forthwith comply with
such demand.

22. A pass holder shall, when entering, remaining in or depart-
ing from a restricted area-

(a)wear the pass affixed in a prominent position on his outer
clothing;

(b)comply with the conditions subject to which the pass is
issued;

(c)comply with all reasonable directions given to him by any
authorized officer;

(d) if the pass is a pool pass, carry on his person-
(i) an identity card issued to him under the Registration
of Persons Ordinance; or
(ii) such warrant card, valid travel document or
other means of identification as may be approved by the
Director.

23. (1) Subject to this regulation, the provisions of regulation
12 shall not apply to any bona fide passenger who-

(a) is in the course of passage through any restricted area-
(i) having disembarked from a ferry vessel; or
(ii) for the purpose of embarking on a ferry vessel of
which he is a ferry passenger; or

(b)is awaiting an onward ferry voyage in any area reserved for
transit or transfer passengers which is within a restricted
area.

(2) A ferry passenger shall not, by virtue of paragraph (1), be
exempt from the provisions of regulation 12 unless-

(a)being a departing passenger, he is in possession of a valid
travel document and a valid passenger ticket issued by the
owner or master of a ferry vessel for passage on a ferry
vessel; or

(b)being an arriving passenger or a transit or transfer passen-
ger, he is in possession of a valid travel document.

(3) A passenger ticket shall be in such form as may be
approved by the Director.





24. (1) If a pass has been lost the pass holder shall, without
delay, report in writing the loss and the circumstances thereof to his
employer (if any) or, where the permit holder has no employer or is
himself an employer, to the Director.

(2) Where a report has been received by an employer as to the
loss of a pass and the circumstances thereof, he shall, without delay,
report in writing such loss and the circumstances thereof to the
Director.

(3) Any person who finds a pass shall, without delay, deliver it
to the Director or to the officer in charge of any police station or to
any police officer.

25. Where a pass has been lost, destroyed or defaced, applica-
tion may be made to the Director by the persons to whom the pass
had been issued or the employer of that person for the issue of a
replacement pass and the Director, upon being satisfied as to such
loss, destruction or defacement, may, upon payment of the pre-
scribed fee in the case of an applicant who is not an authorized
officer, issue to the pass holder a replacement pass which shall
replace the pass which has been lost, destroyed or defaced.

PART IV

MISCELLANEOUS

26. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no person
shall drive a vehicle into, within or out of a terminal.

(2) The driver of a vehicle while within, or while entering or
leaving, a terminal shall comply with such directions as may be given
by the Director and with any notice or sign exhibited in a terminal
by order of the Director.

27. The Director may-

(a) by order, either orally or in writing-
(i) prohibit the entry of any animal or article into a
terminal;
(ii) require any animal or article to be moved within a
terminal in such manner as he may specify;
(iii) require any animal or article to be removed from a
terminal;

(b)move within a terminal any animal or article which in
his opinion constitutes an obstruction, nuisance or
annoyance;

(e)remove from a terminal any animal or article which is
unattended, or which in his opinion constitutes an obstruc-
tion, nuisance or annoyance.





28. (1) Except with the permission of the master of a ferry
vessel, no person shall board, or load any vehicle or other cargo on,
the ferry vessel.

(2) No person shall travel, or bring a vehicle or other cargo,
on board a ferry vessel after being warned by the Director that
the vessel contains its full complement of passengers, vehicles or
other cargo.

29. Except with the written permission of the Director, no
person shall, within a terminal-

(a)sell or distribute anything, or offer anything for sale, or
make any offer of service;

(b) exhibit any notice or advertisement.

30. The Director may prohibit from entering a terminal any
person who, in the opinion of the Director, is under the influence of
alcohol or drugs to such an extent as to render him a probable
danger or source of annoyance to other users of the terminal.

31. Except with the permission of the master, no person shall
remain on board a ferry vessel in a terminal.

32. No person shall, whilst within a terminal or on a vessel
within a terminal-

(a)throw, deposit, leave or drop litter, paper or rubbish, save
in bins or containers provided for the purpose;

(b)throw, deposit, leave or drop anything capable of causing
injury to person or damage to property;

(e)throw any life buoy or equipment from the terminal or
vessel, except in a case of emergency;

(d)open or remove, or climb over, any wall, fence, railing,
barrier, gate or post erected in the terminal;

(e) beg;

(f) fish.

33. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the berthing fee prescribed
shall be paid by the owner or master in respect of every vessel which
berths in a terminal.

(2) The following vessels shall be exempt from the payment of
berthing fees-

(a)a cargo lighter or junk working cargo to or from a terminal
or to or from a vessel moored alongside a terminal;

(b)a fresh water lighter, barge or other vessel supplying fresh
water to a vessel in a terminal;





(c)a fuelling lighter or barge supplying fuel to a vessel or to a
storage tank in a terminal;

(d)a vessel used to transfer passengers to or from a ferry vessel
in a terminal;

(e)any other vessel or class of vessels which the Director may
exempt.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), a separate fee shall be paid for each
berthing.

(4) Where a vessel leaves a berth in a terminal in compliance with a
direction under regulation 6(2)(b) or (c), no fee shall be chargeable on
the reberthing of the vessel.

(5) Except with the permission in writing of the Director, no vessel
shall remain at a berth in a terminal for more than 24 hours.

(6) For the purpose of this regulation, a vessel berths in a terminal
when it comes alongside, or is in any way secured to, any part. of the
terminal.

34. The passenger embarkation fee prescribed shall be paid by the
owner of a ferry vessel in respect of each passenger embarking on the
ferry vessel at a terminal.

35. (1) If without reasonable excuse regulation 4(2) or 5 is
contravened, the master of the vessel commits an offence.

(2) If without reasonable excuse a notice or sign exhibited under
regulation 4(4) is contravened, the person, master of the vessel or
driver of the vehicle, as the case may be, commits an offence.

(3) Any owner or master of a vessel who without reasonable
excuse fails to comply with any direction given to him under regulation
6 commits an offence.

(4) Any owner or master of a ferry vessel who without reasonable
excuse fails to comply with a notice served on him under regulation 7,
or fails to make a return under regulation 8, commits an offence.

(5) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
regulation 9, 10, 24(3), 26(1) or 31 commits an offence.

(6) Any person who contravenes regulation 28, 29 or 32 commits
an offence.

(7) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply
with any direction given, or any notice or sign exhibited, under
regulation 26(2), or an order under regulation 27(a), commits an offence.

(8) Any person who-

(a)being a pass holder, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
regulation 15(3), 18(2), 20, 21, 22 or 24(1);





(b)being an employer, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
regulation 18(3), 19 or 24(2),

commits an offence.

(9) Any person who-

(a)makes use of or retains in his possession any pass which he
knows or ought reasonably to know

(i) has been cancelled; or
(ii) has ceased to be valid;

(b)without reasonable excuse, defaces, alters or destroys any
pass;

(e)in, or in connexion with, an application under regulation 14 or
25 makes any statement or gives any information which he
knows or ought reasonably to know is false in a material
particular or recklessly makes any statement which is false in
a material particular or knowingly omits any material
particular;

(d)being a pass holder, contravenes any condition subject to
which the pass was issued,

commits an offence.

(10) Any person who contravenes regulation 12 or 15(2) commits an
offence.

(11) Any person who--

(a)commits an offence under paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or
(7) is liable to a fine of $2,000;

(b)commits an offence under paragraph (8) is liable to a fine of
55,000;

(c)commits an offence under paragraph (9) is liable to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months;

(d)commits an offence under paragraph (10) is liable to a fine of
$20,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

36. An authorized officer may, if he has reasonable grounds for
believing that any person has contravened regulation 12, without
warrant arrest that peron and forthwith take him to a police station
there to be dealt with in accordance with the Police Force Ordinance.

37. The fees prescribed under these regulations are set out in the
Schedule.
1986 ED CAP 313 H14 L.N. 424/82. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 186/84. L.N. 62/85. L.N. 126/85. L.N. 360/85. L.N. 25/83. Citation. Interpretation. Designation of terminals. Terminals under control of Director. Ferry vessels to use terminals. Owners or masters to comply with requirements of Director. Control of arrivals and departures and ferry vessels. Returns by owners or masters. Entering, leaving or remaining in a terminal. Embarkation and disembarkation. Declaration of restricted areas. Prohibition of entry, etc. to restricted area without valid pass. Issue of passes and grounds for refusal. General provisions as to passes. Contents of passes and duration of validity thereof. Cancellation of passes. Procedure on cancellation of pass. Action by employer where pass no longer required. Pass to be surrendered on cessation of employment. Pass to be surrendered on demand. Pass to be worn on outer clothing. (Cap. 177.) Exemption for bona fide passengers. Lost pass. Issue of replacement pass. Control of vehicles. Power in relation to animals and articles. Permission of master to board or load cargo. Business and advertising in terminals. Intoxicated persons. Permission to remain on a ferry vessel. General prohibitions. Berthing fee. Embarkation fee. Offences and penalties. Power to detain persons. (Cap. 232.) Fees. Schedule. L.N. 126/85. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 186/84. L.N. 62/85. L.N. 360/85. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 62/85.

Abstract

L.N. 424/82. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 186/84. L.N. 62/85. L.N. 126/85. L.N. 360/85. L.N. 25/83. Citation. Interpretation. Designation of terminals. Terminals under control of Director. Ferry vessels to use terminals. Owners or masters to comply with requirements of Director. Control of arrivals and departures and ferry vessels. Returns by owners or masters. Entering, leaving or remaining in a terminal. Embarkation and disembarkation. Declaration of restricted areas. Prohibition of entry, etc. to restricted area without valid pass. Issue of passes and grounds for refusal. General provisions as to passes. Contents of passes and duration of validity thereof. Cancellation of passes. Procedure on cancellation of pass. Action by employer where pass no longer required. Pass to be surrendered on cessation of employment. Pass to be surrendered on demand. Pass to be worn on outer clothing. (Cap. 177.) Exemption for bona fide passengers. Lost pass. Issue of replacement pass. Control of vehicles. Power in relation to animals and articles. Permission of master to board or load cargo. Business and advertising in terminals. Intoxicated persons. Permission to remain on a ferry vessel. General prohibitions. Berthing fee. Embarkation fee. Offences and penalties. Power to detain persons. (Cap. 232.) Fees. Schedule. L.N. 126/85. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 186/84. L.N. 62/85. L.N. 360/85. L.N. 234/83. L.N. 62/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3197

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:47 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS (SPEED RESTRICTED ZONES FOR PLEASURE VESSELS) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3196

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS (SPEED RESTRICTED ZONES FOR PLEASURE VESSELS) NOTICE

Description






SHIPPING AND CONTROL REGULATIONS (SPEED
RESTRICTED ZONES FOR PLEASURE VESSELS)
NOTICE

(Regulation 67(1) of the Shipping and Port Control Regulations)

[1 May 1981.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
Regulations (Speed Restricted Zones for Pleasure Vessels) Notice.

2. In this notice-

'pleasure vessel' means any launch, yacht, inflatable vessel. junk.
lorcha or other vessel which--

(a)has an engine installed in or carried on it whereby the vessel is
capable of being propelled by mechanical means;

(b) is used exclusively for pleasure purposes; and

(e)is not let for hire or reward other than under the terms of a
charter agreement or hire-purchase agreement;

,,restricted zone' means a restricted zone specified in the Schedule.

3. (1) No pleasure vessel shall, between the hours of 8 a.m. and
midnight on any Saturday or public holiday or on any day during the
period from 1 July to 15 September in any year. proceed at a speed
exceeding 5 knots in any restricted zone.

(2) The speed limit mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) shall apply to
pleasure vessels notwithstanding that some other limit might otherwise
apply under the Fourth Schedule to the Shipping and Port Control
Regulations.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.1

The restricted zones are-

(a) TOLO HARBOUR

(i) Zone T]

Yeung Chau (Plover Cove)

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south and east by a
straight line drawn 227.5 (T) at right angles from the Plover Cove
Reservoir Main Dam wall, latitude 22 27' 49 north, longitude 114 14' 15
cast, to a position at the eastern extremity of Ma shi' Chau latitude 22
27' 30 north, longitude 114 13 5Y cast.

(ii) Zone T2

Sha Tin Hoi (Title Cove)

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north and east by a
straight line drawn 29021 (T) from the Ma On Shan pier to the south of
Wu Kai Sha, latitude 22 25 W' north. lon2itude 114 13' 3W' cast to the
northern extremity of the land to the south-cast of Pak Shek Kok.
latitude 22 25'41` north, longitude 114 12' 24' east.





(b) PORT SHELTER AND ROCKY HARBOUR

(i) Zone K]

Tai Size Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west by a straight line
drawn 1561'(T) from a headland at the northern side of Tai She Wan.
latitude 21 2V35' north, longitude 114~ 20 01 east to a headland at the
southern side of Tai She Wan, latitude 22 21 2T' north, longitude 114' 20
08 cast.

(ii) Zone K2

Tsam Chuk Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight line
drawn 285(T) from a position at latitude 22 23'02' north, longitude 114
57' cast to the southern extremity of Hung Mo Tsim Island in latitude 22
23 06 north, longitude 114 18 44 cast, continuing to a position at Pai Au
at latitude 22 23 1 T' north, longitude 114- 18' 27' cast.

PORT SHELTER

(i) Zone K3

Hebe Haven Haven (Pak Sha
Wan)

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight line
drawn 061 -(T) from a headland to the south of Campers Beach, latitude
22 north, longitude 114 15 54 east to the headland at Pak Ma Tsui at
latitude 22` 21 06 north longitude 114 16 20 east

(ii) Zone K4

East Kiu Tsui Chau

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north and east by a
straight line drawn 162 (T) from the eastern extremity of Lam Hum
Chau. latitude 22 22' 28 north, longitude 114 17 39 cast to the beacon at
latitude 22 57' north, longitude 114 IT SO' east thence in a straight line
drawn 259 (T) to the south-eastern extremity of Hak Tui Wan latitude
22 213 56 north, longitude 114' 17 44 east

(iii) Zone K5

West Kau Sai Chau

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west by a straight line
drawn 354 (T) from the headland at Pak Sha Tsui, latitude 22 21 22'
north. longitude 114 18' 04 cast to a position, latitude 22 21 35 north,
longitude 114- 18'03'eastthen in a line drawn 044 (T) to a position on
Kau Sai Chau, latitude 22 21 43 north. longitude 114 18' 1 V east.

(iv) Zone K6

South Kau Sai Chau

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the cast by a straight line
drawn 180(T) from the southern extremity of Kau Sai Chau, latitude 22'
20' 36 north, longitude 114- 19' 14' cast to the northern extremity of
Tiu Chung Chau, latitude 22 20 34 north, longitude 114- 19' 14' east and
on the west by a straight line drawn 114 (T) from a position at the south-
western most point of Kau Sai Chau at latitude 22 20' 39 north, longitude






114 18' 34 cast to the north-western extremity of Tiu Chung Chau.
latitude 22 20 22 north, longitude 114 1 S' 47' east.

(y) Zone K7

Bluff Island

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north by a straight line
drawn 254 (T) from the headland at ung Kong Tau, latitude 22 19' 40
longitude 114 21 12 cast to the headland at Yuen Kok Tau. latitude 22
19' 35 north. longitude 114 20' 55 cast.





(vi) Zone K8

Clear Water Bay

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south-cast by a straight
line drawn 051(T) from the eastern extremity of So Shi Tau. latitude 22
17 13

north, longitude 114 17 17 east to the headland at latitude 22 IT24'
north, longitude 114 17' 32' east.
(d) JUNK BA Y
(i) Zone S]
Shek Miu Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight line
drawn 297-(T) from the headland to the west of Tin Ha Wan, latitude 22

16'48' north, longitude 114 16' 29' cast to the eastern extremity of
Fat Tau Chau, latitude 22- 16' 52' north, longitude 114 16' 20' cast.
thence a straight line drawn 014-(T) to the headland at the northern end
ofthe bay at latitude 22 IT 09' north, longitude 114 16' 25' east.

(e) HONG KONG ISLAND, SOUTH

(i) Zone A]

To Tei Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight line
drawn 274 (T) from a position on the coast at latitude 22 13' 3Y north,
longitude 114 14' OT' east to a position at latitude 22 13' 32' north,
longitude 114 13' 57' east, thence a straight line drawn 348 (T) to a
position at latitude 22 13' 44' north. longitude 114 13' 55' east. thence
a straight line drawn 077 (T) to a position on the coast at latitude 22
13'45' north, longitude 114- 14' 0 1 east.

(ii) Zone A2

Tai Tam Harbour

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south and east by a
straight line drawn 254 (T) from a position latitude 22 14'27' north.
longitude 114 13' 5 1' east to a position latitude 22 14' 22' north.
longitude 114 13' 34' east.

(iii) Zone A3

Slanley Bay

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west by a straight line
drawn 114 (T) from the headland at latitude 22 13' 06' north. longitude
114~ 12' 2V east to the headland at latitude 22 12' 59' north. longitude
114~ 12' 39' east, thence a straight line drawn 189 (T) to the headland
at latitude 22 12' 44' north, longitude 114 12' 37' east.

(iv) Zone A4

Chung Hom Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west by a straight line
drawn 180-(T) from a position at the mouth of the bay at latitude 22 13'
22' north, longitude 114 11' 45' east to a position at the south of the
bay at latitude 22~ 13' 02' north, longitude 114 11' 45' cast.

(v) Zone A5







South Ba v

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north by a straight line
drawn 214 (T) from the western extremity of the headland to the i~orth
of south Bay latitude 22 13' 48' north. longitude 114 11' 38' east to an
unnamed island to the east of Tau Chau, latitude 22 13' M' north.
longitude 114 11' 27 east.

(vi) Zone A6

Deep Water BaY

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west by a straight line
drawn

149'(T) from a point on Hong Kong Island at latitude 22 14' 3W north.





longitude 114 10' 3Y cast to a position at the north-western extremity of
Middle Island latitude 22 14' 16' north, longitude 114 10' 5Weast, thence
along the north coastline of Middle Island to a headland on the eastern
side of Middle Island latitude 22 14' 09' north, longitude 114 1 l' 11 east,
thence a straight line drawn 050 (T) to a position at latitude 22 14' IY'
north, longitude 114 11 2V east.

LAMMA ISLAND

(i) Zone A 7

North Lan?nia-Liik Chau Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north by a straight line
drawn 071 (T) from the Lo Tik Wan pier light at latitude 22- 13' 31'
north, longitude 114 OT29' cast to the northern extremity of Luk Chau
at latitude 22- 13' 4W north, longitude 114 07' 57' cast, thence along
the western coastline of Luk Chau to a position at latitude 22- 13' 28'
north, longitude 114- 07' 52' cast, thence a straight line drawn 176-(T)
to a position at latitude 22- 13' 22' north, longitude 114 07' 54' east.

(ii) Zone AS

South Laninia-Sham Wan

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight line
drawn 072-(T) from the southern extremity of Tai Kok, latitude 22'
10'46' north, longitude 114 08' 04' cast to the southern extremity of
Yuen Kok, latitude 22 10' 5T' north. longitude 114 08' 44' east.

(g) CHEUNG CHA U

(i) Zone A 9

Cheung Chau-Tung 1Van

The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north-cast by a straight
line drawn 160 (T) from a headland at the north of Tung Wan, latitude
22 13' 08' north, longitude 114 02' OW east to the headland at the south
of Tung Wan. latitude 22 12' 34' north, longitude 114 02' IY east.
L.N. 108/81. Citation. Interpretation. Schedule. Speed restriction on pleasure vessels. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 108/81. Citation. Interpretation. Schedule. Speed restriction on pleasure vessels. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3196

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:46 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PORTS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3195

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PORTS) ORDER

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (PORTS) ORDER



(Cap. 313, section 56)

[29th December, 1978]


1. This Order may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
(Ports) Order.

2. The areas of the waters of Hong Kong which are specified in the
Schedule are declared to be ports for the purposes of the Shipping and
Port Control Ordinance.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]

PORTS

Aberdeen

The waters enclosed within a line drawn on the west from the western
extremity of Ap Lei Chau Island (Aberdeen Island) to Pollux Rock (Kai Lung Wan
Shek), and on the cast by a line drawn due cast from the southern extremity of Ap
Lei Chau Island to the coast line of Hong Kong Island.

Castle Peak (Tuen Mun)

The waters of Castle Peak Bay enclosed in an area bounded by the shoreline of
Castle Peak Bay to the north of a line drawn from position 22' 22' 27' north, (1B)
57' 30 cast to position 22* 22' 41 north, (1B) 58 39* cast.

Cheung Chau

The waters of Cheung Chau Bay to the east of a line drawn between the two
western extremities of the bay.

Kat 0

The waters enclosed within an area bounded on the north by a line drawn due
west from Chek Kok Tau (North Point) to the meridian of longitude 114 17 03
cast, on the west of a line drawn due north from 0 Shi Kok along the meridian of
longitude 114' 17 03 cast to the northern boundary and on the cast and south by
the shore-line contained between Chek Kok Tau (North Point) and 0 Shi Kok.

Lau Fau Shan

The waters enclosed in an area bounded by a straight line drawn between
position 22' 28 28 north, (1B) 56 45 east and position 22' 29 33 north, (1B) 58
06' east and parallel lines drawn 120 from the above two positions respectively to
the coast line.

Sai Kung

The waters enclosed within an area bounded to the north by a line drawn from
Sha Kok Mei to the northern extremity of Yeung Chau, to the south by a line
drawn from Che Keng Tuk to the western extremity of Pak Sha Chau, and on the






east by a line drawn from the western extremity of Paak Sha Chau to the eastern
extremity of Yeung Chau.

Sha Tau Kok

The waters enclosed within an area bounded on the north by a line drawn due
east from the Boundary Post, Sha Tau Kok, to the eastern shore of Starling Inlet,
on the west by a line drawn due south from the Boundary Post, Sha Tau Kok, to
the eastern shore of Starling Inlet and on the south and east by the eastern shore of
Starling Inlet contained between the western and northern boundaries.





Sham Tseng

The area of water between Ma Wan (Island) and the mainland, bounded on the
east by a line drawn due north from the north-eastern extremity of Ma Wan to the
mainland, and on the west by a line drawn due north from the north-western
extremity of Ma Wan to the mainland.

Silver Mine Bay

The waters of Silver Mine Bay enclosed in an area bounded by the shoreline of
Silver Mine Bay to the northwestward of a straight line drawn from Castle Rock to
position 22' 16' Or north, 114 01 18' cast.

Stanley (East)

The waters enclosed by the foreshore and northwestward of a line drawn from
position 22' 13 00* north, 114' 13 IT cast to position 22' 13 59* north, 114' 14'
00 cast.

Stanley West)

The waters enclosed by the foreshore and north of a line drawn due cast from
Chung Horn Kok to Stanley Peninsula.

Tai 0

The waters to the eastward of a line drawn 200 from Bluff Point to meet the
coast of Lantau (Tai yu Shan) 13 cables from Bluff Point.

Tai PO

The waters of Tolo Harbour and Tide Cove enclosed to the westward of a line
drawn north and south through Bush Reef Light.

Tap Mun

The waters enclosed in an area bounded by a straight line drawn from Cheung
Mei Kok Point to Ma Yib or Junk Rock, a straight line drawn from Ma Yin or Junk
Rock to position 22' 28 12 north, 114' 21 Or east and the shore-line contained
between Cheung Mei Kok Point and position 22' 28 12 north, 114 21 2T cast.

victoria

On the east -a straight line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Siu Chau
Wan Point to the westernmost extremity of A Kung Ngam Point (sometimes
known as Kung Am);

On the west-a straight line drawn from the westernmost point of the Island of
Hong Kong to the westernmost point of Green Island, thence a straight line drawn
from the westernmost point of Green Island to the southeasternmost point of
Tsing Yi, thence along the eastern and northern coast lines of Tsing Yi to the
westernmost extremity of Tsing Yi and thence a straight line drawn true north
therefrom to the mainland.
L.N. 290/78. Citation. Ports of Hong Kong Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 290/78. Citation. Ports of Hong Kong Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3195

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:45 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS) (CLOSED AREAS) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3194

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS) (CLOSED AREAS) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS)
CLOSED AREAS) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Regulation 16(1) of the Shipping and Port Control
(Dwelling Vessels) Regulations)

[9 September 1983]

L.N. 294 of 1983, L.N. 9 of 1985, L.N. 163 of 1985, R. Ed. 1985, L.N. 232 of 1989

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control (Dwelling Vessels)
(Closed Areas) (Consolidation) Order.

2. Declaration of closed areas

The areas of the waters of Hong Kong specified in the Schedule are declared to
be closed to dwelling vessels.

SCHEDULE [para. 21

1 Kwun Tong Typhoon Shelter (L.N. 294 of 1983)

2. Rambler Channel Typhoon Shelter (L.N. 294 of 1983)

3. Yim Tin Tsai Typhoon Shelter (L.N. 294 of 1983)

4. Kowloon South Camber Typhoon Shelter (L.N. 294 of 1983)

5. Kowloon North Camber Typhoon Shelter (L.N. 294 of 1983)

6. The tidal waters of the Shing Mun River enclosed by a line joining the following two
positions-
(a) Latitude 22 24 32 N,

Longitude 114' 12 56 E; and
(b) Latitude 22 24 37 N

Longitude 114 12 50 E (L.N.294of1983)

7. That part of Hong Kong waters at Kwun Tong Tsai Wan (Yau Tong Bay), enclosed within
it
by a line joining the following two positions-
(a) Latitude 220 17'48.5'N,

Longitude 114* 13 49.0 E; and
(b) Latitude 22` 17 59.0 N

Longitude 114 13 41.7 E (L.N.9 of 1985)

8. That part of Hong Kong waters enclosed within the Wan Chai Public Cargo Working Area
by
a line joining the following two positions-
(a) Latitude 22 17 09.0 N,

Longitude 1141 10 42.1 E; and

4-

of 1983
9

(b) Latitude 22 17 09.7 N







Longitude 114 10 44.5 E (L.N. 163 of 1985)

9. That part of Hong Kong waters enclosed within the Chai Wan Public Cargo Working Area
by
a line joining the following two positions-
(a) Latitude 22* 16' 31.2' N,

Longitude 114' 14' 33.6' E;
and (b) Latitude 22* 16'28.0 N.

Longitude 114` 14' 30.6'E (L.N.163 of 1985)

10. Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3194

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:44 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (TYPHOON SHELTERS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3193

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (TYPHOON SHELTERS) REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (TYPHOON
SHELTERS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation Page

1. Citation ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D
2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2

3. Fairways in typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2

4. Permit to enter and remain in typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3

5. Use of typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3

6. Speed in typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3

7. Vessels entering typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3

8. Vessels to anchor etc. as directed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4

9. Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4

10. Power to remove vessels unlawfully in typhoon shelters ... ... ... ... D 4

11. Production of licence or permit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

12. Offences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

13. Appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

14. Amendment of Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

Schedule. Typhoon Shelters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5





L.N. 275178. SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (TYPHOON

4 --1 Ok, SHELTERS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 313, section 80)

L.N. 294178. [29th December, 1978.1
Citation. 1. These regulations may be cited as the Shipping and Port
Control (Typhoon Shelters) Regulations.
Interpretation. 2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'fairway' means the area of the waters within the limits of a typhoon
shelter set aside by the Director as a fairway under regulation 3;
'Port Communications Centre' means the Port Communications
Centre Signal Station specified in Part I of the Tenth Schedule
(Cap. 313, sub. leg.) to the Shipping and Port Control Regulations;
'prescribed vessel' means-
(a) a launch not exceeding 300 tons net, or a ferry vessel which
is used solely within the waters of Hong Kong, in respect
of which a licence or permit is issued under Part 11 of the
(Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Merchant Shipping (Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regula-
tions;
(b) a vessel in respect of which a licence is issued under Part 11
(Cap. 281, sub. leg.) of the Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regula-
tions, other than a class III vessel specified in regulation 2
of those regulations;
(c) a vessel in respect of which an anchorage permit is issued
under regulation 3(6)(a) of the Merchant Shipping (Mis-
cellaneous Craft) Regulations;
(d) a pleasure vessel in respect of which a licence is issued under
(Cap. 281. sub. leg.) regulation 3 of the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessels)
Regulations; and
(e) a vessel in respect of which the Director has issued a permit
under regulation 4;
Schedule. 'typhoon shelter' means a typhoon shelter specified in the Schedule.
Fairways in 3. (1) The Director may set aside any area of the waters
typhoon within the limits of a typhoon shelter as a fairway for the passage

shelters. of vessels.

(2) The area of a fairway shall be-

(a)the area that is marked as a fairway on a plan of a typhoon
shelter signed and dated by the Director and kept at the
principal office of the Director; and

(b)the area that is bounded by straight lines drawn joining the
buoys laid by the Director along either side of such





area for the purpose of demarcating the boundaries of such
area.

4.The Director may, subject to any conditions he thinks fit, grant a
permit in writing permitting any vessel to enter and remain in a typhoon
shelter specified in the permit.



5. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, a vessel shall not
enter or remain in a typhoon shelter when no strong monsoon signal or
tropical cyclone warning signal is hoisted at the Port Communications
Centre.

(2) Subject to paragraphs (3), (4) and (5), no vessel, other than

ù prescribed vessel, shall enter or remain in a typhoon shelter when

ù strong monsoon signal or tropical cyclone warning signal is hoisted at
the Port Communications Centre.

(3) The Director may by a direction prohibit any class of prescribed
vessels from entering or remaining in a typhoon shelter.

(4) If the Director is of the opinion that the presence of a prescribed
vessel in a typhoon shelter is or would be a hazard therein owing to its
size or design, the Director may, by endorsement on its licence or permit
issued under the Merchant Shipping (Launches and Ferry Vessels)
Regulations, or on its licence issued under the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations, or on its licence issued under the
Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations, as the case may be,
or by a direction, prohibit the prescribed vessel from entering or
remaining in any typhoon shelter.

(5) If the Director is of the opinion that, owing to the number of
vessels in a typhoon shelter, the presence of a prescribed vessel is or
would be a hazard therein, the Director may by a direction prohibit the
prescribed vessel from entering the typhoon shelter or require the
removal of the vessel therefrom, as the case may be.

(6) A direction under paragraph (4) or (5) may apply-

(a)to a particular prescribed vessel or to a class of prescribed
vessels; or

(b)in relation to a particular typhoon shelter or to typhoon
shelters generally.

6. Vessels underway in the entrance to or within a typhoon shelter
shall proceed with caution and at a speed not exceeding 3 knots.

7. When underway in the entrance to a typhoon shelter-

(a)vessels of 1,500 piculs capacity or less shall proceed not more
than 2 abreast;

(b)vessels of more than 1,500 piculs capacity shall proceed one
at a time;





(c)not more than 4 vessels exceeding 500 piculs capacity shall be
towed at a time by one vessel.

8. (1) The Director may direct a vessel within a typhoon shelter to
take up a particular position and to anchor, moor or secure in
accordance with such direction.

(2) No vessel shall, unless directed so to do under paragraph (1),
take up any position, or anchor, moor or secure

(a)in a typhoon shelter so as to obstruct the free access of other
vessels to any unoccupied space in the typhoon shelter; or

(b) in a fairway so as to obstruct the passage of vessels.

(3) A direction under paragraph (1) may apply to a particular vessel
or to a class of vessels.

9. (1) This regulation shall apply only to the Yau Ma Tei Typhoon
Shelter.

(2) No vessel shall enter or remain in the area enclosed by a line
drawn from the light on the sea side of the southern entrance to the
southwestern point of the public waterfront unless permitted by the
Director.

10. (1) If any vessel-

(a)enters or remains in a typhoon shelter in contravention of
regulation 5;

(b)enters or remains in the Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter in
contravention of regulation 9; or

(c)in contravention of a direction given by the Director, enters or
remains in a typhoon shelter or is not removed from a typhoon
shelter or is not moved from the position in which it is lying in
a typhoon shelter,

the Director may, subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), take possession of
the vessel and remove it from the typhoon shelter or move it from the
position in which it is lying.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the Director shall give to the owner or
master of a vessel not less than 14 days' notice in writing of any
proposed exercise of his powers under paragraph (1).

(3) The Director may exercise his power under paragraph (1)-

(a)at any time after notice under paragraph (2) is given, if a
strong monsoon signal or tropical cyclone warning signal is
hoisted at the Port Communications Centre; or

(b)without giving notice, if the owner or master of the vessel
cannot be found or the vessel is, in the opinion of the
Director, abandoned.





(4) If any person on board a vessel obstructs the Director in the
exercise of his powers under paragraph (1), such person may be evicted
from the vessel by the Director.

(5) The Director may use such force as may be necessary for the
exercise of his powers under paragraph (1) or for the purposes of
paragraph (4).

11. The Director may require the owner or master of a prescribed
vessel to produce a licence or permit issued in respect of the vessel

(a) for inspection; or

(b) for endorsement under regulation 5(4).

12. (1) In the event of-

(a)a contravention of a condition of a permit granted under
regulation 4;

(b) a contravention of regulation 5(1) or (2), 6, 7, 8(2) or 9(2);

(c)a contravention of a direction or endorsement given or made
under regulation 5(3), (4) or (5);

(d)a failure to comply with a direction given under regulation 8(1)
or a requirement under regulation 11,

the owner and the master of the vessel commit an offence and each of
them is liable to a fine of 55,000, unless the owner or master (as the case
may be) shows that the offence was committed without his knowledge
and that he had taken all practicable steps to prevent the commission of
the offence.

(2) Any person who obstructs the Director in the exercise of his
powers under regulation 10(1) or (4) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

13. Any person aggrieved by the exercise of the power conferred
by regulation 5(4) may appeal to the Governor, and the Governor may
make such order as appears to him to be just.

14. The Director may by order published in the Gazette amend the
Schedule.

SCHEDULE [reg. 2.1

Typhoon Shelters

Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter.
Causeway Bay Typhoon Shelter.
Sam Ka Tsuen Typhoon Shelter.
Rambler Channel Typhoon Shelter.
Tsing Yi Typhoon Shelter
Kowloon South Camber Typhoon Shelter.
Kowloon North Camber Typhoon Shelter.
Shuen Wan Typhoon Shelter.
Aberdeen West Typhoon Shelter.
Aberdeen South Typhoon Shelter.
Yim Tin Tsai Typhoon Shelter.
Aldrich Bay Typhoon Shelter.
Kwun Tong Typhoon Shelter.
L.N. 275/78. L.N. 294/78. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Schedule. Fairways in typhoon shelters. Permit to enter and remain in typhoon shelters. Use of typhoon shelters. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Speed typhoon shelters. Vessels entering typhoon shelters. Vessels to anchor etc. as directed. Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter. Power to remove vessels unlawfully in typhoon shelters. Production of licence or permit. Offences. Appeals. Amendment of Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 275/78. L.N. 294/78. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Schedule. Fairways in typhoon shelters. Permit to enter and remain in typhoon shelters. Use of typhoon shelters. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Speed typhoon shelters. Vessels entering typhoon shelters. Vessels to anchor etc. as directed. Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter. Power to remove vessels unlawfully in typhoon shelters. Production of licence or permit. Offences. Appeals. Amendment of Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3193

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:43 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3192

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS) REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING
VESSELS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
3. Licensing of dwelling vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
4. Application for licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3
5. Director to maintain register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3
6. Owner to notify Director of change in ownership... . ... ... ...
... ... C3
7. Painting of licence numbers and other particulars on vessel ... ...
... ... C 4
8. Licences to be transferable only in certain circumstances ... ... ...
... ... C 4
9. Discretion to cancel licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 4
10. Licence to be kept on board and produced for inspection ... ... ...
... ... C 5
11. Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. C 5
12. Penalty for fraudulent use of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 5
13. Breach of condition of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 5
14. Replacement of unsafe vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 5
15. Director may require information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 6
16. Closed areas ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 6
17. Unlicensed vessels in prescribed or closed area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 6
18. Sale of detained vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 6
19. Amendment of First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 7

First Schedule. Prescribed Areas ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 7 Second Schedule.
Form of Licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 7





L.N. 132183. SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING
L.N 150184. VESSELS) REGULATIONS
L.N. 220184.
L.N. 269184.
L.N. 8185. (Cap. 313, section 33)
L.N. 162185.
L.N. 337185.
L.N. 284186.
L.N. 141187. [13 April 1983.1
Citation. 1.These regulations may be cited as the Shipping and Port

Control (Dwelling Vessels) Regulations.

Interpretation. 2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'closed area' means an area of the waters of Hong Kong declared
by the Governor under regulation 16 to be closed to dwelling
vessels;
'licence' means a licence issued under regulation 3;
'licensee' means a person to whom a licence is issued and a person
to whom a licence is transferred under regulation 8;
'prescribed area' means an area of the waters of Hong Kong
First Schedule. specified in the First Schedule.
Licensing of 3. (1) The Director shall, subject to such conditions as he
dwelling vessels. thinks fit, issue a licence in respect of a dwelling vessel in a prescribed
area to a person normally dwelling thereon if he is satisfied that such
dwelling vessel was in such prescribed area at the commencement of
these regulations or at the time such area was prescribed, as the case
may be.
(2) No person shall use any vessel as a dwelling vessel in a
prescribed area, and no dwelling vessel shall enter or remain in a
prescribed area,-
(a) without a licence; and
(b) except in accordance with these regulations and the condi-
tions endorsed on the licence issued in respect of that
vessel.
(3) A licence may be issued or renewed for a period not
exceeding 12 months.
(4) Unless renewed a licence shall, on expiry, be surrendered
to the Director.
(5) No fee shall be payable in respect of the issue or renewal of
a licence.

Second Schedule. (6) A licence shall be in the form set out in the Second Schedule.

(7)(a) Any person who, without reasonable cause, uses a dwelling
vessel in a prescribed area, or permits a dwelling vessel to enter
or remain in a prescribed area, in contravention of paragraph (2)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.





(b)If a dwelling vessel is in a prescribed area in contravention
of paragraph (2) the person in control of that vessel
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(8) The Director may, at any time, make such amendments or
additions to the conditions endorsed on a licence as appear to him to
be necessary or advisable in the interests of safety and discipline and
may call for the delivery to him of a licence for such amendments or
additions to be endorsed thereon.

(9) Any person who, without reasonable cause, fails to deliver
a licence to the Director for amendment or endorsement under
paragraph (8) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and
to imprisonment for 6 months.

4. (1) An application for the issue of a licence shall be made
to the Director in a form specified by the Director and the applicant
shall state in his application-

(a)his name, age, occupation, identity card number and postal
address, and, if he is not the owner of the dwelling vessel,
the name and postal address of the owner thereof, and

(b)the name, age, occupation and the number of the identity
card, if any, of every person normally dwelling on the
vessel at the time of the application, and his relationship to
the applicant.

(2) An application for the renewal of a licence shall be made to
the Director in a form specified by the Director and shall give such
particulars regarding the applicant, the owner and every person
normally dwelling on the vessel at the time of the application as the
Director may require.

5. The Director shall maintain a register wherein shall be
recorded-

(a)particulars of every licensed dwelling vessel and of the
licensee and owner thereof,

(b)particulars of all persons normally dwelling on the vessel
at the time application for a licence is made under regula-
tion 4(1); and

(c)particulars of the permitted mooring place of every
licensed dwelling vessel.

6. (1) If there is any change in the ownership of a licensed
dwelling vessel, the new owner shall, within 72 hours of such change,
notify the Director thereof in a form specified by the Director and
deliver the licence to him for amendment.

(2) On receipt of a notification of a change of ownership under
paragraph (1) the Director shall cause the particulars of the change
to be noted-





(a) on the licence free of charge; and

(b) in the register maintained by him under regulation 5.

(3) Any person who, without reasonable cause, contravenes
paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

7. (1) The licence number endorsed on the licence issued in respect
of a dwelling vessel and such other particulars of the licence as the
Director shall specify shall be painted on every licensed dwelling vessel.

(2) The painting of the licence number and other particulars on a
licensed dwelling vessel under this regulation shall be done in such
manner and place as the Director shall specify and only by persons
authorized by the Director.

(3) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, damages,
obliterates or defaces any number or particulars painted on a dwelling
vessel in accordance with paragraph (1) and any licensee who
contravenes paragraph (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

8. (1) A licence shall not be transferable to any other person except
in accordance with paragraph (2) or (3).

(2) On the death of a licensee, the surviving spouse, parent or
parent-in-law, or eldest child over the age of 16 years, of the deceased
licensee, in that order, who was dwelling on the vessel at the time that
the licence was first issued in respect of the vessel may apply to the
Director for the transfer to him of the licence, and the Director may, if he
is satisfied that the applicant is entitled to the transfer, transfer the
licence to the applicant.

(3) Where the persons dwelling on a licensed dwelling vessel
comprise members of more than one family and the licensee and
members of his family cease to dwell on the vessel, a person, other than
the licensee or a member of his family, who was dwelling on the vessel at
the time that the licence was first issued in respect of the vessel and who
is nominated in that behalf by the family or families continuing to dwell
thereon, may apply to the Director for the transfer to him of the licence
and the Director may, if he is satisfied that the applicant is entitled to the
transfer, transfer the licence to the applicant.

(4) Where there is no person permitted to make application for the
transfer of a licence under paragraph (2) or (3) the licence shall lapse.

9. The Director may, without prejudice to regulation 13, cancel any
licence for a contravention of any condition endorsed on a licence or of
any of these regulations.





10. (1) Every licence shall, at all times, be kept on board the
dwelling vessel in respect of which it is issued and shall be produced
on demand to any authorized officer by the licensee or other person
normally dwelling on the vessel.

(2) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, fails to pro-
duce a licence when called upon to do so by an authorized officer
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

11. Where any licence is destroyed, defaced or lost, the Direc-
tor may, if he is satisfied as to the destruction, defacement or loss,
issue a duplicate licence free of charge and such duplicate shall have
the same force and effect as the original licence.

12. Any person who fraudulently alters or uses, or permits to
be fraudulently altered or used, a licence or a duplicate of any such
licence commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

13. Any licensee who contravenes any condition endorsed on a
licence commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

14. (1) If the Director is satisfied that a licensed dwelling
vessel is in an unsafe condition he may permit that vessel to be
replaced by the licensee with another vessel if he is satisfied that-

(a) the replacement vessel is in a safe condition;

(b)the dimensions of the replacement vessel are no larger than
those of the vessel to be replaced;

(c)the licensee and the persons normally dwelling on the
vessel to be replaced provide a service to other vessels in
the vicinity licensed under these regulations or under the
Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations;
and

(d)the vessel to be replaced will be surrendered for destruction
under paragraph (3).

(2) The Director may require a replacement vessel to be
examined, free of charge to the licensee, by a person authorized by
him to ensure that it complies with sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of
paragraph (1).

(3) Where the Director permits the replacement of an unsafe
vessel under this regulation, such unsafe vessel shall be surrendered
by the licensee to the Director for destruction.

(4) Any licensee who fails to surrender an unsafe vessel in
accordance with paragraph (3) commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





15. (1) The Director may, from time to time, require a licensee to
inform him of the number, the names and ages, occupations and identity
card numbers of all persons normally dwelling on the dwelling vessel at
the time of the request.

(2) Any licensee who, having been required to give infonation
under paragraph (1), fails to do so, or gives information which he knows
or reasonably ought to know to be false in a material particular, commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

16. (1) The Governor may, by order, declare any area of the waters
of Hong Kong to be closed to dwelling vessels.

(2) No dwelling vessel may enter or remain, or be permitted to enter
or remain, in a closed area.

17. (1) The Director may, by notice affixed to the mast or other
prominent part thereof, order that a dwelling vessel in a closed area or an
unlicensed dwelling vessel in a prescribed area be removed therefrom
within such time, being not less than 14 days, as the Director may
specify in the notice; and such notice may be directed to any specified
person, or generally to all persons normally dwelling on the vessel.

(2) Any person who, having been ordered to remove a dwelling
vessel under paragraph (1), fails without reasonable cause to comply
with such order commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) The Director may seize, remove and detain any dwelling vessel
in respect of which an order for removal has been made and not
complied with, and, for the purposes of such seizure, removal and
detention, may remove any person or property found thereon.

(4) The Director may take possession of any property found on a
dwelling vessel seized or detained under paragraph (3) and any such
property shall become the property of the Crown free from the rights of
any person and may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the
Director thinks fit.

(5) Any person who obstructs the Director in the seizure, removal
and detention of any dwelling vessel or in the removal of any person or
property therefrom commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

18. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) the Director may, as soon as
practicable after the seizure, removal and detention of a dwelling vessel
under regulation 17, sell it by public auction or tender or in such other
manner as he sees fit.

(2) The Director shall give not less than 5 days notice of the
proposed sale, under paragraph (1), of any dwelling vessel by
publishing notice thereof in one newspaper printed in the English





language and one newspaper published in the Chinese language and
circulating in the area in which such dwelling vessel was seized.

(3) The proceeds of sale, if any, of a dwelling vessel sold under
paragraph (1) shall be paid to the owner thereof, if known, and, if the
owner thereof is not known or does not claim such proceeds within 6
months of the sale, shall be paid into the general revenue of Hong Kong.

(4) Any dwelling vessel which the Director is unable to sell may be
destroyed or otherwise disposed of in such manner as the Director sees
fit.

19. The Director may, by order, amend the First Schedule.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 2.1

PRESCRIBED AREAS

Aberdeen South Typhoon Shelter
Aberdeen West Typhoon Shelter

Aldrich Bay Typhoon Shelter

Causeway Bay Typhoon Shelter Cheung Chau Typhoon Shelter Sai Kung Harbour,
being that area of the waters of Hong Kong enclosed by Sai Kung Public Pier and to
the west of a straight line joining the following two positions(a) Latitude 22' 22'
45.0 N,

Longitude 1141 16 20.0 E; and
(b) Latitude 22' 22' 58.5 N,
Longitude 114' IT24.T' E
Sam Ka Tsuen Typhoon Shelter
Shuen Wan Typhoon Shelter
Tuen Mun Typhoon Shelter
Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter


SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 3.]

FORM OF LICENCE

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (DWELLING VESSELS) REGULATIONS

LICENCE FOR DWELLING VESSEL

Name of Vessel ........Licence No .
Length ................Breadth

Name of Licensee
.......................................................................................................
Name of Owner (if not licensee)
.................................................................................
This vessel was first licensed on
..................................................................................

when it was found to accommodate persons (including children).

Date of Expiry of Licence (unless cancelled)
..............................................................
This licence is issued subject to the provisions of the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance and regulations made thereunder and subject to the conditions endorsed
hereon.











CONDITIONS

1.This licence shall be kept on board and shall be produced on demand to any
authorized officer.

2. The vessel shall be used solely for dwelling purposes.

3. (a) This vessel may not be moved or removed from the permitted mooring
place

shown in sub-paragraph (b) without the permission of the Director of
Marine.

(b) The permitted mooring place of the vessel is
...............................................
in the
.................................................................................
........................... [name prescribed typhoon
shelter/area]

4.This licence is not transferable except in accordance with the Shipping and
Port Control (Dwelling Vessels) Regulations.

Director of Marine.

............

(Date)

L.N. 132/83. L.N. 150/84. L.N. 220/84. L.N. 269/84. L.N. 8/85. L.N. 162/85. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 284/86. L.N. 141/87. Citation. Interpretation. First Schedule. Licensing of dwelling vessels. Second Schedule. Application for licence. Director to maintain register. Owner to notify director of change in ownership. Painting of licence numbers and other particulars on vessel. Licences to be transferable only in certain circumstances. Discretion to cancel licence. Licence to be kept on board and produced for inspection. Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc. Penalty for fraudulent use of licence, Breach of condition of licence. Replacement of unsafe vessels. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.( Director may require information. Closed areas. Unlicensed vessels in prescribed or closed area. Sale of detained vessels. Amendment of First Schedule. L.N. 150/84. L.N. 220/84. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 8/85. L.N. 162/85. L.N. 141/87. L.N. 269/84. L.N. 284/86.

Abstract

L.N. 132/83. L.N. 150/84. L.N. 220/84. L.N. 269/84. L.N. 8/85. L.N. 162/85. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 284/86. L.N. 141/87. Citation. Interpretation. First Schedule. Licensing of dwelling vessels. Second Schedule. Application for licence. Director to maintain register. Owner to notify director of change in ownership. Painting of licence numbers and other particulars on vessel. Licences to be transferable only in certain circumstances. Discretion to cancel licence. Licence to be kept on board and produced for inspection. Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc. Penalty for fraudulent use of licence, Breach of condition of licence. Replacement of unsafe vessels. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.( Director may require information. Closed areas. Unlicensed vessels in prescribed or closed area. Sale of detained vessels. Amendment of First Schedule. L.N. 150/84. L.N. 220/84. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 337/85. L.N. 8/85. L.N. 162/85. L.N. 141/87. L.N. 269/84. L.N. 284/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3192

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:42 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (CARGO HANDLING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3191

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (CARGO HANDLING) REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (CARGO HANDLING)

REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation....................................... Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation and commencement .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

2. Interpretation ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
3. Application ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4

PARTII
SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE
WORKPLACES

4. Duty to comply with this Part ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
5. Safe means of access to vessels .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4

6. Safe means of access when vessels alongside each other ... ... ... B 5

7. Safe means of access to holds ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

8. Lighting of workplaces ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6

9. Ventilation and protection against fumes, etc . ... ... ... ... ... B 7

10.................Gear for lifting beams .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7

11..........................Marking on hatch coverings and beams ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
12..........................Maintenance of hatch coverings and beams ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7

13.....................................Hand grips and locking devices on hatch coverings and hatch beams ... B 7

14..........................Safety in removing and replacing beams ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
15..........................Power operated hatch coverings and hull doors ... ... ... ... ... B 8

PART III
LIFTING APPLIANCES AND
LIFTING GEAR

16.....................Duty to comply with this Part ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
17.....................Safe lifting appliances and gear ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

18................Markings on lifting gear ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

19.....................Prohibitions regarding lifting gear ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

20............................Testing and examination of lifting appliances ... ... ... ... ... B 9

21.................Testing of lifting gear 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

22............Testing of ropes ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

23.....................Certificates to be obtained, etc. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10
24.....................Safe working load of pulley blocks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

25............................Safe working loads for cranes and slings, etc . ... 1 ... ... ... B 10

26..........................Shortening of chains and their protection ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11







27.................Fencing of motors, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B11
28.................Safeguards on cranes, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

29.....................Driver's platform on cranes, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11
30. Measures regarding stem B11





Regulation PART IV Page

CARGO HANDLING

31.....................Duty to comply with this Part ... . ... ... ... ... ... B11

32..................Means of escape of workers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

33.......................Safe working load not to be exceeded ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

34................................Competent person to be in charge of lifting appliances ... ... ... B 12

35.......................Operators of lifting appliances, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

36..................Deck-stages or cargo-stages ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

37..............Fencing of hatches ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

38.......................Loading or unloading by fall or sling ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

39...........Use of hooks ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13
40...........Provision of staging ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

41.........Shoring ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 13

42..............Securing of beams ........... ... ... B 13

43..................Employment of signallers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

PART V
MISCELLANEOUS
PRODUCTIONS

44..................Duty to comply with this Part ... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... B 14

45.......................Unauthorized removal of fencing, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

46....................Safe means of access to be used ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14
47....................Prohibition on going upon beams ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... B 14

PART VI
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS

48.........................Prohibition on use of appliances or gear ... ... ... ... ... ... B 14

49.............................Obligation of employers to comply with regulations ... ... ... ... B 14

50................Issue of certificates, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B is

51.......................Production of registers for inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 15

52................Reciprocal arrangements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B is
53................Duty to report accidents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B is

54......Forms ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

PART VII
OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

55....................Offences by owners, masters etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

56...........................Offences by owners of lifting appliances, etc . ... ... ... ... ... B 16
57...........................Offences by persons carrying on cargo handling ... ... ... ... ... B 16
58. Contraventions of Part V B 16






59. Offence by employers B 16

60. Offences by competent examiners, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17

61. Offence for failure to produce register, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17 Schedule ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17





SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (CARGO HANDLING) L.N. 287178.
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 313, section 80)

[29th December, 1978.1

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Shipping and Citation and

Port Control (Cargo Handling) Regulations. commencement.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), these regulations shall come into
operation on the 29th December 1978.

(3) Regulations 19(1), 20, 21(1) and (3), 22(1)(b), 23, 24, 25 and 5 1
shall come into operation on the 1 st July 1979.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires Interpretation.

'competent examine?' means a person who, by reason of his
qualifications, training and experience, is competent to carry out
any test or examination of a lifting appliance or lifting gear for the
purposes of these regulations;

-competent person' means a person who, by reason of his training and
practical experience, is competent to perform an inspection or other
duty required to be carried out by a competent person for the
purposes of these regulations;

'hatch' means an opening in a deck used for the purpose of loading or
unloading a vessel or for trimming, or for ventilation;

'hatchway' means the whole space within the square of the hatches,
from the top deck to the bottom of the hold;

'owner' in relation to a lifting appliance or lifting gear, includes the
lessee or hirer thereof, and any overseer, foreman or other person in
charge or having the control or management of the lifting appliance
or lifting gear;

'person employed' means a person employed in cargo handling;

'pulley block' means a pulley, block, gin or similar gear, other than a
crane block specially constructed for use with a crane to which it is
permanently attached;

'register' means a register, in the specified form, of lifting appliances
and lifting gear;





'safe working load', in relation to a lifting appliance or lifting gear,
means

(a)the appropriate safe working load for operating the lifting
appliance or lifting gear as specified in the current certificate of
test and examination delivered in the specified form by a
competent examiner in respect of that lifting appliance or lifting
gear for the purposes of these regulations; or

(b)where no such certificate is required, the relevant safe working
load marked or ascertainable in accordance with regulation 25;

'.specified form' means a form specified by the Director under regulation
54 for any particular purpose of these regulations or a form
substantially similar to a form so specified;

'test and examination-, in respect of a lifting appliance or lifting gear,
means a test and examination in the manner set out in the
Schedule;

'thorough examination', in respect of a lifting appliance or lifting gear,
means a visual examination, supplemented if necessary by other
means such as a hammer test, carried out as carefully as the
conditions permit, in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to
the safety of the parts examined; and if necessary for the purpose,
by the dismantling of the parts of the lifting appliance or lifting
gear;

'workplace' means any place on a vessel in which persons employed
carry on cargo handling.

3. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), these regulations apply to all lifting
appliances and lifting gear used for cargo handling on board vessels.

(2) These regulations do not apply to lifting appliances and lifting
gear used from a place on land for cargo handling.

PART 11

SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND SAFE WORKPLACES

4. It shall be the duty of the owner, master or officer in charge of a
vessel to comply with this Part.

5. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), if a vessel is lying at a wharf or quay
for the purpose of loading or unloading cargo, there shall be safe means
of access for the use of persons employed at such times as they have to
pass from the vessel to the shore or from the shore to the vessel.





(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), the safe means of access
shall be

(a)where reasonably practicable, the vessel's accommodation
ladder, a gangway or a similar construction, not less than 550
mm wide, properly secured to prevent its displacement,
constructed of materials of good quality and in good
condition, and securely fenced throughout on each side to a
clear height of not less than 820 mm, by means of upper and
lower rails, taut ropes or chains or by other equally safe means,
except that in the case of a vessel's accommodation ladder
such fencing shall be necessary on one side only provided
that the other side is properly protected by the vessel's side;

(b)in other cases, a ladder of sound material and adequate length
which shall be properly secured to prevent its displacement.

(3) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a)cargo stages or cargo gangways if other proper means of
access. is provided in accordance with these regulations;

(b)any vessel which is 50 m or less in length, if and while the
conditions are such that it is possible without undue risk to
pass to and from the vessel without the aid of any special
appliances.

6. (1) If a vessel is alongside any other vessel and persons
employed have to pass from one to the other, safe means of access shall
be provided for their use, unless the conditions are such that it is
possible to pass from one to the other without undue risk without the
aid of any special appliances.

(2) If one of such vessels is a barge, lighter or other similar vessel
of relatively low freeboard, the means of access shall be provided by the
vessel which has the higher freeboard.

7. (1) Where persons employed have to carry on cargo handling in a
hold the depth of which from the level of the deck to the bottom of the
hold exceeds 1.5 m, there shall be maintained safe means of access from
the deck to the hold for the use of persons employed.

(2) Save as otherwise provided in this regulation, the safe means of
access shall be afforded by ladder, or by ladder cleats or cups on the
coamings.

(3) The means of access provided under paragraph (2) shall not be
deemed to be safe

(a)unless the ladders between the lower decks are in the same
line as the ladder from the top deck, if that is practicable
having regard to the position of the lower hatch or hatches;





(b)unless the ladders provide a foothold of a depth, including any
space behind the ladder, of not less than 115 mm for a width of
not less than 250 mm and a firm handhold,

(c) unless the cleats or cups provided on coamings-

(i) provide a foothold of a depth, including any space
behind the cleats or cups, of not less than 115 mm for a width
of not less than 250 mm and a firm handhold;

(ii) are so constructed as to prevent a person's foot slipping
off the side; and

(iii) are placed vertically one above the other and in the
same line as the ladders to which they give access;

(d)unless the cargo is stowed sufficiently far from the ladder to
leave at each rung of the ladder a foothold of a depth, including
any space behind the ladder, of not less than 115 mm for a
width of not less than 250 mm and a firm handhold;

(e)unless there is room to pass between a winch or other
obstruction and the coamings at the place where the ladder
leaves the deck;

if the ladder is recessed under the deck more than is
reasonably necessary to keep the ladder clear of the
hatchway.

(4) The safe means of access may be provided-

(a)where the provision of a ladder on a bulkhead or in a trunk
hatchway can be shown to be reasonably impracticable, by
cleats or cups complying with the requirements of paragraph
(3)(c);

(b)by ladders or steps, separate from any hatchway or sloping
from deck to deck, if such ladders or steps comply with the
requirements of paragraph (3)(b), (d) and (e).

(5) Sufficient free passage to the means of access shall be left at the
coamings.

(6) Shaft tunnels shall be equipped with adequate handholds and
footholds on each side.

8. When cargo handling is being carried on on a vessel-

(a) all workplaces;

(b)the means of access provided in pursuance of regulations 5
and 6; and

(c)all parts of the vessel to which persons employed may be
required to proceed in the course of their employment,

shall be efficiently lighted, due regard being had to the safety of the
vessel and cargo, of all persons employed and of the navigation of other
vessels.





9. (1) Effective and suitable provision shall be made for the
adequate ventilation of every workplace, or other place on a vessel to
which persons employed are permitted access, or are required to have
access, in the course of their employment.

(2) Where in any place referred to in paragraph (1)
(a) the proportion of oxygen in the air is liable to have been
substantially reduced below the normal proportion; or

(b)there exists, or is likely to exist, any fume, gas, vapour, dust or
other impurity in the air that may be injurious to health,

such place shall, so far as practicable, be adequately ventilated before
any person is permitted to enter and remain therein and all practicable
measures shall be taken to protect the persons employed therein against
inhalation of such air, fume, gas, vapour, dust or other impurity.

10. All beams used for hatch coverings shall have suitable gear for
lifting them on and off without it being necessary for any person to go
upon them to adjust such gear.

11. (1) All hatch coverings shall be kept plainly marked to indicate
the deck and hatch to which they belong and their position therein,
except that such marking shall not be required in cases where all the
hatch coverings of a vessel are interchangeable or, in respect of marking
of position, where all hatch coverings of a hatch are interchangeable.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall apply to beams used for hatch coverings as
it applies to hatch coverings.

12. All beams used for hatch coverings, and all hatch coverings,
shall be maintained in good condition.

13. (1) Adequate hand grips shall be provided on all hatch
coverings, having regard to their size and weight, unless the
construction of the hatch or the hatch coverings is of a character
rendering the provision of hand grips unnecessary.

(2) All beams used for hatch coverings, and all hatch coverings of a
type that do not require hatch beams for support, shall be fitted with
adequate locking devices to prevent their displacement by a passing
load or in any other circumstances.

14. Where the working space around a hatch is less than 600 mm
wide, such provision shall be made as will enable persons employed to
remove and replace in safety all beams used for hatch coverings and all
hatch coverings.





15. (1) Power operated hatch coverings shall not be operated,
opened or closed by any person other than a competent person or
whilst any person is liable to be injured by the hatch coverings during
any such process.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall also apply to any power operated door in the
hull of a vessel, ramp, retractable deck or similar ship's equipment.

PART 111

LIFTING APPLIANCES AND LIFTING GEAR

16. It shall be the duty of the owner of a lifting appliance or lifting
gear, and in the case of a lifting appliance or lifting gear carried on board
a vessel it shall also be the duty of the master of the vessel, to comply
with this Part.

17. No lifting appliance or lifting gear shall be used for hoisting or
lowering unless

(a)it is of good mechanical construction and design, made of
strong and sound materials, and free from patent defect;

(b)it is properly maintained in safe working condition and is
properly installed and rigged for use in a safe and proper
manner;

(e)in the case of a lifting appliance, the arrangements for fixing
and anchoring the lifting appliance are adequate to secure its
safety; and

(d)in the case of a derrick, adequate measures are taken to
prevent the foot of the derrick being accidentally lifted out of
its socket or support.

18. (1) Every grab, lifting beam, lifting frame, vacuum lifting or
magnetic lifting device which does not form an integral part of a lifting
appliance shall be clearly marked with its own weight.

(2) All markings required under this regulation shall be readily
legible and done in such a manner that they shall not affect the strength
of the gear or appliance.

19. (1) No item of lifting gear made of wrought iron or having any
part made of wrought iron shall be used in cargo handling.

(2) No heat treatment shall be applied to any item of lifting gear
made of steel or having any part made of steel unless the treatment is
carried out under the supervision of a competent person and in
accordance with his requirements.





20. (1) Before being taken into use and after any substantial
alteration or repair to any stress-bearing part, all lifting appliances
shall have been tested and examined by a competent examiner.

(2) After being taken into use-
(a)all derricks and permanent attachments, including bridle
chains, to the derrick, mast and deck, used in hoisting or
lowering shall be inspected by a competent person once
at least in every 12 months and be thoroughly examined
by a competent examiner once at least in every 4 years;
(b)all other lifting appliances shall be thoroughly examined
by a competent examiner once at least in every 12 months.

21. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), no chain, ring, hook,
shackle, swivel or pulley block shall be used in hoisting or lowering
unless it has been tested and examined by a competent examiner.

(2) Where the Director is of opinion that, owing to the size,
design, material or infrequency of use of any gear or class of gear
specified in this regulation the requirement of this regulation as to
testing and examination is not necessary for the protection of
persons employed, he may by certificate in writing (which he may
at his discretion revoke) exempt such gear or class of gear from such
requirement subject to such conditions as may be specified in the
certificate.

(3) All chains, other than bridle chains attached to derricks
or masts, and all rings, hooks, shackles, swivels and pulley blocks
shall be thoroughly examined by a competent examiner once at
least in every 12 months and shall be inspected by a competent
person immediately before each occasion on which they are used in
hoisting or lowering, unless they have been inspected within the
preceding 3 months.

(4) All chains, rings, hooks, shackles or swivels used in
hoisting or lowering which have been lengthened, altered or repaired
by welding shall before being again taken into use be adequately
tested and re-examined by a competent examiner.

22. (1) No rope shall be used in hoisting or lowering-
(a)unless it is of suitable quality and free from patent defect;
and
(b)in the case of wire rope, unless it has been tested and
examined by a competent examiner.

(2) Every wire rope in general use for hoisting or lowering
shall be inspected by a competent person once at least in every 3
months, except that after any wire has broken in such rope it shall
be inspected once at least in every month.

(3) No wire rope shall be used in hoisting or lowering if in
any length of 8 diameters the total number of visible broken wires





exceeds 10 per cent of the total number of wires, or the rope shows
signs of excessive wear, corrosion or other defect which, in the
opinion of the person who inspects it, renders it unfit for use.

(4) A thimble or loop splice made in any wire rope shall have
at least 3 tucks with a whole strand of the rope and 2 tucks with
one half of the wires cut out of each strand, and the strands in all
cases shall be tucked against the lay of the rope:
Provided that this paragraph shall not operate to prevent the
use of another form of splice which can be shown to be as efficient
as that laid down in this paragraph.

23. (1) Where a competent examiner tests and examines a
lifting appliance as required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as
required by regulation 21 or 22, a certificate of test and examination
in the appropriate form containing all the particulars required to be
entered in the certificate with regard to the test and examination
shall be obtained from the competent examiner and attached to the
register in respect of the lifting appliance or lifting gear, as the case
may be, before the lifting appliance or lifting gear is taken into use
in connexion with cargo handling.

(2) Where a competent examiner thoroughly examines a lifting
appliance as required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as required
by regulation 21, it shall be ensured that the competent examiner
enters in the register in respect of the lifting appliance or lifting
gear, as the case may be, a certificate of thorough examination and
all the particulars required to be entered in the register with regard
to the examination before the lifting appliance of lifting gear is
taken into use in connexion with cargo handling.

(3) Where a competent person inspects a lifting appliance as
required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as required by regulation
21 or 22, it shall be ensured that the competent person enters in the
register in respect of the lifting appliance or lifting gear, as the case
may be, a certificate of inspection and all the particulars required
to be entered in the register with regard to the inspection before the
lifting appliance or lifting gear is taken into use in connexion with
cargo handling.

(4) The register in respect of a lifting appliance or lifting gear
shall be available for inspection under regulation 51 on the vessel
on which the lifting appliance or lifting gear is used.

24. No pulley block shall be used in hoisting or lowering unless
the safe working load is clearly stamped upon it.

25. (1) Every crane and derrick shall have the safe working
load plainly marked upon it.

(2) Means shall be provided to enable any person using a
chain or wire rope sling to ascertain the safe working load for such
chain or sling under such conditions as it may be used.





(3) Chain slings shall be marked with the safe working load in plain
figures or letters upon the sling or upon a tablet or ring of durable
material attached securely thereto.

(4) Wire rope slings shall be marked in the manner specified in
paragraph (3) or a notice or notices shall be so exhibited as to be easily
read by any person concerned, stating the safe working loads for the
various sizes of wire rope slings used.

26. (1) Chains shall not be shortened by tying knots in them.

(2) Suitable packing shall be provided to prevent the links of chains
coming into contact with sharp edges of loads of hard material.

27. All motors, cog-wheels, chain and friction gearing, shafting, live
electric conductors and steam pipes shall (unless it can be shown that
by their position and construction they are equally safe to every person
employed as they would be if securely fenced) be securely fenced so far
as is practicable without impeding the safe working of the vessel.

28. Cranes and winches shall be provided with such means as will
reduce to a minimum the risk of the accidental descent of a load while
being hoisted or lowered.

29. The driver's platform on every crane driven by mechanical
power shall be securely fenced and shall be provided with safe means of
access and where access is by ladder--

(a)the sides of the ladder shall extend to a reasonable distance
beyond the platform or some other suitable handhold shall be
provided;

(b)the landing place on the platform shall be maintained free from
obstruction;

(c)in cases where the ladder is vertical and exceeds 9 m in height,
a resting place shall be provided approximately midway
between the platform and the foot of the ladder.

30. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent exhaust steam
from, and so far as is practicable live steam to, any crane or winch
obscuring any part of the working place at which persons employed are
engaged in cargo handling.

PART A IV

CARGO HANDLING

31. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), it shall be the duty of every person
who by himself, his agents or workmen carries on the processes of cargo
handling, and of all agents, workmen and persons ploemyed by him in
cargo handling, to comply with this Part.





(2) Where cargo handling is carried on by a stevedore or other
person other than the owner of the vessel, it shall be the duty of the
owner, master or officer in charge of the vessel to comply with
regulation 37, so far as it concerns any hatch not taken over by the
stevedore or other person for the purpose of cargo handling.

32. Precautions shall be taken to facilitate the escape of persons
employed in a hold or on 'tween decks in dealing with bulk cargo.

33. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no lifting appliance or lifting gear
shall be loaded beyond the safe working load.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply where a lifting appliance or lifting
gear is being tested and examined.

34. No load shall be left suspended from any lifting appliance
unless there is a competent person in charge of the lifting appliance
while the load is so left.

35. No person under 18 years of age and no person who is not
sufficiently competent and reliable shall be employed to operate any
lifting appliance, whether driven by mechanical power or otherwise, or
to give signals to the operator of such appliance, or to attend to falls on
winch ends or winch drums.

36. (1) No deck-stage or cargo-stage shall be used in cargo
handling unless it is substantially and firmly constructed, adequately
supported and, where necessary, securely fastened.

(2) No truck shall be used for carrying cargo between a vessel and
the shore on a stage so steep as to be unsafe.

(3) Any stage which is slippery shall be made safe by the use of
sand or otherwise.

37. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), while persons employed are on a
vessel for the purpose of cargo handling, every hatchway of a cargo
hold accessible to the persons employed which exceeds 1.5 m in depth
from the level of the deck to the bottom of the hold, and which is not
protected to a clear height of 750 mm by the coamings, shall, when not in
use for the passage of goods or other material, or for trimming, be
securely fenced to a height of 900 mm or be securely covered.

(2) Fencing as required under paragraph (1) shall be provided when
necessary to protect all other openings in a deck which might be
dangerous to the persons employed.

(3) This regulation shall not apply to-

(a)any vessel which is 50 m or less in length and which has only
one hatchway; and





(b)any vessel during meal times or other short interruptions of
work during the period of employment.

(4) Hatch coverings shall not be used in the construction of deck or
cargo stages, or for any other purpose which may expose them to
damage.

(5) Hatch coverings shall be replaced on the hatches in the
positions indicated by the markings made thereon in pursuance of
regulation 11.

38. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no cargo shall be loaded or
unloaded by a fall or sling at any intermediate deck unless the hatch at
that deck is securely covered, or a secure landing platform of a width
not less than that of one section of hatch coverings has been placed
across it, and has been safely fenced or protected by a safety net.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any process of unloading the
whole of which will be completed within a period of half an hour.

39. (1) Subject to paragraph (2)-

(a)hooks shall not be made fast in the bands or fastenings of
bales of cotton, wool, cork, gunny bags, or other similar
goods;

(b)can-hooks shall not be used for hoisting or lowering a barrel
when, owing to the construction or condition of the barrel or
of the hooks, their use is likely to be unsafe.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to breaking out or making up
slings.

40. When work is proceeding on any skeleton deck, adequate
staging shall be provided unless the space beneath the deck is filled
with cargo to within a distance of 600 mm of such deck.

41. Where stacking, unstacking, stowing or unstowing of cargo or
handling in connexion therewith cannot be safely carried out unaided,
reasonable measures to guard against accident shall he taken by shoring
or otherwise.

42. (1) The beams of any hatch in use for cargo handling shall not
be left in place unless the hatch opening is of such a size as to permit
loading or unloading to be carried on without danger to any person in
the hold or space from the load striking against any such hatch beam.

(2) The beams of any hatch in use for cargo handling shall, if not
removed, be adequately secured to prevent their displacement.





43. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), where cargo is being loaded
or unloaded by a fall at a hatchway, a signaller shall be employed,
and where more than one fall is being worked at a hatchway, a
separate signaller shall be employed to attend each fall.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in cases where a barge, lighter
or other similar vessel is being loaded or unloaded if the driver of the
crane or winch working the fall has a clear and unrestricted view of
both of the holds where work is being carried on.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS PROHIBITIONS

44. It shall be the duty of all persons, whether owners, persons
in charge of works or persons employed, to comply with this Part.

45. (1) No person shall, unless duly authorized or in case of
necessity, remove or interfere with any fencing, gangway, gear,
ladder, hatch covering, mark, stage or other thing whatsoever
required by these regulations to be provided.

(2) If any thing specified in paragraph (1) is removed, it shall
be restored at the end of the period during which its removal was
necessary by the persons last engaged in the work that necessitated
the removal.

46. Every person employed shall use the means of access pro-
vided in accordance with regulations 5, 6 and 7, and no person shall
authorize or order another to use means of access other than those
so provided.

47. No person shall go upon any beam used for hatch coverings
for the purpose of adjusting the gear for lifting it on and off nor shall
any person authorize or order another to do so.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

48. No employer of persons employed in cargo handling shall
require or allow any lifting appliance or lifting gear to be used by
such persons which does not comply with Part III.

49. If the persons whose duty it is to comply with regulations
5, 6, 8 and 9 fail so to do, then it shall be the duty of the employers
of the persons employed to comply with such regulations within the
shortest time reasonably practicable after such failure.





50. (1) A competent examiner who tests and examines a lifting
appliance as required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as required
by regulation 21 or 22, shall deliver to the owner of the lifting ap-
pliance or lifting gear or, in the case of a lifting appliance or lifting
gear carried on board a vessel, to the master of the vessel, a certificate
of test and examination in the appropriate specified form containing
all the particulars required to be entered in the certificate with regard
to the test and examination.

(2) A competent examiner who thoroughly examines a lifting
appliance as required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as required
by regulation 21, shall, on production to him of the register in
respect of the lifting appliance or lifting gear, enter in the register a
certificate of thorough examination and all the particulars required
to be entered in the register with regard to the examination.

(3) A competent person who inspects a lifting appliance as
required by regulation 20, or a lifting gear as required by regulation
21 or 22, shall, on production to him of the register in respect of the
lifting appliance or lifting gear, enter in the register a certificate
of inspection and all the particulars required to be entered in the
register with regard to the inspection.

51. A register in respect of a lifting appliance or lifting gear
shall, if required by an inspector for the purposes of inspection, be
produced to the inspector-
(a)in the case of a lifting appliance or lifting gear carried on
board a vessel, by the person for the time being in charge
of the vessel, together with the certificate of the vessel's
register; and

(b)in a case other than that to which paragraph (a) applies,
by the owner of the lifting appliance or lifting gear, as the
case may be.

52. If any testing, examining or inspection of lifting appliances
or lifting gear carried out in accordance with the law of any territory
and any certificates and records relating thereto, or any arrangements
adopted by any territory to secure a standard of safety for the
persons employed are, in the opinion of the Director or an inspector,
substantially in accordance with the requirements of these regula-
tions, the provisions of these regulations in that respect shall be
deemed to be complied with.

53. (1) Where arising out of and in the course of any process
of cargo handling-
(a) a person is killed or seriously injured in an accident;
(b)a crane, winch, hoist, derrick or other appliance used in
hoisting or lowering cargo collapses or fails (other than
breakage of a chain or rope sling); or





(c)a person, cargo or equipment is lost overboard from a vessel,

the owner or master of the vessel and the person in control of cargo
handling shall, subject to paragraph (3), report the occurrence
immediately to the Director orally, by means of signals or in writing and
shall furnish to the Director in writing full particulars thereof within 24
hours after the occurrence.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), a person shall be deemed to
be seriously injured if he is admitted to a hospital immediately after he
sustains the injury for observation or treatment.

(3) An owner or master of a vessel shall not be required to report
under paragraph (1) if the occurrence has been reported under section
67 of the Ordinance.

(4) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes this
regulation commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

.54. For the purposes of these regulations, the Director may specify
such forms as he thinks fit.

PART VII

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

55. If an owner, master or officer in charge of a vessel contravenes
regulation 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 he commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $5,000.

56. If an owner of a lifting appliance or lifting gear, or a master of a
vessel, contravenes regulation 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,
29 or 30 he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

57. (1) If any person who carries on the process of cargo handling,
or an agent, workman or person employed by him in cargo handling,
contravenes regulation 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42 or 43 he
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(2) If an owner, master or officer in charge of a vessel contravenes
regulation 37 he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

58. Any person who contravenes regulation 45, 46 or 47 commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

59. If an employer of persons employed contravenes regulation 48
or 49 he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.





60. (1) Any competent examiner or competent person who without
reasonable excuse contravenes regulation 50 commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000.

(2) Any competent examiner who, in pursuance of regulation 50,
delivers a certificate of test and examination or enters in a register a
certificate of thorough examination which to his knowledge is false as to
a material particular commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(3) Any competent person who, in pursuance of regulation 50,
enters in a register a certificate of inspection which to his knowledge is
false as to a material particular commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $5,000.

61. If a person who is required to produce a register under
regulation 51 fails to do so he commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $2,000.

SCHEDULE [regs. 2, 20, 21, 22 33.1

PROCEDURE FOR TESTING AND EXAMINING
LIFTING

APPLIANCES AND LIFTING
GEAR

1. (1) Every winch, together with its accessories (including any derrick,
gooseneck, eye-plate, eyebolt or other attachments) shall be tested with a proof
load which shall exceed the safe working load as follows

(a)if the safe working load is less than 20 tonnes, the proof load shall
exceed the safe working load by at least 25 per cent;

(b)if the safe working load is 20 tonnes or more but not more than 50
tonnes, the proof load shall exceed the safe working load by at least 5
tonnes;

(c)if the safe working load is more than 50 tonnes, the proof load shall
exceed the safe working load by at least 10 per cent.

(2) The proof load shall be applied either-

(a) by hoisting movable weights; or

(b) by means of a spring or hydraulic balance or a similar appliance,

with the derrick at an angle to the horizontal which shall be specified in the
certificate of the test.

(3) In the case of sub-paragraph (2)(a), after the movable weights have been
hoisted, the derrick shall be swung as far as practicable first in one direction and
then in the other and in the case of sub-paragraph (2)(b) the proof load shall be
applied with the derrick swung as far as practicable first in one direction and then in
the other.

2. (1) Every crane and every other lifting appliance, together with its
accessories, other than a lifting appliance referred to in paragraph 1, shall be tested
with a proof load which shall exceed the safe working load as follows

(a)if the safe working load is less than 20 tonnes, the proof load shall exceed
the safe working load by at least 25 per cent;

(b)if the safe working load is 20 tonnes or more but not more than 50
tonnes, the proof load shall exceed the safe working load by at least 5
tonnes;







(c)if the safe working load is more than 50 tonnes, the proof load shall
exceed the safe working load by at least 10 per cent.





(2) The proof load shall be hoisted and then swung as far as is practicable
first in one direction and then in the other.
(3) Where a crane with a jib which has a variable vertical operating radius
is to be tested, the test shall be carried out by applying a proof load in accordance
with sub-paragraph (1) at both the maximum radius and the minimum radius
of the jib.
(4) Wherein testing a hydraulic crane or hoist it is, because of the limitation
of pressure, impossible to hoist a load which exceeds the safe working load by
25 per cent, it is sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the crane has the
greatest possible load applied to it.

3. Every item of lifting gear (whether an accessory to any lifting appliance
or not) shall be tested with a proof load in accordance with the following
provisions-
(a)if the item is a chain, ring, hook, shackle, or swivel, the proof load shall
be at least twice the safe working load;
(b)if the item is a single sheave pulley block or if a shackle is attached
thereto, the proof load shall be at least 4 times the safe working load;
(c)if the item is a multiple sheave pulley block with a safe working load of
not more than 20 tonnes, the proof load shall be at least twice the safe
working load;
(d)if the item is a multiple sheave pulley block with a safe working load
of more than 20 tonnes but not more than 40 tonnes, the proof load shall
exceed the safe working load by at least 20 tonnes;
(e)if the item is a multiple sheave pulley block with a safe working load of
more than 40 tonnes, the proof load shall be at least 11 times the safe
working load.

4. After being tested in accordance with paragraph 1, 2 or 3, each lifting
appliance (including its accessories) and all lifting gear shall be examined so as
to ensure that no part of the lifting appliance or lifting gear has been damaged
during the test. For the purpose of carrying out the examinations of a pulley
block the sheaves and pins of the block shall be removed.

5. Where any wire rope is tested, a sample of the rope shall be tested to
destruction, and the safe working load shall not exceed 20 per cent of the breaking
load of the sample tested.
L.N. 287/78. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Schedule. Application. Duty to comply with this Part. Safe means of access to vessels. Safe means of access when vessels alongside each other. Safe means of access to holds. Lighting of workplaces. Ventilation and protection against fumes, etc. Gear for lifting beams. Marking on hatch coverings and beams, Maintenance of hatch coverings and beams. Hand grips and locking devices on hatch coverings and hatch beams. Safety in removing and replacing beams. Power operated hatch coverings and hull doors. Duty to comply with this Part. Safe lifting appliances and gear. Markings on lifting gear. Prohibitions regarding lifting gear. Testing and examination of lifting appliances. Testing of lifting gear. Testing of ropes. Certificates to be obtained, etc. Safe working load of pulley blocks. Safe working loads for cranes and slings, etc. Shortening of chains and their protection. Fencing of motors, etc. Safeguards on cranes, etc. Driver's platform on cranes, etc. Measures regarding steam. Duty to comply with this Part. Means of escape of workers. Safe working load not to be exceeded. Competent person to be in charge of lifting appliances, etc. Deck-stages or cargo-stages. Fencing of hatches. Loading or unloading by fall or sling. Use of hooks. Provision of staging. Shoring. Securing of beams. Employment of signallers. Duty to comply with this Part. Unauthorized removal of fencing, etc. Safe means of access to be used. Prohibition on going upon beams. Prohibition on use of appliances or gear. Obligation of employers to comply with regulations. Issue of certificates, etc. Production of registers for inspection. Reciprocal arrangements. Duty to report accidents. Forms. Offences by owners, masters etc. Offences by owners of lifting appliances etc. Offences by persons carrying on cargo handling. Contraventions of Part V. Offence by employers. Offences by competent examiners, etc. Offence for failure to produce register, etc.

Abstract

L.N. 287/78. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Schedule. Application. Duty to comply with this Part. Safe means of access to vessels. Safe means of access when vessels alongside each other. Safe means of access to holds. Lighting of workplaces. Ventilation and protection against fumes, etc. Gear for lifting beams. Marking on hatch coverings and beams, Maintenance of hatch coverings and beams. Hand grips and locking devices on hatch coverings and hatch beams. Safety in removing and replacing beams. Power operated hatch coverings and hull doors. Duty to comply with this Part. Safe lifting appliances and gear. Markings on lifting gear. Prohibitions regarding lifting gear. Testing and examination of lifting appliances. Testing of lifting gear. Testing of ropes. Certificates to be obtained, etc. Safe working load of pulley blocks. Safe working loads for cranes and slings, etc. Shortening of chains and their protection. Fencing of motors, etc. Safeguards on cranes, etc. Driver's platform on cranes, etc. Measures regarding steam. Duty to comply with this Part. Means of escape of workers. Safe working load not to be exceeded. Competent person to be in charge of lifting appliances, etc. Deck-stages or cargo-stages. Fencing of hatches. Loading or unloading by fall or sling. Use of hooks. Provision of staging. Shoring. Securing of beams. Employment of signallers. Duty to comply with this Part. Unauthorized removal of fencing, etc. Safe means of access to be used. Prohibition on going upon beams. Prohibition on use of appliances or gear. Obligation of employers to comply with regulations. Issue of certificates, etc. Production of registers for inspection. Reciprocal arrangements. Duty to report accidents. Forms. Offences by owners, masters etc. Offences by owners of lifting appliances etc. Offences by persons carrying on cargo handling. Contraventions of Part V. Offence by employers. Offences by competent examiners, etc. Offence for failure to produce register, etc.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3191

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

18
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:42 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3190

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMET OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page


PART I

PRELIMINARY

....................... ...... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

2. interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

PART II

V.H.F. RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS

3. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

4. Application .................... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

5. Possession of radiotelephone equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

6. V.H.F. contact with Port Communications Centre ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
7. Initial report to Port Communications Centre ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
8. Further reports to Port Communications Centre ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

9. Language of reports ...................... ... ... ... ... ... A 8
10. Reference to time ........................ ... ... ... ... ... A 8
11. Listening watch on radiotelephone ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... A 8

12. Directions from Port Communications Centre ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

13. Authorization to deviate from this Part ... ... ... A 8

14. Deviation from this Part in emergencies ... ... ... ... ... A 9

15. Failure of radiotelephone contact ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

16. Penalties ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

PART III

NAVIGATION AND CONTROL OF VESSELS

17. ....................Traffic separation schemes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... AA 0
18. Navigation in in Victoria port............... .. ... ... ... ... A 10

19. Speed of vessels. .......................... ... .. ... ... ... ... A 10

20, Stopping of vessels ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

21 Restriction on embarkation or disembarkation of pilots ... ... ... ... A 11

22. Master to report arrival .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

23. Entry into restricted areas, etc............. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

24........................Navigation near the Victoria Naval Basin ... ... ... ... .. ... ... A 13

25....................Embarkation and loading, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

26. Manning of ships A 13

27. Obtaining of port clearance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

28. Failure to depart on obtaining port clearance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14





Regulation Page

29. Notification regarding dead ships ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

30. Information regarding dead ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
31. Notification regarding laid-up vessels ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... A 15
32. Information regarding laid-up ships ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15

PART IV

DISPLAY OF SIGNALS AND
LIGHTS

33. Identification and display of signals ... . ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... A 16
34. Display of flags 'S' over the code pennant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
35. Signals on police launches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
36. Signals for fire or police assistance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... A 17
37. Vessels handling explosives or petroleum ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17
38. Towing signals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
39. Lights on junks, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
40. Lighting of piers, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

PART V

ANCHORING. MOORING AND BERTHING OF
VESSELS

41. Anchoring of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
42. Mooring to buoys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
43. Use of Government buoys and moorings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
44. Berthing of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
45. Vessels alongside berthed vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
46. Berthing etc. at Government piers ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
47. Use of piers ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
48. Laying of private moorings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... A 21

PART VI

PORT DUES AND
FEES

49. Port dues and fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22
50. Anchorage dues ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 23
51. Mooring buoy dues ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 23
52. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 23
53. Tonnage of vessels liable to pay port dues or fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 23
54. Issue and production of receipt for port dues and fees ... ... .... ... ... ... A 24
55. Tables of port dues and fees ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 24

PART VII

LOGS AND OTHER
TIMBER

56. Discharge and storage of logs and timber ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A

57. Towing of logs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 25
58. Approval of timber storage pounds ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... A 25
59. Identification marks on logs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 25
60. Removal. etc. of logs and other objects ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 25





Regulation
Page

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS

61. Signal stations ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 26
62. Use of naked lights and oil ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27
63. Use of lights ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27
64. Transport or disposal of things unlawfully obtained, etc . ... ... ... ... ... A 27
65. Minor prohibitions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27
66. Control over races, etc., in the waters of Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ... A 28
67. Control over water-skiing and speed of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A28
68. Control of fishing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 29
69. Control of bright light fishing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30
70. Notification and control of marine works ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30
71. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30
72. Power to amend Schedules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 31

First Schedule. V.H.F. Radiotelephone Channels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 31
Second Schedule Traffic Separation Schemes A 31
Third Schedule. Principal Fairways ... ... . ... ...
... ... ... ... ... A 34
Fourth Schedule. Speed of Vessels ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36
Fifth Schedule. Restricted Areas ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36
Sixth Schedule. Cable Reserves ... ... ... ... . ... ...
... ... ... ... ... A 37
Seventh Schedule. Special Anchorages ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 38
Eighth Schedule. Berthing and other Signals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 40
Ninth Schedule. Towing Signals ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... A 42
Tenth Schedule. Signals Stations and Calling-in Points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 43
Eleventh Schedule. Prohibited Fishing Areas and Bright Light Fishing
Areas ... ... ... A 44
Twelfth Schedule. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 46
Thirteenth Schedule. Port Dues and Fees ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... A 47





SHIPPING AND, PORT CONTROL REGULATIONS

(Cap. 313, section 80)
N 10. [29 December 1978.

Part 11: 1 July 1979.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Shipping and Port

Control Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise

requires

'all-round light- means a light showing an unbroken light over an arc of
the horizon of 360 degrees;

cable reserve- means an area of the waters of Hong Kong specified as
such in the Sixth Schedule;

'calling-in point- means a place specified as such in Part 11 of the Tenth
Schedule;

-dangerous goods anchorage' means an area of the waters of Hong
Kong specified as such in the Seventh Schedule;

'hydrofoil boat- means a vessel that is supported above the water
surface in normal operating conditions by hydrodynamic forces
generated on foils;

-immigration anchorage' means an approved immigration anchorage
under the Immigration Ordinance;

'naval anchorage' means an area of the waters of Hong Kong specified
as such in the Seventh Schedule;

'Port Communications Centre' means the Port Communications Centre
Signal Station, specified in Part 1 of the Tenth Schedule;

principal fairway' means any area of the waters of Hong Kong
specified as such in the Third Schedule;

private mooring' means a mooring which is not a Government
mooring;

'guarantine anchorage' means an area of the waters of Hong Kong
specified as such in the Seventh Schedule;

',signal station' means a signal station specified in Part 1 of the Tenth
Schedule;





'special anchorage' means any area of the waters of Hong Kong
specified as such in the Seventh Schedule;

'timber storage pound' means an area of the waters of Hong Kong
approved under regulation 58 for the storage of logs and other
timber;

Victoria port' means the area of the waters of Hong Kong declared
under section 56 of the Ordinance as Victoria port,

'Yau Ma Tei Anchorage' means the area of the waters of Hong Kong
specified as such in the Seventh Schedule.

(2) A vessel is 'underway' when she is not at anchor, made fast to
the shore, or aground.

PART II

V.H.F. RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS

3. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Channel means a Channel as defined in the Radio Regulations annexed
to the International Telecommunications Convention currently in
force;

'report' means a report by radiotelephone that is made, or required to
be made, to the Port Communications Centre by a vessel under this
Part;

'V.H.F.' means very high frequency.

4. (1) This Part applies to all vessels over 300 tons gross (other
than vessels to which Part IV of the Ordinance applies) in the waters of
Hong Kong.

1 (2) This Part applies in addition to any other provision in or under the
Ordinance or any other enactment.

5. (1) Every vessel shall have on board radiotelephone equipment
that is capable of operation in the V.H.F. Band on the Channels
specified in the First Schedule.

(2) The radiotelephone equipment shall at all times be maintained
in good working condition and shall be available for operation on the
navigational bridge of a vessel.

6. (1) No vessel shall enter the waters of Hong Kong unless the
master of the vessel has, before such entry, made contact with the Port
Communications Centre over a V.H.F. radiotelephone on Channel 12.

(2) After the initial contact with the Port Communications Centre
under paragraph (1), all reports shall be transmitted by a vessel on the
Channel designated by the Port Communications Centre.





7. No vessel shall enter the waters of Hong Kong unless the
master of the vessel has, before such entry, reported to the Port
Communications Centre-

(a) the name of the vessel;

(b) the type of the vessel;

(e) the position of the vessel at the time of reporting;

(d)the height of the masts or superstructure of the vessel,
whichever is the higher, above sea level;

(e) the overall length of the vessel and its maximum draft;

the speed at which the vessel intends to proceed in the
waters of Hong Kong;

(g) whether the pilotage service will be used;

(h)whether the vessel will enter via the eastern or western
approaches to the harbour;

(i)the destination of the vessel (berth) within the waters of
Hong Kong;

(j)whether the vessel will proceed directly to its berth or via
any quarantine or immigration anchorage;

(k) the type of dangerous cargo (if any) carried by the vessel,

(1)any condition affecting the navigation of the vessel includ-
ing fire on board, defective propulsion machinery, defec-
tive steering equipment, excessive list or engagement in
towing;

(m)any other information as may be required by the Port
Communications Centre.

8. (1) When a vessel anchors or moors in the waters of Hong
Kong, the master shall report to the Port Communications Centre-

(a)the time and place at which the vessel is so anchored or
moored; and

(b) the estimated time of the next movement of the vessel.

(2) When a vessel that is anchored or moored in the waters of
Hong Kong ceases to be so anchored or moored or is to be moved
within the waters of Hong Kong the master shall report such event
to the Port Communications Centre..

(3) A master of a vessel that is within the waters of Hong
Kong shall report to the Port Communications Centre when he
becomes aware of any of the following conditions-

(a)any condition affecting the navigation of the vessel includ-
ing fire on board, defective propulsion machinery, defec-
tive steering equipment or excessive list;





(b)if any tow, which the vessel is towing, cannot be controlled
or can be controlled only with difficulty;

(c) concentrations of fishing vessels;
(d) reduced visibility or other adverse weather conditions;

(e) floating logs or other obstruction to navigation;
(f) any defect in an aid to navigation;

(g)any defect on another vessel that is likely to affect the
navigation of that vessel.
(4) Not less than 60 minutes before a vessel proceeds to sea,
the master of the vessel shall report to the Port Communications
Centre-
(a) the name of the vessel;
(b) tie. type of the vessel;
(c) the position of the vessel at the time of reporting;
(d)the height of the masts or superstructure of the vessel,
whichever is the higher, above sea level;

(e)the overall length of the vessel and its maximum draft;
the speed at which the vessel intends to proceed in the
waters of Hong Kong;
(g) whether the pilotage service will be used;

(h)whether the vessel will leave via the eastern or western
approaches to the harbour;
(i) the intended time of departure of the vessel;

(j) the type of dangerous cargo (if any) carried by the vessel;

(k)any condition affecting the navigation of the vessel includ-
ing fire on board, defective propulsion machinery, defec-
tive steering equipment, excessive list or engagement in
towing;
(1)any other information as may be required by the Port
Communications Centre.

(5) When a vessel passes any calling-in point, the master shall,
if so required by the Port Communications Centre, report to the
Port Communications Centre-
(a) the name of the vessel;
(b) the name of the calling-in point;

(c) the time of passing the calling-in point;
(d) the speed of the vessel; and
(e)any other information as may be required by the Port
Communications Centre.
(6) When a vessel embarks or disembarks a pilot, the master
shall report to the Port Communications Centre such occurrence
together with its time and place.





9. Except where the Port Communications Centre permits the use of any
other language, all reports shall be made in the English language.

10. Where reference to time is made in any report, or in any
communication from the Port Communications Centre, the time shall be
specified in---

(a) Hong Kong Time; and

(b) the 24-hour clock system.

11. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the master of every vessel that is within
the waters of Hong Kong shall maintain continuous listening watch on the
radiotelephone on board the vessel on Channel 12.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply when-

(a) transmission by the vessel on that Channel is in progress;

(b)permission is granted by the Port Communications Centre to
transmit on another Channel, in which event the listening watch on
the radiotelephone shall be maintained continuously on such other
Channel, except when transmission by the vessel on such other
Channel is in progress: or

(c)permission is granted by the Port Communication Centre to the
master of a vessel to suspend the listening watch on the
radiotelephone.

12. (1) Where in the opinion of the person in charge of the Port
Communications Centre there exists in the waters of Hong Kong any of the
conditions specified in paragraph (2). he may give directions to the master of
any vessel specifying the time when lien and the place where the vessel shall

(a) enter;

(b) move within or through, or

(e) depart from,

the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), the conditions are---

(a) vessel congestion

(b) adverse weather;

(c) reduced visibility; or

(d) other hazardous conditions.

13. (1) The person in charge of the Port Communications Centre may
upon request from a master of a vessel grant permission to the master to
deviate from any provision of or direction given under this Part and shall
specify the manner in which such deviation may be made.





(2) A master shall, in making a request under paragraph (1), state
the manner in which he wishes to deviate from any particular provision
of or direction given under this Part and the need for doing so.

(3) The granting of permission under paragraph (1) shall not
diminish or in any way affect the responsibility of the master to whom
the permission is granted in relation to his vessel, persons on board, its
cargo or any other person or property.

14. (1) A master of a vessel may, in any emergency affecting the
safety of life or property, deviate from any provision of or direction
given under this Part, or any permission granted under regulation 13, to
the extent necessary to avoid endangering persons, property or the
environment.

(2) Where a master deviates from any provision of or direction
given under this Part, or any permission granted under regulation 13, he
shall report such deviation to the Port Communications Centre.

15. (1) If for any reason it is not possible to operate the
radiotelephone equipment carried on board a vessel, the master shall at
the earliest practicable time restore it or cause it to be restored to
effective operating condition.

(2) During the time it is not possible to operate the radiotelephone
equipment carried on board a vessel

(a)compliance with regulations 7, 8(5) and (6) and 11 shall not be
required; and

(b)compliance with regulation 8(1), (2), (3) and (4) shall not be
required unless the required report can be made by telephone
or by any other means.

(3) A master shall as soon as practicable notify the Port
Communications Centre

(a)if it is not possible to operate the radiotelephone equipment
carried on board the vessel; and

(b)when such radiotelephone equipment is restored to effective
operating condition.

16. (1) If without reasonable excuse regulation 5 is contravened,
the owner and the master of the vessel commit an offence and each of
them is liable to a fine of 520,000.

(2) If without reasonable excuse regulation 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14(2) or 15
is contravened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of 55,000.

(3) If without reasonable excuse a master contravenes regulation 7
he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 5 10,000.





(4) If without reasonable excuse a master fails to comply with any
direction given to him under regulation 12 or any permission granted
under regulation 13 he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$10,000.

PART III

NAVIGATION AND CONTROL OF VESSELS
17. (1) Notwithstanding any rule relating to traffic separation
schemes in the internationl regulations for preventing collisions at
sea, all vessels using a traffic separation scheme in the waters of
Hong Kong shall comply with the rules of the traffic separation
schemes contained in Part I of the Second Schedule.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), traffic separation
schemes shall be the traffic separation schemes contained in Part II
of the Second Schedule.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is con-
travened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisionment for 6 months.

18. (1) Notwithstanding any rule relating to right of way in
the international regulations for preventing collision at sea, a vessel
which is proceeding along, as opposed to crossing, any principal
fairway shall have right of way over a vessel which is proceeding
accross such fairway, and a vessel which is proceeding across a
principal fairway shall give way to a vessel proceeding along a
principal fairway.

(2) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is con-
travened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

19. (1) Without prejudice to paragraph (2), no hydrofoil boat shall,
when underway in the waters of Hong Kong between half an hour after
sunset and half an hour before sunrise, proceed at a speed exceeding
the maximum speed to which a hydrofoil boat is subject in accordance
with the Fourth Schedule, except with the permission in writing from the
Director.

(2) Every vessel underway in any. port shall proceed with caution
and, unless the Director otherwise permits, at a speed not exceeding the
maximum speed to which the vessel is subject in accordance with the
Fourth Schedule.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 5
10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





20. (1) Any vessel underway to which the international code signal
'L' is made by flag, sound or flashing lamp from a marine, police,
immigration or customs and excise department launch or a signal
station, or to which any signal prescribed in regulation 35 is exhibited
from a police launch, shall stop until authorized to proceed.

(2) Any vessel not underway to which the international code signal
'L' is made in the manner specified in paragraph (1), or to which any
signal prescribed in regulation 35 is exhibited from a police launch, shall
not move from its position until authorized to do so.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

21. (1) No vessel shall when entering Victoria port embark, or when
leaving it disembark, a pilot outside the port within a distance of one
nautical mile from the centre of the Lei Yue Mun Pass or Sulphur
Channel.

(2) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

22. (1) Subject to paragraphs (3) and (4). when a ship arrives in a
port or anchors in any other place in the waters of Hong Kong, the
owner of the ship, or if the owner is not in Hong Kong his agent, shall
within 24 hours after such arrival or anchoring

(a)report at the office of the Director the arrival or anchoring of
the ship; and

(b) deposit at the office of the Director-

(i) the ship's clearance from the last port of call;

(ii) if cargo is to be discharged or transhipped, a copy of
the manifest of such cargo;

(iii) a list of the passengers on board (if any);

(iv) a list of crew; and

(v) such other documents as the Director may require; and

(c)in the case of a British ship or a ship belonging to a nation
not having a consular officer in Hong Kong

(i) produce at the office of the Director the certificate of
registry of the ship;

(ii) deposit at the office of the Director the ship's articles.

(2) If an owner of a ship or his agent who complies with paragraph
(1) ceases to be the owner or agent, as the case may be, whilst the ship
is within the waters of Hong Kong he shall forthwith notify the Director
to that effect in writing.





(3) If the owner of a ship or his agent is not in Hong Kong, paragraph (1)
shall be complied with by the master of the ship.

(4) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any ship for the time being used by
the Hong Kong Government, or to any warship or ship for the time being used
by Her Majesty's Government or the Government of any State for other than
commercial purposes.

(5) Any owner, agent or master who without reasonable excuse
contravenes this regulation commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000

23. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel shall enter
the Hong Kong Airport Approach Area No. 1 specified in paragraph 1 of the
Fifth Schedule.

(2) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel which has a
mast or superstructure height exceeding 30 metres above sea level shall enter or
pass through part of Kowloon Bay which lies to the north of the Hong Kong
Airport Approach Area No. 1 specified in paragraph 1 of the Fifth Schedule.

(3) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel which has a
mast or superstructure height exceeding 35 metres above sea level shall when
proceeding to or from the Kwun Tong Oil Installation pass through the Hong
Kong Airport Approach Area No. 2 specified in paragraph -1 of the Fifth
Schedule.

(4) No vessel shall enter the Hong Kong Airport Approach Area No. 2
specified in paragraph 2 of the Fifth Schedule except

(a) with the permission of the Director;

(b)when a tropical cyclone warning signal other than No. 1 or 3 is
hoisted at the Port Communications Centre; or

(c)when proceeding to or from the Kwun Tong Oil Installation,
provided that the mast or superstructure height of such vessel does
not exceed 35 metres above sea level.

(5) No vessel shall enter and remain in an area of any cable reserve
specified in the Sixth Schedule except for the purpose of-

(a) laying or repairing a submarine cable or pipeline; or

(b) berthing at any pier within any such area.

(6) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel shall enter any
area within

(a)100 metres of any part of the seawall of the Hong Kong Airport
runway;

(b) 100 metres from the low water mark on Green Island; or

100 metres from the low water mark on Stonecutters Island;

7) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the master
of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.





24. (1) Except with the permission of a naval authority, no
vessel shall enter or navigate within 100 metres of any part of the
Victoria Naval Basin.

(2) A vessel entering the Victoria Naval Basin shall keep a
distance of at least 60 metres from the seawall of the Victoria Naval
Basin before turning in and shall not turn in until the entrance is in
full view.

(3) A vessel leaving the Victoria Naval Basin shall proceed on
a north-westerly course which shall be maintained until well clear of
the point of exit.

(4) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is con-
travened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $2,000.

25. (1) Except with the written permission of the Director, no
person shall be embarked or disembarked, and no cargo shall be
loaded, unloaded or transhipped, onto or from a vessel at any place
within the waters of Hong Kong other than in-

(a) a port; or

(b) a special anchorage.

(2) This regulation shall not apply to vessels to which Part IV
of the Ordinance applies.

(3) If without reasonable excuse paragraph (1) is contravened,
the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$20,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

26. (1) A ship shall, while within the waters of Hong Kong,
have on board at all times such number of crew as is, in the opinion
of the Director, qualified and capable of carrying out all duties
which may reasonably be required to ensure the safety of the ship
having regard to the circumstances pertaining thereto.

(2) If this regulation is contravened, the owner and the master
of the ship commit an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of
$20,000.

27. (1) A master who is required to have port clearance in
respect of his vessel under section 15 of the Ordinance and who
intends to proceed to sea shall apply to the Director for a port
clearance before his intended departure and shall state the time of
departure.

(2) The Director shall, unless he has reason to refuse port
clearance, grant port clearance on application made under para-
graph (1) and return the ship's papers to the master.

(3) Before a port clearance is granted under paragraph (2), the
master shall, if required to do so by the Director, inform the
Director of the nature of the intended voyage, the number of





passengers (if any) and the general description of the cargo on board
the vessel, and provide such other information as the Director may
require.

(4) A port clearance granted under paragraph (2) shall cease
to be valid if the vessel does not proceed to sea within 48 hours after
the grant of the port clearance.

28. (1) If a master after having obtained port clearance under
regulation 27 does not proceed to sea within 48 hours thereafter, he
shall report forthwith to the Director the reason for not proceeding
to sea and shall, if so required by the Director, deposit the ship's
papers with the Director.

(2) Any master who without reasonable excuse contravenes
this regulation commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

29. (1) Where a dead ship is expected to arrive in the waters
of Hong Kong, the owner or his agent or the master thereof shall
notify the Director of such expected arrival not less than 24 hours
before the arrival of the dead ship, or, if that is not practicable, as
early as practicable before the arrival of the dead ship.

(2) Subject to paragraph (5), the owner or his agent or the
master of a ship shall without delay notify the Director if the ship
becomes a dead ship after its arrival within the waters of Hong
Kong.

(3) Subject to paragraph (5), the owner or his agent or the
master of a dead ship which is within the waters of Hong Kong shall
without delay notify the Director after the dead ship ceases to be a
dead ship.

(4) A notification required to be given to the Director under
this regulation shall initially be given over a telephone or by means
of a radio or radiotelephone transmission and shall then be con-
firmed in writing by the owner. agent or master within 24 hours after
such initial notification.

(5)(a) Paragraph (2) shall not apply where permission to
carry out maintenance or repair work is obtained under
section 18(3) of the Ordinance.

(b)Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall not apply to any dead ship to
which section 18(2) and (3) of the Ordinance does not
apply.

(6) Any owner, agent or master who without reasonable
excuse contravenes this regulation commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $5,000.

30. (1) An owner, agent or master shall give to the Director
such information as the Director may require in respect of a dead
ship or a ship which is to become a dead ship.





(2) The information which the Director may require under
paragraph (1) shall be such as he may reasonably require for the
exercise of his powers in relation to the proper control of dead ships.

(3) Any information required under paragraph (1) which is
given over a telephone or by means of a radio or radiotelephone
transmission shall, if so required by the Director, be given in
writing by the owner, agent or master within 24 hours after such
requirement.

31. (1) Where a vessel, which to the knowledge of the owner
or his agent or the master thereof will become a laid-up vessel whilst
within the waters of Hong Kong, is expected to arrive in such waters,
the owner, agent or master shall notify the Director of such expected
arrival not less than 24 hours before the arrival of the vessel, or, if
that is not practicable, as early as practicable before the arrival of
the vessel.

(2) The owner or his agent or the master of a vessel shall
without delay notify the Director if the vessel becomes a laid-up
vessel after its arrival within the waters of Hong Kong.

(3) The owner or his agent or the master of a laid-up vessel
which is within the waters of Hong Kong shall without delay notify
the Director after the laid-up vessel ceases to be a laid-up vessel.

(4) A notification required to be given to the Director under
this regulation shall initially be given over a telephone or by means
of a radio or radiotelephone transmission and shall then be con-
firmed in writing by the owner, agent or master within 24 hours after
such initial notification.

(5) Any owner, agent or master who without reasonable
excuse contravenes this regulation commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $5,000.

32. (1) An owner, agent or master shall give to the Director
such information as the Director may require in respect of a laid-up
vessel or a vessel which is to become a laid-up vessel.

(2) The information which the Director may require under
paragraph (1) shall be such as he may reasonably require for the
exercise of his powers in relation to the proper control of laid-up
vessels.

(3) Any information required under paragraph (1) which is
given over a telephone or by means of a radio or radiotelephone
transmission shall, if so required by the Director, be given in writing
by the owner, agent or master within 24 hours after such re-
quirement.





PART IV

DISPLAY OF SIGNALS AND LIGHTS

33. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every vessel shall-

(a)on arrival within signalling distance of a signal station
when entering or leaving the waters of Hong Kong, hoist
her
(i) national colours;
(ii) house flag (if any); and
(iii) signal letters;

(b)when entering and leaving any port, hoist her national
colours;

(c)when underway in any port between sunrise and sunset,
keep her identification flags hoisted and also fly, well clear
of the identification flags, the appropriate berthing signal,
if any, specified in the Eighth Schedule.

(d)when underway in the waters of Hong Kong between
sunset and sunrise, identify herself, if so required by any
vessel which makes the international code signal 'K';

(e)hoist her signal letters not less than 30 minutes before
leaving a berth or anchorage between sunrise and sunset,

hoist a Blue Peter not less than 18 hours before the
intended time of proceeding to sea.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to vessels to which Part IV of
the Ordinance applies.

(3) If without reasonable excuse paragraph (1) is contravened,
the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000.

34. (1) The master of a vessel which has been boarded by an
authorized officer pursuant to section 59 of the Ordinance shall if
required by such authorized officer hoist the international code flags
'S' over the answering pennant.

(2) Where the international code flags 'S' over the answering
pennant are hoisted under paragraph (1)-

(a) no person shall board or leave the vessel; and

(b)no other vessel shall approach within 30 metres of the
vessel,
without the permission of the authorized officer.

(3) Any master who fails to comply with a requirement under
paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.

(4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (2)(a), or the
master of any vessel which contravenes paragraph (2)(b), commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.





35. (1) A police launch shall, for the purposes of regulation 20,
exhibit the following signal

(a)between sunrise and sunset, a blue flag with one white and
two red diagonal stripes; and

(b) between sunset and sunrise, a blue light.

(2) If any vessel exhibits without authority any signal specified in
paragraph (1), the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $5,000.

36. Where fire services assistance or police assistance is required
on a vessel

(a)between sunrise and sunset, the international code signal
'CB3' shall be hoisted and, in the case of fire, that signal may
be supplemented by the international code signal 'CB6' 'I am
on fire

(b)between sunset and sunrise, 3 all-round lights in a vertical
line, the highest and the lowest lights white and the middle
red, shall be exhibited and that signal may be supplemented by
a flare up' every minute in the case of fire or 'blue lights' in
the case of riot or disturbance, and, in either case, a
continuous sounding with any fog signal apparatus may, in
addition, be adopted.

37. (1) Without prejudice to anything contained in the Dangerous
Goods (Shipping) Regulations, a vessel on which explosives are being
handled shall

(a)between sunrise and sunset, fly the international code signal
'B' at the fore masthead; and

(b)between sunset and sunrise, exhibit an all-round red light at a
height of not less than 6 metres above the uppermost deck,
and such light shall be of such intensity as to be visible in
clear atmosphere on a dark night at a distance of at least one
nautical mile.

(2) Without prejudice to anything contained in the Dangerous
Goods (Shipping) Regulations, a vessel on which petroleum having a
flash point of less than 65.5 Celsius is being handled shall

(a)between sunrise and sunset, fly a red flag of not less than one
metre square with a white circular centre 150 millimetres in
diameter at the fore masthead and shall also fly the
international code signal 'S.U.7.' and

(b)between sunset and sunrise, exhibit an all-round red light at a
height of not less than 6 metres above the uppermost deck,
and such light shall be of such intensity as to be visible in
clear atmosphere on a dark night at a distance of at least one
nautical mile.





(3) If this regulation is contravened, the master of the vessel
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(4) For the purpose of this regulation, 'handle' includes all
operations connected with the loading, unloading, discharging,
stacking, stowing or restowing

38. (1) A vessel which is being towed by tugs in the waters of Hong
Kong shall, where radiotelephone equipment is not available for use, use
the towing signals specified in the Ninth Schedule to convey directions
to the tugs.

(2) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

39. (1) Every junk, which is not mechanically propelled, when
underway in the waters of Hong Kong at any time between sunset and
sunrise shall exhibit

(a) the lights prescribed for sailing vessel underway in the
international regulations for preventing collisions at sea;
or

(b)2 all-round white lights of such intensity as to be visible in
clear atmosphere on a dark night at a distance of at least one
nautical mile, one of which shall be placed at the fore
masthead and the other at the stern at a height above the
uppermost continuous deck of not less than 2 metres.

(2) Unless the Director so directs, no lights shall be required to be
exhibited on any vessel to which Part IV of the Ordinance applies that
tends to remain stationary in any part of the waters of Hong Kong.

(3) If this regulation is contravened, the master of the junk commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.

40. (1) An owner or occupier of a pier, whether completed or under
construction, shall, unless exempted in writing by the Director, at all
times between sunset and sunrise cause a red light to be exhibited
within 2 metres of the outer end of the pier and at a height above it of
not less than 3 metres nor more than 6 metres, and such red light shall
be of such intensity and so constructed as to be visible from seaward in
clear atmosphere on a dark night at a distance of at least one nautical
mile.

(2) Any owner or occupier of a pier who contravenes paragraph (1)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

PART V

ANCHORING, MOORING AND BERTHING OF
VESSELS

41. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a vessel shall not anchor at any
place in a port other than at a place





(a)set aside by the Director for the anchorage of that particular
type, class or description of vessel or for a particular purpose;
or

(b) specified by the Director in any particular case.

(2) No vessel shall anchor or lie-

(a) within any principal fairway;

(b)in the direct approaches to the Lei Yue Mun Pass or Sulphur
Channel;

(c)in a position which obstructs the approaches or entrances to
any principal fairway, typhoon shelter or pier;

(d)in a position which gives a foul berth to any other vessel
made fast to a mooring, pier or dock premises;

(e)except with the permission of the Director, within 500 metres
of any place or vessel designated as a Government Explosives
Depot under section 13A of the Dangerous Goods Ordinance;

except with the permission of the Director, at any place at
which anchoring or lying is prohibited by notice to that effect
conspicuously posted at or near that place by order of the
Director;

(g)if the vessel exceeds an overall length of 100 metres, within
the Yau Ma Tei Anchorage except with the permission of the
Director,

(h)in an immigration anchorage except for the purpose of
compliance with the Immigration Ordinance;

(i)in a quarantine anchorage except for the purpsoe of
compliance with the Quarantine and Prevention of Disease
Ordinance;

(j)in a dangerous goods anchorage except for the purpose of
compliance with the Dangerous Goods Ordinance; and

(k)in a naval anchorage except with the permission of the naval
authorities.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 510,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

42. (1) No vessel shall moor to a buoy unless the buoy is one laid
for mooring purposes.

(2) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.





43. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel
shall moor to a Government mooring buoy.
(2) A vessel shall be secured to a Government mooring buoy
by her anchor cable.
(3) A vessel which is moored to a Government mooring buoy
shall not-
(a) swing ship for compass adjustment., or
(b) test main propulsion machinery.
(4) When a tropical cyclone warning signal is hoisted at the
Port Communications Centre every vessel (other than a dead ship)
which is moored to a Government mooring buoy shall clear anchor
and cables and prepare the main propulsion machinery to full power
conditions and such vessel shall, if so directed by the Director. leave
the mooring buoy.
(5) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contra-
vened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to
a fine of $10,000.

44. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), no vessel shall berth at any
berth other than at the berth allocated to the vessel by the Director.
(2) A vessel which is berthed shall not leave the berth unless-

(a) directed to do so by the Director. or
(b) permission to do so is obtained from the Director.
(3) This regulation shall not apply to any vessel to which Part
IV of the Ordinance applies.
(4) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contra-
vened, the master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $10,000 and to a further fine of S 1,000 for every hour or part
of an hour during which the vessel remains in a berth in contraven-
tion of this regulation after the master thereof has been directed by
the Director to move from such berth.

45. (1) Save as provided in this regulation or as permitted by
the Director, no vessel shall lie alongside any other vessel which is
berthed anywhere in a port, other than in a typhoon shelter specified
in the Shipping and Port Control (Typhoon Shelters) Regulations.
(2) An oil bunkering vessel not exceeding 2 000 tons net
register may lie alongside another vessel for the purpose of
bunkering.
(3) Vessels to which Part IV of the Ordinance applies may lie
alongside a ship-
(a) not more than 3 abreast at the gangway of the ship;
(b)not more than 5 abreast at other parts on either side of the
ship;

(c)not more than 4 abreast alongside if the ship is moored at
any wharf,





(d)not more than 2 abreast alongside if the ship is moored at No.
5 North Berth of the Hong Kong and Kowloon Wharf and
Godown Company.

(4) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

46. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel shall lie
alongside a Government pier for any purpose other than to enable
passengers to embark or disembark (with their luggage, if any) and for
any time longer than is reasonably necessary for such embarking or
disembarking.

(2) Except with the permission of the Director, no vessel exceeding
35 metres in length shall go alongside any Government pier.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

47. (1) No vessel shall make fast to any part of a Government or
British Forces pier except to the recognized mooring bollards and rings
provided thereon as moorings.

(2) No vessel shall lie alongside any pier unless the pier is
designed and constructed for the purpose.

(3) If without reasonable excuse this regulation is contravened, the
master of the vessel commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 52,000.

48. (1) No person shall lay a private mooring anywhere in the
waters of Hong Kong except in the place specified in the permission
granted under section 6 of the Ordinance.

(2) A private mooring laid under paragraph (1) shall not be used by
any vessel not owned by or under the control of the owner of the
private mooring except with the consent of the owner of the private
mooring or by direction of the Director.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), the fee prescribed in the Thirteenth
Schedule shall be paid for the keeping of a private mooring.

(4) No fee shall be payable in respect of a private mooring if the
Director is satisfied that the mooring is used exclusively for warping
purposes.

(5) Subject to paragraph (5A), if the owner of a private mooring
sells or otherwise transfers the private mooring

(a)he and the purchaser or transferee shall notify the Director in
a form specified by the Director of the name and address of
the new owner and shall give such other information as the
Director may require; and





(b)the purchaser or transferee shall pay the transfer of ownership
fee prescribed in the Thirteenth Schedule,

in each case within 14 days after the date of the sale or transfer.

(5A) Paragraph 5 shall not apply to the sale or transfer of a private
mooring by the Director.

(6) A private mooring and the chains, shackles and other
accessories of the mooring shall be of such nature and construction as
the Director may direct and the owner of the mooring shall keep and
maintain the mooring and its accessories in the approved position and
in good condition.

(7) The Director may inspect a private mooring and its accessories
and may require the owner of the private mooring

(a) to carry out any repairs to the mooring or its accessories;

(b) to re-lay or renew the mooring; or

(c) to remove the mooring.

(8) Any person who-

(a) contravenes paragraph (1). (5)(a) or (6); or

(b)fails to comply with any direction or requirement under
paragraph (6) or (7),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(9) If any vessel uses any private mooring in contravention of
paragraph (2), the owner or master of the vessel commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $300 for each day or part of a day during which the
mooring is so used.

(10) Where in respect of a private mooring

(a)the prescribed fee is not paid under paragraph (3) or (5)(b), or

(b) an offence is committed under paragraph (8),

the Director may, without prejudice to the liability of the owner of the
private mooring for the fee or the penalty, as the case may be, remove
the private mooring and its accessories or sell the mooring and its
accessories.

PART VI

PORT DUES AND FEES

49. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the port dues and fees prescribed
in the Thirteenth Schedule shall be paid in respect of every vessel which
enters the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) No port dues shall be payable under paragraph (1) in respect of





(a)a vessel underway in transit through the waters of Hong
Kong;

(b)a vessel sheltering in the waters of Hong Kong from stress of
weather; or

(c)a vessel entering the waters of Hong Kong solely for the
purpose of landing a sick or injured person.

50. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the anchorage dues prescribed in
the Thirteenth Schedule shall be paid in respect of every vessel which
continues to lie at anchor in the waters of Hong Kong after the day on
which it arrives.

(2) No anchorage dues shall be payable under paragraph (1) in
respect of any vessel

(a)to which Part IV of the Ordinance applies, other than a vessel
of 50 metres or more in length;

(b)sheltering in the waters of Hong Kong from stress of weather;

(c)equipped to the Director's satisfaction as a cable ship or
salvage vessel and which is based on Hong Kong,

(d) at anchor in a naval anchorage;

(e) secured to a mooring or pier,

(f) secured alongside a shipyard or at a slipway or dry dock; or

(g)secured alongside a vessel which is secured alongside a
shipyard.

51. The mooring buoy dues prescribed in the Thirteenth Schedule
shall be paid in respect of every Government mooring buoy which is
occupied by or reserved for a vessel.

52. The fees prescribed in the Thirteenth Schedule shall be payable
for certificates, permits and other services specified in that Schedule.

53. (1) For the purpose of calculating any port dues or fees payable
under the Ordinance which are based on the tonnage of a vessel, the
Director may require the owner or his agent or the master of the vessel
to produce for inspection the register of the vessel.

(2) Where the owner, agent or master fails to comply with any
requirement under paragraph (1) or to satisfy the Director as to the true
tonnage of a vessel, the Director may cause the vessel to be measured,
and such measurement shall be deemed to be the true tonnage of the
vessel for the purpose of calculating the port dues or fees.





(3) Any expenses incurred by the Director in measuring a vessel
under paragraph (2) shall be recoverable from the owner or his agent or
the master of the vessel in the same manner as port dues payable under
the Ordinance are recoverable.

(4) An owner or master of a vessel who refuses to allow his vessel
to be measured under paragraph (2) or obstructs any person carrying
out such measurement shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

54. (1) The Director shall issue a receipt for any port dues or fees
paid under the Ordinance.

(2) The Director may require the production for inspection of any
receipt issued under paragraph (1) and may refuse to grant port
clearance in respect of a vessel, in respect of which any dues or fees are
payable, until such receipt is produced.

55. The Director shall cause to be posted at such place as he may
determine tables of all port dues and fees prescribed under the
Ordinance.

PART VII

LOGS AND OTHER TIMBER

56. (1) Except with the written permission of the Director, no person
shall

(a)load or discharge on or from a vessel logs or other timber onto
or from any waterfront or seawall within the boundaries of any
port other than within the limits of a privately owned or leased
waterfront or seawall;

(b)discharge logs or other timber from a vessel into the waters of
Hong Kong other than in a timber storage pound;

(c)store logs or other timber in the waters of Hong Kong other
than in a timber storage pound;

(d)tow logs, or permit them to lie afloat or rest on the sea bed, in
the waters of Hong Kong other than in a timber storage
pound; or

(e)discharge logs or other timber (other than sawn timber) from
one vessel to another in the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of 510,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) The owner or his agent or master of a vessel from which it is
intended to discharge logs or other timber (other than sawn timber) into
any other vessel within the waters of Hong Kong shall give notice of
such intention to the Director, in such form as the Director may specify,
not less than 24 hours before the discharge commences.





57. (1) The owner, or the person in charge, of logs or log rafts
which are being towed in the waters of Hong Kong shall exhibit-

(a)between sunrise and sunset, red flags not less than 600
millimetres square at each end of every log or log raft at a
height of not less than 2 metres above sea level, and if any
log or log raft exceeds 15 metres in length a third similar
flag at the middle thereof;

(b)between sunset and sunrise, all-round white lights in place
of the flags required under sub-paragraph (a), and such
lights shall be of sufficient intensity so as to be visible in
clear atmosphere on a dark night at a distance of at least
one nautical mile.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.

58. (1) The Director may approve as a timber storage pound
any area of the waters of Hong Kong in which logs and other timber
may be stored, whether floating or submerged, and in granting such
approval he may impose such conditions as he thinks fit.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any condition im-
posed under paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

59. (1) The owner of logs stored in the waters of Hong Kong
shall mark every such log for the purpose of identifying the owner
and shall notify the Director in writing of the identification mark
used.

(2) Any owner of logs who contravenes paragraph (1) com-
mits an offence and is liable to a fine of 510,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

60. (1) The Director may give such directions as he thinks fit
in respect of the removal, movement or securing of-

(a)a log or other timber which is stranded, floating or
submerged in the waters of Hong Kong, other than in a
timber storage pound;

(b)any other object which is stranded, floating or submerged
in the waters of Hong Kong and which is a hazard to
navigation.

(2) A direction under paragraph (1) may be given to the owner
or other person who claims that he is entitled to the possession of the
log or other timber or object.

(3) If any direction given under paragraph (1) is not complied
with by the person to whom the direction is given, he commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.





(4) The Director may seize and detain a log or other timber or
object referred to in paragraph (1) if-

(a)a direction given under paragraph (1) is not complied with;
or

(b)after reasonable inquiry he is unable to ascertain the name
and address of, or after reasonable attempts fails to
contact, the owner or other person entitled to the posses-
sion of the log or other timber or object.

(5) For the purposes of seizing a log or other timber or object
under paragraph (4), the Director may take any action that is
necessary to remove, move or secure the log or other timber or
object.

(6) The Director shall publish in the Gazette and in one
English language and one Chinese language newspaper circulating
in Hong Kong a notice of a seizure effected under paragraph (4) and
the notice shall specify-

(a)the name (if known to the Director) of the person whom
the Director believes to be the owner or otherwise entitled
to the possession of the log or other timber or object;

(b)a description of the log or other timber or object and the
place at which it was seized;

(c)a reasonable period within which and the place at which a
claim shall be submitted for the release of the log or other
timber or object.

(7) If a valid claim to a log or other timber or object seized
under paragraph (4) is submitted at any time before a notice is
published under paragraph (6) or within the period specified in a
notice published under that paragraph, the Director shall, on
payment to him of all expenses involved in the seizure and custody
thereof, release the log or other timber or object to the claimant.

(8) If the release of a log or other timber or object is not
obtained in pursuance of paragraph (7), the Director may sell, or
otherwise dispose of in such other manner as he thinks fit, the log or
other timber or object, as the case may be, and in the case of sale the
proceeds, after deducting all expenses payable under paragraph (7)
and any reasonable expense incurred in the sale, shall be paid to the
person making a valid claim thereto within 6 months after the date
of sale or forfeited to the Crown if not claimed within that period.

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

61. The signal stations specified in Part 1 of the Tenth Schedule
shall be the signal stations for the purposes of conveying directions
to vessels in the waters of Hong Kong and for the other purposes of
the Ordinance.





62. (1) No naked light shall be used on board any vessel in the
waters of Hong Kong.

(2) No oil which gives off an inflammable vapour at less than 49.9
Celsius shall be used to burn in lanterns on any vessel.

(3) Any person who contravenes this regulation commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.

63. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no person shall use a light on or
from a vessel in the waters of Hong Kong in a manner that is likely to
interfere with the safe operation of any other vessel or any aircraft.

(2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to-

(a)a public officer in the exercise of his powers or performance of
his duty, and

(b) Her Majesty's forces.

(3) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes
paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.

64. (1) Any person who for the purpose of preventing seizure or
discovery of any cargo or other thing unlawfully obtained from or
carried on a vessel wilfully lets fall or throws such cargo or other thing
into the waters of Hong Kong commits an offence.

(2) Any person who-

(a) conveys in any vessel; or

(b)in any manner conveys away from a vessel, pier, seawal or
waterfront,

any cargo or other thing unlawfully obtained from a vessel in the waters
of Hong Kong commits an offence.

(3) Any person who commits an offence under this regulation is
liable to a fine of 55,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(4) A police officer may take into custody any person who is
contravening, or who he has reasonable grounds for believing has
contravened, paragraph (1) or (2) and may seize and detain any vessel

(a) out of which the cargo or other thing is let fall or thrown;

(b) in which the cargo or other thing is conveyed; or

(e) in which such person is found.

65. (1) No person-

(a) shall dredge for any purpose in any cable reserve,

(b) shall without the permission of the Director sound a
whistle, siren, bell, gong or foghorn on board any vessel in
a port except as provided in the international regulations
for preventing collisions at sea or these regulations;




(e)not being a public officer or a member of Her Majesty's forces
on duty, shall make fast to or cause to be made fast to a ship
underway within the waters of Hong Kong any vessel except
with the permission of the master of the ship.

(2) Any person who contravenes this regulation commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

66. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no person shall
hold or organize in or upon any part of the waters of Hong Kong any

(a)race, regatta or similar event in which vessels of any type take
part; or

(b) swimming race or similar event

which interferes with, or is likely to interfere with, the navigation of
vessels or the safety of any person in or upon such waters.

(2) On the occasion of any race, regatta or similar event referred to
in paragraph (1) in or upon any part of the waters of Hong Kong, the
Director may prohibit or regulate all traffic upon or in the vicinity of
such waters and may give to an organizer of, and persons taking part in,
the race, regatta or similar event such directions as he thinks fit for the
avoidance of accidents and the safety of persons.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) or fails to comply
with any prohibition or regulation of traffic, or direction given, under
paragraph (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

67. (1) The Director may, by notice in the Gazette and in any other
manner he thinks fit, prohibit within any area of the waters of Hong
Kong any vessel from

(a)towing any water ski, aquaplane or other similar object, or any
person, or r any person riding upon a water ski, aquaplane or
other similar object;

(b)proceeding at a speed exceeding the maximum speed specified
in the notice.

(2) A person in charge of a vessel which is used for the purpose of
towing any person, whether or not such person is riding upon a water
ski, aquaplane or other similar object, shall be accompanied by another
person not below 18 years of age who shall be responsible for
communicating to the person in charge any mishap occurring to the
person being towed.

(3) Any person in charge of a vessel who contravenes a notice
under paragraph (1), or paragraph (2), commits an offence and is liable
to a fine of $2,000.





68. (1) No person shall fish by purse net, seine net, drift net, trawl,
cage trap, hand line or long line in any prohibited fishing area specified
in Part 1 of the Eleventh Schedule.

(2) No person shall in the waters of Hong Kong-

(a) erect or maintain a stake net; or

(b) operate a beach seine net,

except under, and in accordance with, a licence granted under paragraph
(3).

(3) The Director may, on payment of the fee prescribed in the
Thirteenth Schedule, grant to any person an annual licence, or renew an
annual licence

(a) for the erection and maintenance of a stake net; or

(b) for the operation of a beach seine net.

(4) A licensee shall-

(a) not transfer a licence,

(b)not erect or maintain a stake net otherwise than at the place
specified in the licence or within 200 metres of an existing
stake net without the permission of the owner of that existing
stake net,

(e)exhibit on a stake net in a conspicuous position a notice,
supplied free of charge by the Director, showing the number of
the licence of the stake net;

(d)exhibit on a stake net, between sunset and sunrise, a white
light visible in all directions seaward, and such light shall be
of such intensity as to be visible in clear atmosphere on a dark
night at a distance of at least one nautical mile;

(e)remove at his expense a stake net that is not in use, and if he
fails to do so the Director may remove it and recover the cost
of removal from the licensee as a civil debt;

comply with any conditions attached to a licence.

(5) Any person who contravenes this regulation commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of 52,000.

(6) In this regulation, unless the context otherwise requires-

'beach seine net' means a net not less than 30 metres in length by 1
metre in width, that is shot from a boat and hauled by both ends to
the shore;

',stake net' includes

(a)an inshore net, which means a net attached to poles and
worked by a windlass stationed on shore or in less than 6
metres of water;





(b)an offshore net, which means a net attached to poles and
worked by a windlass stationed in more than 6 metres of
water;

(e)a line of stakes and nets, which means a net or nets
attached to a line of stakes driven into the foreshore or
sea-bed.

69. (1) No person shall within the waters of Hong Kong use
bright light on any vessel for the purpose of fishing or attracting fish
except in the areas specified in Part 11 of the Eleventh Schedule and
in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) Not more than 2 bright lights shall be used at the same
time on a vessel, and no bright light shall be placed at a height
greater than 3 metres above sea level.

(3) A bright light shall be shaded to the satisfaction of the
Director and shall be so constructed and used that the shade shall at
all times extend not less than 120 millimetres below the lowest part
of the light.

(4) Any person who contravenes this regulation commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

70. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of any other
enactment, no person shall commence any construction or reclama-
tion works, dredging, boring, cable laying or any other type of
works in the waters of Hong Kong, which interfere or are likely to
interfere with the navigation of vessels or with port facilities,
without giving the Director at least 14 days' notice in writing of-

(a) the nature of the works;

(b) the date of their commencement;

(e) the locality in which they will be carried out; and

(d) the estimated duration of the works.

(2) The person in control of the works referred to in para-
graph (1) shall, during the carrying out of the works, comply with
such directions as the Director may give to ensure the safety of
vessels navigating in the vicinity of the works.

(3) Any person who-

(a) contravenes paragraph (1); or

(b)fails to comply with any direction given under paragraph
(2),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 510,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

71. The notice under section 77 of the Ordinance shall be in the
form contained in the Twelfth Schedule.
1985 ed cap 313 A31 1985ed cap 313 A32 1985 ed cap 313 a33 1985 ed cap 313 a34 1985 ed cap 313 a35




FOURTH SCHEDULE [reg. 19.1

SPEED OF VESSELS

1. The maximum permitted speed for a hydrofoil boat under regulation 19(1)
is 15 knots.

2. The maximum permitted speed in any port, other than Victoria port, is
10 knots.

3. The maximum permitted speeds within the limits of Victoria port are-

(a) in the case of a vessel of an overall length of 15 metres or less-

(i) 10 knots within the area bounded to the cast by aline drawn from the
North Point Signal Station on a bearing due north to the point of
intersection with the Hong Kong Airport runway, and to the west by a
line drawn from the western extremity of Stonecutters Island to the
eastern extremity of Little Green Island and thence on a bearing due south
to the shore, and to the north by a line drawn from the southern
extremity of Stonecutters Island eastwards to the northern arm of the
northern entrance to the Yau Ma Tei typhoon shelter;

(ii) 10 knots within the Western Dangerous Goods Anchorage;

(iii) 10 knots within 100 metres of the shore or any structure
projecting therefrom;

(iv) 15 knots within any other area of Victoria port.

(b)in the case of a vessel exceeding an overall length of 15 metres but not
exceeding 60 metres. 10 knots;

(e) in the case of a vessel of an overall length of 60 metres more. 8 knots.

FIFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 23.]

RESTRICTED AREAS

1. HONG KONG AIRPORT APPROACH AREA No. 1

The area of the waters of Hong Kong situated in the approaches to the
Hong Kong Airport runway and bounded by straight lines joining the following
positions:

(a) latitude22' IS' 28' north,
longitude114' 12' 34' cast;
(h) latitude22' 18' 17 north,
longitude114' 12' 48 cast:
(c) latitude221 IS' 21' north,
longitude114' 12' 54' cast;
(d) latitude22' 18'04' north,
longitude1141' 13' 21 east;
(e) latitude22' IT46' north,
longitude1141 13' 03 cast:
latitude22' 18'04' north,
longitude114' 12' 18' cast;
(g) latitude22' 18' 28' north,
longitude114' 12' 34' cast.

2. HONG KONG AIRPORT APPROACH AREA No. 2

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines joining the
following positions:







(a) latitude 22' IT 54' north.

longitude114' 13' 11 cast;





(b) latitude 22' 18' 0 1
north,
longitude 114' 13' 18' east;

(c) latitude 22' 17' 21' north,
longitude 114' 14' OT'
east;

(d) latitude 22' IT 11
north,
longitude 114' 13' 54'
east;

(e) latitude 22' 17' 53' north,
longitude 114' 13' 1 l' cast.

SIXTH SCHEDULE [reg. 2 21]

CABLE RESERVES

1. Central Cable Reserve
The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded-

(a)on the west, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22' IT 43'
north, longitude 114' 09' W' east to position latitude 22' 17' 13.5,' north,
longitude 1141 09' 1911 east;

(b)on the east, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22' 17' 43.Y'
north, longitude 114' 10' 1S.Y' east to position latitude 22' IT 035' north,
longitude 114' 09' 36.5' east.

These boundaries are marked by black and white diamond day-marks and by

fixed red lights at night.

Note:In this cable reserve is the harbour pipeline for conveyance of water
from Kowloon to the Island of Hong Kong. It lies on the harbour bed
between the sign boards erected on the harbour front of Kowloon Point
in the line of Nathan Road projected to the seawall. and Queen's Pier.
Victoria.
2. Stonecutters Island West) Cable Reserve The area of
the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a)on the west, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 20' W'
north, longitude 114' 08' 02.Y' cast to position latitude 22' 19' 2 V north,
longitude 114' OT W east;

(b)on the east, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 20' 115'
north, longitude 114' 08' OT' east to the western corner of Stonecutters
Island;

(c)on the north, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22, 20, W'
north, longitude 1141 08' 02.5' east to position latitude 221 20' 13. 5'
north, longitude 114' 08' 07 east;

(d)on the south, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 19' 2V
north, longitude 1141 OT W' east to the western corner of Stonecutters
Island.
3. Stonecutters Island (East) Cable Reserve The area of
the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a)on the north, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22' 19, 2W
north, longitude 1141 08' 35' cast to position latitude 22' 19' 205' north,






longitude 1141 08' 445' cast, thence a straight line drawn to position
latitude 22' 19' 18.5' north. longitude 1141 09' 27.5' cast;

(b)on the south, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22` 19, IT'
north, longitude 1141 08' 3V cast to position latitude 221 19' 093' north,
longitude 114' 09' 2T' east.





4. Sulphur Channel Cable Reserve

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a) on the south-wesi, by the harbour limits:

(b)on the north-cast, by a line parallel to the south-west boundary lying four
cables to the north-east.

5. Aberdeen Cable Reserve

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a)on the cast, by a straight line drawn 008 from position latitude 221 14
49.5 north, longitude 114 09 19.5 cast on Ap Lei Chau to the mainland;

(h)on the west, by a straight line drawn 000 from position latitude 22 14 48
north, longitude 114 09 16.5 cast on Ap Lei Chau to the mainland,

the lines in each case being marked by two beacons in transit on Ap Lei

Chau
6, Cross Harbour Gas Main Cable Reserve The area of
the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a)on the east. by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22 IT IF'
north, longitude 114 10 48 cast to position latitude 22 IT 56.5 north,
longitude 114' 10' 34.5 east;

(b)on the west. by a straight line drawn from position latitude 22 IT 10
north. longitude 114' 10 46 cast to position latitude 221 IT 55 north.
longitude 114' 10 32.5 east.

7. North Point Cable Reserve

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(a)on the cast, by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 189 35.9
north, longitude 1141 1 V 28.3 cast to position latitude 22 IT 43.1
north. longitude 114' 11' 57.9 cast;

(b)on the west. by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 IT 40.5
north, longitude 114' IV 45 cast to position latitude 22 18 21 north,
longitude 1141 1 l' 24.5 cast.

SEVENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 2.]

SPEC SPECIAL
ANCHORAGES

1. Quarantine Anchorages

(a) Eastern Quarantine Anchorage

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
joining the following positions

(i) latitude22` 18' 21 north.
longitude 114' 12' 00 cast;

(ii) latitude2 18'04' north,
longitude 1141 1200 cast:

(iii) latitude221 18' 04' north,






loneitude1141 12' 1 W' cast;
(iv) latitude22' 18' 21 north,
longitude1141 12' 29' case
(v) latitude221 1 S' 21 north,

longitude 1141 12'OW cast.





(b) Western Quarantine Anchorage

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
joining the following positions

(i) latitude22' 19' 21 north,
longitude114' 06' 16.5' east;
(ii) latitude22' 18' 3T' north,
longitude114' 06' 21' cast;
(iii) latitude22' 18' 21 north,
longitude114' 06' 03 east;
(iv) latitude22' 19' OY' north,
longitude1141 05'42' east.

2. Dangerous Goods Anchorages

(a) Pun Shan Dangerous Goods Anchorages

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
joining the following positions

(i) latitude22` 19' 24' north.
longitude 114' 03' 24' east;

(ii) latitude22` 19' 24' north,
longitude 114' 04' OW east;

(iii) latitude22' 18' 00' north.
longitude 114103' 24' east,

(iv) latitude 221 18'00' north,

longitude114' 04' 30' east.

(h) Tsuen Wan Dangerous Goods Anchorage

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded

(i) on the north, by the
mainland:

(ii) on the south, by a straight line drawn 090' from the southern
extremity of Ngan Ying Chau to the mainland. (By a straight
line drawn 0791 from the southern extremity of Ngan Ying
Chau to the mainland, see B.A. Chart 3632 for typhoon
shelter);

(iii) on the cast, by the mainland,

(iv) on the west, by a straight line drawn 0001 from the

northwest extremity of Ngan Ying Chau to the mainland.

(c) Western Dangerous Goods Anchorage

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
joining the following positions

(i) latitude22' 18' 5Y' north,
longitude114' 07' 24' east;
(ii) latitude22' 19' 0 1 north,
longitude114' 07' 21 east;
(iii) latitude22' 19' M' north,
longitude114' 06'48' east.
(iv) latitude221 19' 21 north,






longitude1141 06' 17 cast.
(v) latitude22' 18' 47 north,
longitude1141 06' 2W east;
(vi) latitude22' 18' 2T' north,
longitude114' 07' 03 east.

(d) Rocky Harbour Dangerous Goods Anchorage

The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
joining the following positions

(i) latitude22' 20' 48' north,
longitude 114'20'09'east;

(ii) latitude 22` 20' 48' north.

longitude114120' 27 east;





(iii) latitude22' 20' 3 1 north,
longitude 114' 20' 2T' cast:

(iv) latitude221 20' 3 1 north,
longitude 114' 20' 09 cast.

(e) Bay Dangerous Goods The area of the waters of Hong Kong Kong bounded by straight lines 9
joining the following positions

(i) latitude221 17 33 north.
longitude114' 15 00 cast;
(ii) latitude22' 17 33 north.
longitude114' 15' 21 cast;
(iii) latitude22' IT 12 north,
longitude114' 15 21 east;
(iv) latitude22' IT 12 north,

longitude 114' 15 00 cast.

3. Yau Mu Tei Anchorage
The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines

joining the following positions

(a) latitude22' 19' 10.5 north..
longitude1140 09 15 east;

(b) latitude22 19' 11.5' north
longitude114108' 43 east;
(c.) latitude221 1 S' 36 north,
longitude114108' 36 cast;
(d) latitude221 1 S' 24.5 north.
longitude114 09 cast

4. Naval A nchorage
The area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by. lines drawn
(a)from a point on the northern shore of Hong Kong Island position latitude
22` 17 03 north. longitude 1140 09 37 cast. to position latitude 22' IT 14
north. longitude 114' 09 39.5 cast..

(h)thence to position latitude 22' IT 23 north. longitude 114' 09' 4T' cast and
to position latitude 2-10 IT 2Y' north. longitude 110 10' 11. 5 east:

(c)thence following the circumference of a circle xiilh radius 300 metres from
position latitude 22' 17' 1Y' north. longitude 114' 10' IV cast to position
latitude 220 17' 0521' north. longitude 114' 10' JY cast;

(d)thence to position latitude 220 17' 0Y north, loncitude 114' 09' 59' cast;

(e)thence to a point on the northern shore of Hong Kong Island position
latitude 221 16' 5S.Y' north. longitude 114' 09' 5Y east.

EIGHTH SCHEDULE [reg. 33.1

BERTHING AND OTHER SIGNALS

The Ocean Terminal at Tsim Sha Tsui belong- Answering Pennant-OT

ing to the Hong Kong Kowloon Wharf

Godown Co. Lid.

The wharf at Kwun Tong belonging to the Answering Pennant-KT







Shell Company of Hong Kong Ltd.

The wharf at Ap Lei Chau belonging to the Answering Pennant-AP

Shell Company of Hong Kong Ltd.





The wharf at Tsuen Wan belonging to the Answering Pennant-TW Hong
Kong Oil Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Tsuen Wan belonging to Caltex Answering Pennant-TW
Oil Hong Kong Ltd.

The wharf at Sham Tseng belonging to Hong Answering Pennant-SW
Kong Breweries Ltd.

The wharf at Hung Horn belonging to Hong Answering Pennant-KD
Kong United Dockyards Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Ngan Ying Chau belonging to Answering Pennant-NY
China Resources Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Chai Wan belonging to China Answering Pennant-CW
Resources, Petroleum and Chemicals Co.

Ltd.

Thewharf at Kennedy Town belonging to Answering Pennant-CM China
Merchants Lighterage and Trans

portation Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Lamma Island belonging to Far Answering Pennant-FE
East Cement Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Tsing Yi Island belonging to Answering Pennant-MO Mobil
Oil Hong Kong Ltd.

Thewharf at Tsing yi Island (south side) Answering Pennant-ET
belonging to Caltex Oil Hong Kong Ltd.

The wharf at Tsing Yi Island belonging to Answering Pennant-CO Caltex
Oil Hong Kong Ltd.

The wharf at Tsing Yi Island belonging to Answering Pennant_EO Esso
Oil Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Tsing Yi Island belonging to Answering Pennant-GO Hong
Kong Oil Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Tsing Yi Island belonging to Answering Pennant-FO Feoso
Oil Co. Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 1) belong- Answering Pennant-KC I
ing to Modern Terminals Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 2) belong- Answering Pennant-KC2
ing to Hong Kong International Terminals Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 3) belong- Answering Pennant-KC3
ing to Sealand Orient Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 4) belong- Answering Pennant-KC4
ing to Hong Kong International Terminals Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 5) belong- Answering Pennant-KC5
ing to Modern Terminals Ltd.

The wharf at Kwai Chung (Lot No. 6) belong- Answering Pennant-KC6
ing to Hong Kong International Terminals Ltd., southern side

Theanchorage off the north-cast coast of Answering Pennant-PS Lantau






Island known as Pun Shan Dan

gerous Goods Anchorage

Western Dangerous Goods Anchorage Answering Pennant-WE
Western Quarantine Anchorage Answering Pennant-WQ
Kellett Bank Anchorage Answering Pennant-BA
Yau Ma Tei Anchorage Answering Pennant-YT
Yam 0 Bay Anchorage Answering Pennant-OA





Tolo Harbour Anchorage Answering Pennant-TA
Sham Shui Po Anchorage Answering Pennant-SA
Junk Bay Anchorage Answering Pennant - JA
~Rocky Harbour Anchorage Answering Pennant-RH
Sok Kwu Wan Anchorage Answering Pennant-PA

Theanchorage off north coast of Lantau Answering Pennant-LA Island
known as Laid Up Ship

Anchorage

Naval Base Answering Pennant-NB

The wharf at Connaught Road West known Answering Pennant-MW as
the Hong Kong-Macau Ferry Terminal

The wharf at Siu Lam belonging to Lok On Answering Pennant-SD Pai
Desalination Plant

Thewharf at Po Lo Tsui, Lamma Island. Answering Pennant-LE
belonging to Hong Kong Electric Co.

Ltd.

Thewharf at Tap Shek Kok belonging to Answering Pennant-TE China
Light Power Co. Ltd.

Thewharf at Tap Shek Kok belonging to Answering Pennant-TC China
Cement Co. Ltd.

Floating Dock at Tsing Yi Island (Apple Answering Pennant-AD Dock)
belonging to Euroasia Dockyards

Co. Ltd.

Floating Dock at Tsing Yi Island (Whampoa Answering Pennant-WD
Dock) belonging to Hong Kong, United Dockyards Co. Ltd.

Floating Dock at Tsing Yi Island (Taikoo Answering Pennant-TD Dock)
belonging to Hong Kong United

Dockyards Co. Ltd.

Floating Dock at Tsing Yi Island (Yiu Lian Answering Pennant-YDI No. 1
Dock) belonging to Yiu Lian Dockyards Co. Ltd.

Floating Dock at Tsuen Wan (Yiu Lian No. 2 Answering Pennant-YD2
Dock) belonging to Yiu Lian Dockyards Co. Ltd.

'A' buoys Ans'ering Pennant-A-with
appropriate buoy number
'B' buoys Answering Pennant-B-with
appropriate buoy number
Naval Buoys Answering Pennant-N-with
appropriate buoy number

NINTH SCHEDULE [reg. 38.1

ToWING SIG\ALS

A vessel being towed by lugs shall use the following sound signals on whistle or
siren

1. Conventional Method (Bow and Stern Wires







(i) Tow ahead ...one long blast
(ii) Tow to starboard one long blast followed by one short
.................blast





(iii) Tow to port ......... one long blast followed by two short
....blasts
(iv) Tow astern........... three short blasts
(v) Stop towing........... two long blasts
(vi) Let go ......... one long blast followed by four short
....blasts
(vii) Steering tug take up
stern position............ four short blasts

2. Alongside Method

(a) If two tugs are engaged alongside

(i) Tow ahead......... 1 one long blast
(ii) Tow to starboard ......... one long blast followed by one short
...blast
(iii) Tow to port ......... one lone blast followed by two short
...blasts
(iv) Tow astern ......... three short blasts
(v) Stop towing ........ two long blasts (vi) Let go .......
one long blast followed by four short
...blasts

(b) If three tugs are engaged alongside

Any signal intended for the after tug op7~t. will be preceded by the signal

one short hlast.lolloit.ed hi. one long hlast

(c) If four tugs are engaged alongside

Any signal intended for the after two tugs oii~i. will be preceded by the
signal

one short hlavt.f(?llo;t,ed hY one long hlasi

TENTH SCHEDULE [regs. 2 6 1.1

PART I

SIGNALS STATIONS

Name Location

1. Waglan Signal Station latitude 22' 1 V OW'
north.

longitude 114' 18' 0Y east.

2. B] ufr Point Signal Station latitude 22' 11' 5T' north.
longitude 114' 12' 45' east.
3. Green Island Signal Station latitude 22' 17' 11 'north.
longitude 114' 06' 3T' cast.
4. North Point Signal Station latitude 22' 17' 45' north.
longitude 114' 11' 54.5 cast.
5. Port Communications Centre latitude 22' 17' 21 north.

Signal Station longitude 114' 09' 0Y east.





PART 11

CALLING-IN POPT

1. Eastern Approaches

Waglan Lighthouse Tathong
Point Hak Kok Tau (Cape
Collinson) Lei Yuc Mun
Eastern Quarantine
Anchorage.

2. Weslern Approaches

Po Toi Island Lamma Channel
Separation Buoy No. 1 Larnma Patch
Buoy Green Island Western Quarantine
Anchorage.

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE [regs. 68 69.1

PART 1

PROHIBIM) FisHi\G AREAS

The following areas of the waters of Hong Kong are prohibited fishing areas
for the purposes ofregulation 68

1 The direct approaches to the Lei Yuc Mun Pass.

2. The direct approaches to the Sulphur Channel,

3. Any, principal fairway.

4.Any area at or near which a notice prohibiting fishing is conspicuously
posted hs, order of the Director.

PART 11

AREAS WHFRE BRIGHT LIGHT FISHING 15 PERMITTED UNDER
REGULATION 69

1. Mirs Bar, Tolo Harbour and Pori Shcher-The waters of Hong Kong
bounded on the south by a straight line drawn from Mirs Point, latitude 22' 27' 06'
north, longitude 114' 30' OT' cast. to the south eastern extremity of East Ninepin
Island (Tung Kwo Chau). thence a straight line drawn 1-381 to the south eastern
extremity of South Ninepin Island (Nam Kwo Chau). thence a straight line drawn
278' to tu Tau Point (Fat Tong Kok).

2. Tseting Kivan 0 or Junk Ba i-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the
south and west by a straight line drawn from a position to the south of Titi Keng
Wan. latitude '2' IS' 1W north. longitude 114' 15' 10 cast. to the western extremity
of Junk Island (Fat Tau Chau). thence a straight line drawn 090' to meet the
mainland.

3. Deep Bay-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on '.he west by a straight line
drawn from South West Point. latitude 22 28 30 north. longitude 1131 52 50
cast, to Black Point (Lan Kok Tsui)





4. Castle Peak-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight
line drawn 0971 from Pillar Point (Mong Hau Shek) to Brother's Point (Tai Lam
Kok).

5. North Lantau-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the north by a straight
line drawn from the headland on the western side of Luk Keng Bay, latitude 22' 20'
07 north, longitude 114' 01' 04' east, to the southern extremity of East Brother
Island (Siu Mo To), thence a straight line drawn 248' to the southernmost
extremity of West Brother Island (Tai Mo To), thence a straight line drawn 254'
to the northernmost extremity of Chek Lap Kok Island and a straight line drawn
from the westernmost extremity of Chek Lap Kok Island. latitude 22' 18' 5Y
north. longitude 114' 55'24'cast, to the headland, latitude 22' IT42' north.
longitude (1B) 53' 45' cast, near Sha lo Wan.

6~ North Lantau-The waters of Hong Kong bounded by a straight line drawn
from the headland. latitude 22' 20' 57 north, longitude 114' 02' 36' cast, near
Kwai Shek to a headland at latitude 22120' IT' north, longitude 114' 0 V 54' east.

7. East Lantau-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the cast by a straight
line drawn from a small unnamed island (25 feet) in latitude 221 19' 54' north,
longitude 114' 03' 24' east to the north eastern extremity of Kau Yi Chau and
thence from the south eastern extremity of Kau Yi Chau a straight line drawn
2181 to the south eastern extremity of Hei Ling Chau, thence a line drawn to a
headland at latitude 22' 13' 55' north, longitude 1141 01' 06' east. Lantau Island

8. South Lawau-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight
line drawn from a headland. latitude 22' 12' 5W north, longitude (1B) 59' 06,' cast,
to the south cast of Mong Fung Wan, to a headland at latitude 220 12AT' north,
longtitude 1131 55'43' cast. cast of Lo Kei Wan.

9. South Lantau-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the south by a straight
line drawn from a headland. latitude 22' 12' 3W north. longitude 1131 54' 37' cast,
to the west of Lo Kei Wan to a headland at latitude 22' 1 V 54---north. longitude
113' 5 V OW cast. cast of Kau Ling Chung.

10. The Soko Islands and West Lamma Channel-The waters of Hong Kong
bounded on the west by a straight line drawn from the northern extremity of Siu A
Chau, latitude 22' 1 V 2Y north, longitude 113' 54' 13' cast. to a small unnamed
island (98 feet) in latitude 22' 10' 24' north, longitude (1B) 53' 5V cast thence a
straight line drawn to a position at latitude 22' 09' OW north and longitude (1B)
53, 47' east.

11. The Soko Islands and West Lamina Channel-The waters of Hong Kong
bounded on the south by a straight line drawn from position latitude 221 09' 00'
north, longitude (1B) 53' 47' east, to a position latitude 22' 09' OW north,
longitude 114' 08' 5V east.

12. The Soko Islands and West Lamma Channel-The waters of Hong Kong
bounded on the east by a straight line drawn 360' from a position at latitude 22' 09,
00' north, longitude 114' 08' 51' east to Yuen Kok, south eastern extremity of
Lamma Island thence along the coast line from Yuen Kok to Wong Chuk Kok,
thence by a straight line drawn from Wong Chuk Kok to a position at latitude 22'
14' 2V north and longitude 1141 OT 12' east.

13. The Soko Islands and West Lamma Channel-The waters of Hong Kong
bounded on the north by a straight line drawn from the headland at latitude 22' 14,
34' north, longitude 114' 06' 5T' cast to the north eastern extremity of Cheung
Chau Island, latitude 22' 13' 37 north, longitude 114' 01' 5T' cast. and a straight
line drawn from the south western extremity of Cheung Chau Island. latitude 22'
11' 51' north, longitude 114' 01' OT' cast, to the south western extremity of Shek
Kwu Chau, latitude 22' 11' 24' north, longitude 113' 59' 18' cast. thence a straight
line drawn 270' to the northern extremity of Siu A Chau.

14. Hong Kong Island (South)-The waters of Hong Kong bounded on the west
by a straight line drawn from the headland at Waterfall Bay, latitude 22' 15' IT'






north, longitude 114' OT 48' cast, thence to the south western extremity of Ap
Lei Pai, latitude 221 13' 50' north, longitude 114' 09' 3Y cast, thence a straight
line drawn 126' to Wong Ma Kok (Bluff Head) thence a straight line drawn 075' to
Hok Tsui (Cape D'Agui[ar).





15. Hong Kong Island (South)-The waters of Hong Kong bounded by a
straight line drawn 037' from the easternmost extremity of Po Toi Island to the
south eastern extremity of Sung Kong Island and by a straight line drawn 2701
from the north eastern extremity of Sung Kong Island to the north eastern
extremity of Lo Chau (Beaufort Island) and by a straight line drawn 157 from the
southern extremity of Lo Chau (Beaufort Island) to the southern extremity of Po
Toi Island.

TWELFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 71.1

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

Notice under section 77 of the Shipping and Port
Control
Ordinance to be served on a Master of a vessel
alleged to have committed an offence

To ...............................
............................................

master of (h) ...............................................................................................

1,......(c) .......................................................... ........ ..............

(d) . . ...**** ... .... . .***

(being an officer of the Marine Department of the rank of Marine Inspector Class 11

or above), have reasons to suspect that you on the day

of ............................................ 19 at about
*a.m. p.m.

did (c) ....................................................................................
...........................................

at/in (f) .............................. ....................................................................
.............................

in the waters of Hong Kong, thereby committing an offence under section

(g) ........... of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance*

regulation W ......................... of the Shipping and Port
Control

Regulations particulars of which are *below overleaf (111 ...................

2. Pursuant to section 77 of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance. 1
hereby serve you with notice that you are required to be and appear on the

....................day of ......19 at

*a.m. p.m. at the Magistrate's Court at ... ................. 1.1 *Hong
Kong

Kowloon before such magistrate as may then be there. to answer to the alleged
offence and to be dealt with according to law.

Dated this .............day of ............ 19

..................................... 1







Officer of the Marine Department

Rank .........................................................
WARNING:If you fail to appear at the time and place mentioned in paragraph 2
of this notice

(a) The magistrate may issue his warrant for your arrest; and

(b)you may have to pay the costs of such warrant not
exceeding 5400 in addition to any other penalty which on
conviction may be imposed on you.

delete whichever is not applicable.

Notes: (a) insert full name of the master of the vessel alleged to have committed the offence:
(b) insert the name of the vessel
insert name of the officer of the Marine Department serving notice.
(d) insert rank of such officer of the Marine Department.
(e) insert particulars of the offence alleged

place at which the alleged offence was committed: (g) insert the section
of the Ordinance or the regulation. contravened (h) insert the relevant
provisions of the section or regulation contravened: (i) to be signed by the
officer serving this notice.

This notice is to he completed in
duplicate.





The original is to be served personally on the offending master or may, be handed
personally to the senior officer on board the vessel or to the person appearing to
be in charge or command of the vessel at the time of service.

This notice was served by me at on

the .day of ............................... 19 at

...................................... .........................................
*a.m./p.m. by handing the same personally
to ................................... who stated himself in

............. (language) to be

and who appeared to understand the contents thereof.

................

(Signature of the officer of the

Marine Department
serving the
notice)

.Dated .
.(o verleaf)

Particulars of the section of the
Ordinance
or regulation contravened

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE [regs. 48, 50.
51, 52 others.]
PORT DUES AND FEES
Purpose or service Fees
5

The following port dues, fees and charges shall be payble

1. Anchorage dues

For a ship lying at anchor, per 100 tons or part thereof,
per day or part of a day

(a) Whilst lying in the limits of Victoria port 37.00 up to and
.............................including 31
.............................March 1986 and
.............................545.00 thereafter
(b) Whilst lying elsewhere in the waters of Hong Kong 19.00 up to and
.............................including 31
.............................March 1986 and
.............................530.00 thereafter
2..............................Buoy dues-
For each day or part of a day that a buoy is occupied or
reserved-
(a) A Class A buoy ..........2. 100.00 up to
.............................and including
.............................31 March 1986
.............................and $2,400.00
.............................thereafter
(b) A Class B buoy ..........1,400.00 up to
.............................and including
.............................31 March 1986
.............................and S 1,600.00
.............................thereafter






Note: (1)A buoy may be reserved up to a maximum of 2
days in advance of a vessel's estimated time of
arrival.
1985 ED CAP 313 A48 1985 ED CAP 313 A49




Purpose or service Fees
S

6. Registers and records-
The following fees shall be payble-
(a) For a search in the registers and records on behalf of an
applicant ........................75.00
(b) For any certified extract or copy of a document 100.00
(c) For each uncertified sheet of a Rank Xerox (or similar)
copy of a document ...............5.00

7. Charges for service outside office hours

Where any officer of the Marine Department is required to
perform any service referred to in this Schedule either at the
Marine Department, or at any other place at Hong Kong
outside office hours, there shall be payable. in addition to the
fee prescribed for the service required, the following
charges-
(a) On weekdays from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. or 5 p.m. to 7 p.m.
(per hour per official) ........400.00

(b) On weekdays before 7 a.m. or after 7 p.m. and on

Saturdays after noon (per hour per official) ....... 800.00

(c) On Sundays and public holidays (per hour per official) 1.200.00

Note:A service occupying less than an hour will be charged for as one hour.
according to the scale. Where a service occupies more than one hour but
not an exact number of hours. the charge will be

(a)if the period in excess of an exact number of hours is 30 minutes or
less, half the appropriate fee for one houn

(b) if the period in excess is more than 30 minutes. the appropriate fee

for one hour.
8. Fishing licence fees-
(a) For the erection and maintenance of each inshore or
offshore stake net ...............120.00
(b) For the operation of each beach seine net 120.00
L.N. 274/78. L.N. 95/79. L.N. 98/79. L.N. 297/80. 46 of 1981. L.N. 150/82. L.N. 69/83. L.N. 118/83. L.N. 78/84. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 236/85. L.N. 237/85. L.N. 293/78. Citation. Interpretation. Sixth Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Seventh Schedule. (Cap. 115.) Seventh Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Third Schedule. Seventy Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Seventh Schedule. Seventh Schedule. Interpretation. Application. Possession of radiotelephone equipment. First Schedule. V.H.F. contact with Port Communications Centre. Initial report to Port Communications Centre. Further reports to Port Communications Centre. Language of reports. Reference to time. Listening watch on radiotelephone. Directions from Port Communications Centre. Authorization to deviate from this Part. Deviation from this Part in emergencies. Failure of radiotelephone contact. Penalties. Traffic separation schemes. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Navigation in Victoria port. Speed of vessels. Fourth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Stopping of vessels. Restriction on embarkation or disembarkation of pilots. Master to report arrival. Entry into restricted areas, etc. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Navigation near the Victoria Naval Basin. Embarkation and loading, etc. Manning of ships. Obtaining or port clearance. Failure to depart on obtaining port clearance. Notification regarding dead ships. Information regarding dead ships. Notification regarding laid-up vessels. Information regarding laid-up ships. Identification and display of signals. Eighth Schedule. Display of flags 'S' over the code pennant. Signals on police launches. Signals for fire or police assistance. Vessels handling explosives or petroleum. (Cap. 295, sub. leg.) Towing signals. Ninth Schedule. Lights on junks, etc. Lighting of piers, etc. Anchoring of vessels. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 115.) (Cap. 141.) (Cap. 295.) Mooring to buoys. Use of Government buoys and moorings. Berthing of vessels. Vessels alongside berthed vessels. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) Berthing, etc. at Government piers. Use of piers. Laying of private moorings. Thirteenth Schedule. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. Thirteenth Schedule. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. Port dues and fees. Thirteenth Schedule. Anchorage dues. Thirteenth Schedule. Mooring buoy dues. Thirteenth Schedule. Fees. Thirteenth Schedule. Tonnage of vessels liable to pay port dues or fees. Issue and production of receipt for port dues and fees. Tables of port dues and fees. Discharge and storage of logs and timber. Towing of logs. Approval of timber storage pounds. Identification marks on logs. Removal, etc. of logs and other objects. Signal stations. Tenth Schedule. Use of naked lights and oil. Use of lights. Transport or disposal of things unlawfully obtained, etc. Minor prohibitions. Control over races, etc., in the waters of Hong Kong. Control over water-skiing and speed of vessels. Control of fishing. Eleventh Schedule. Thirteenth Schedule. Control of bright light fishing. Eleventh Schedule. Notification and control of marine works. Form. Twelfth Schedule. Power to amend Schedules. L.N. 236/85. 7 L.N. 297/80. L.N. 237/85. L.N. 150/82. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 95/79. L.N. 95/79. 46 of 1981, s. 15. L.N. 98/79. L.N. 69/83. L.N. 118/83. L.N. 78/84. L.N. 127/85. (Cap. 104.)

Abstract

L.N. 274/78. L.N. 95/79. L.N. 98/79. L.N. 297/80. 46 of 1981. L.N. 150/82. L.N. 69/83. L.N. 118/83. L.N. 78/84. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 236/85. L.N. 237/85. L.N. 293/78. Citation. Interpretation. Sixth Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Seventh Schedule. (Cap. 115.) Seventh Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Third Schedule. Seventy Schedule. Tenth Schedule. Seventh Schedule. Seventh Schedule. Interpretation. Application. Possession of radiotelephone equipment. First Schedule. V.H.F. contact with Port Communications Centre. Initial report to Port Communications Centre. Further reports to Port Communications Centre. Language of reports. Reference to time. Listening watch on radiotelephone. Directions from Port Communications Centre. Authorization to deviate from this Part. Deviation from this Part in emergencies. Failure of radiotelephone contact. Penalties. Traffic separation schemes. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Navigation in Victoria port. Speed of vessels. Fourth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Stopping of vessels. Restriction on embarkation or disembarkation of pilots. Master to report arrival. Entry into restricted areas, etc. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Navigation near the Victoria Naval Basin. Embarkation and loading, etc. Manning of ships. Obtaining or port clearance. Failure to depart on obtaining port clearance. Notification regarding dead ships. Information regarding dead ships. Notification regarding laid-up vessels. Information regarding laid-up ships. Identification and display of signals. Eighth Schedule. Display of flags 'S' over the code pennant. Signals on police launches. Signals for fire or police assistance. Vessels handling explosives or petroleum. (Cap. 295, sub. leg.) Towing signals. Ninth Schedule. Lights on junks, etc. Lighting of piers, etc. Anchoring of vessels. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 115.) (Cap. 141.) (Cap. 295.) Mooring to buoys. Use of Government buoys and moorings. Berthing of vessels. Vessels alongside berthed vessels. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) Berthing, etc. at Government piers. Use of piers. Laying of private moorings. Thirteenth Schedule. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. Thirteenth Schedule. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. L.N. 127/85. Port dues and fees. Thirteenth Schedule. Anchorage dues. Thirteenth Schedule. Mooring buoy dues. Thirteenth Schedule. Fees. Thirteenth Schedule. Tonnage of vessels liable to pay port dues or fees. Issue and production of receipt for port dues and fees. Tables of port dues and fees. Discharge and storage of logs and timber. Towing of logs. Approval of timber storage pounds. Identification marks on logs. Removal, etc. of logs and other objects. Signal stations. Tenth Schedule. Use of naked lights and oil. Use of lights. Transport or disposal of things unlawfully obtained, etc. Minor prohibitions. Control over races, etc., in the waters of Hong Kong. Control over water-skiing and speed of vessels. Control of fishing. Eleventh Schedule. Thirteenth Schedule. Control of bright light fishing. Eleventh Schedule. Notification and control of marine works. Form. Twelfth Schedule. Power to amend Schedules. L.N. 236/85. 7 L.N. 297/80. L.N. 237/85. L.N. 150/82. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 29/85. L.N. 95/79. L.N. 95/79. 46 of 1981, s. 15. L.N. 98/79. L.N. 69/83. L.N. 118/83. L.N. 78/84. L.N. 127/85. (Cap. 104.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3190

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

50
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:41 +0800
<![CDATA[SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3189

Title

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

Description






ON

LAWS OF HONG
KONG

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 313

OF

REVISED EDITION 1986

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





CHAPTER 313

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
Section ..................... Page
PART I
PRELIMINARY

1. Short title............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
2. Interpretation...................1 ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
3. Application ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART II

PORT FACILITIES

4. Installation of Government port facilities ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

5. Use of port facilities ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

6. Restriction on installation of private port facilities, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 7

7. Damage, etc., to aids to navigation ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
8. Liability for damage to port facilities, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

9. Power to require removal of unauthorized lights and signs ... ... ... 8

PART III

CONTROL OVER VESSELS AND
PORTS

10. Application of the international regulations for preventing collisions at sea ... 8

11........................Refusal of permission to enter or leave ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

12. Power to detain vessels ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

13........................Penalty for taking detained vessel to sea ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

14. Director to be allowed to board ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

15............................Port clearance to be obtained before departure ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

16. Power to give directions .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
17. Ships to anchor in ports .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

18. Dead ships ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
19. Laid-up vessels ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

20. Beaching, etc. of vessels .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

21. Removal, etc. of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels .... ... ... ... 13

22. Notice of change of ownership of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels ... 14

23. Foreign vessels, etc . ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

PART IV

LICENSED VESSELS

24. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
25. Application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15






26. Licensing of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16





Section..................................... Page

27...........................Offences in relation to the carrying of passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

28..................Offences in respect of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

29......................................Local certificates of competency for persons employed as masters, etc . ... 17

30. Cancellation or suspension of local certificates of competency on grounds of

incompetency, etc. ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

31. Offences relating to local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

32.........................Surrender of local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

33.........Regulations ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

34.......................Recovery of penalty by sale of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

35..................Saving of certain regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

PART V

REPAIRS OR BREAKING UP OF VESSELS AND CARGO
HANDLING

36............Interpretation .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

37.........Application .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

38................Appointment of inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

39.....................Powers of Director and inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

40................................Restriction on carrying out repairs or breaking up of vessels ... ... ... ... 26

41............Safe atmosphere ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

42.............................Directions regarding repairs or breaking up of vessels ... ... ... ... ... 26
43.............................Prohibition against use of dangerous equipment, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 27

44..................................Prohibition against carrying out works in dangerous conditions ... ... ... 28

PART VI

POLLUTION OF
WATER

45............Interpretation .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

46...........................Discharge of oil into the waters of Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

47................Defences under section 46 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

48.............................Duty to report discharge of oil into Hong Kong waters ... ... ... ... ... 30
48A............................Discharges under the Water Pollution Control Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... 30
PART VII
POLLUTION OF AIR
49. Interpretation 30
50. Emission of smoke from vessels 30

51. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

PART VIII







PORT DUES

52. Port dues and remissions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
53. Payment of port dues ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
54. Failure to pay port dues ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
55. Recovery of port dues by seizure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32





Section..................................... Page

PARTIX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

56..............Power to declare ports .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

57. Power of Governor to give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

58................Delegation by Director ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32
59................Powers of authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33
60................Powers of investigating officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

60A. Powers of authorized officers to enter premises, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

60B......................Obligation to give certain information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

60C..........................Proof of identity of master, etc. in proceedings ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
61...........................Giving of directions and offence of non-compliance ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
62...........................Director may give effect to directions in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

63.......................Director's general power of exemption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
64.......................Director's permission to do restricted acts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

65..................Compliance by master or owner ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

66.......Appeals .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

67..................Duty to report collisions, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

68. Notification prior to arrival of damaged vessels, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

69..................Duty to report fires on vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41
70..................Boarding ships without authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

71..............Cutting of moorings .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

72. Endangering the safety of others ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

72A...............Beaching or scuttling vessel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

73. Discharge, storage, etc. of logs and other timber ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

74.........Obstruction ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43
75.........False information ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43
76. Use of official log book in evidence 43
77. Notice to appear before a magistrate in respect of offences 44

78. Service of documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45
79. Indemnity against damage, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 46
80. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46
81. Validation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48

Schedule. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 49





CHAPTER 313

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL

To provide for the regulation and control of ports and of vessels in
Hong Kong or in the waters of Hong Kong, the regulation and
control of repairs and breaking up of vessels, cargo handling on
vessels, pollution caused by vessels, and for other matters affect-
ing vessels and navigation in the waters of Hong Kong.
(Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 2)
[29 December 1978.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

,,agent' means any person acting in Hong Kong as agent for the owner
of a vessel for the purposes of this Ordinance;

,laid to navigation' means a lighthouse, beacon or buoy, and any
cables, wires and other forms of communication apparatus
connected or used with a lighthouse, beacon or buoy;

,,authorized officer' means

(a)the Director and any public officer of the Marine Department
of or above the rank of Marine Inspector Class 11; (Amended,
46 of 1981, s. 3)

(b)any police officer of or above the rank of Sergeant; and
(Amended, 60 of 1979, s. 2)

(c)any public officer authorized in writing in this behalf by the
Director;

'beacon' means any light, mark or sign established as an aid to
navigation, other than a lighthouse or buoy;

'buoy' means any floating light, mark or sign established as an aid to
navigation, other than a lighthouse or beacon;

'cargo' means any goods, ships' stores, provisions and equipment, mail
and passengers' baggage, carried, or intended to be carried, in or
on a vessel;

'cargo handling means

(a)the loading of cargo on, or the unloading of cargo from, a
vessel;

(b) the transfer of cargo within a vessel; or

(c)the hoisting, lowering, moving and handling of cargo or any
other thing in any manner, on or from a vessel;





'dangerous goods' means the substances and articles which are
specified in the Schedule to the Dangerous Goods (Classifica tion)
Regulations;

'dead ship' means any ship exceeding 50 metres in length, other than a
laid-up vessel, which

(a) is, for any reason, unable to proceed under its own power;

(b)is, for any reason, unable to manoeuvre with its own steering
gear;

(c) is, for any reason, unable to work its own anchors; or

(d)has any part of the hull structure removed, or under repair,
which may affect the water-tight integrity of the ship;

'Director' means the Director of Marine;

'dynamically supported craft' means a craft that is operable on or
above water and the weight of which, or a significant part thereof,
is balanced in one mode of operation by other than hydrostatic
forces;

'international regulations for preventing collisions at sea' means
the international regulations for preventing collisions at sea
made under section 418 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894
(including any amendments thereto), or any regulations replac-
ing those regulation;

'junk' includes any vessel

(a) of Chinese or other Asiatic build, construction or rig;

(b)of Chinese or other Asiatic build and constuction but of
European rig; or

(c)of European build and construction, but of Chinese or other
Asiatic rig,

whether such vessel is of a sea-going type or not and whether
mechanically propelled or not;

1aid-up vessel' means any vessel exceeding 50 metres in length, other
than a dead ship, which remains, or is to remain, within the waters
of Hong Kong through lack of employment or pending the outcome
of any legal proceedings before any court;

'lighthouse' includes a lightship and any floating or other light
exhibited for the guidance of ships, other than a beacon or buoy;

'master', in relation to a vessel other than a vessel to which Part IV
applies, means the person (except a pilot) having for the time being
command or charge of the vessel;

'mooring' includes a mooring dolphin or post, buoy, pontoon, floating
pier or other floating structure used for the mooring of vessels or to
assist in the embarkation or disembarkation to or from vessels;





,,owner'

(a) in relation to a vessel, means-

(i) the person or persons registered or licensed as the owner
of the vessel, or in the absence of registration or licensing, the
person or persons owning the vessel, except that in relation to
a vessel owned by a State which is operated by a person
registered as the vessel's operator, it means the person
registered as its operator; or

(ii) a demise charterer of the vessel; and

(b) in relation to cargo, includes-

(i) the consignor, consignee or shipper of the cargo; and

(ii) the agent of the owner of the cargo;

'pilot' means the person who is a pilot within the meaning of the
Pilotage Ordinance;

'place on land' means

(a) any premises, building or vehicle on land;

(b)any building, structure or object erected or placed on the bed
or shore of the sea; or

(c)anything afloat (other than a vessel) if it is anchored or
attached to the bed or shore of the sea;

'port' means any area of the waters of Hong Kong which is declared to
be a port under section 56;

'port dues' means any due, fee or charge payable under this Ordinance
in respect of a vessel which enters the waters of Hong Kong or
uses any port facility;

'port facility' means any aid to navigation, mooring or signal station;

'river trade limits' means

(a)the waters in the vicinity of Hong Kong within the following
boundaries

(i) to the East, meridian 114 30 East;

(ii) to the South, parallel 221 09 North; and

(iii) to the West, meridian 113 31 East; and

(b)all inland waterways in the provinces of Kwangtung and
Kwangsi on the mainland of China to which access can be
obtained by water from the area defined in paragraph (a);

',ship' means any vessel used in navigation other than a vessel
propelled by oars or a junk;

',signal station' means a signal station so specified by regulations made
under this Ordinance;

'tidal water' means any part of the sea or of a river within the ebb and
flow of the tide at ordinary spring tides;





'tons' and 'tonnage' mean tons and tonnage as calculated according
to British measurement of registered tonnage;

,'vessel' includes

(a)any ship, junk, boat, dynamically supported craft, seaplane, or
any other description of vessel used in navigation; and

(b)any other description of vessel in Hong Kong or in the waters
of Hong Kong not used in navigation or not constructed or
adapted for use in navigation; (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 3)

'waters of Hong Kong' means all tidal waters, navigable or not, within
the boundaries of Hong Kong specified in the Second Schedule to
the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance.

3. (1) This Ordinance shall, except where otherwise specially
provided, apply to all vessels in Hong Kong or in the waters of Hong
Kong, including vessels for the time being used by the Hong Kong
Government and all warships and ships for the time being used by Her
Majesty's Government or the Government of any State. (Amended, 46 of
1981, s. 4)

(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall derogate from the provisions of
any other law.

PART II

PORT FACILITIES

4. The Director may lay, place, erect and maintain under his control
in the waters of Hong Kong such port facilities as he thinks fit.

5. (1) Subject to any other provision of this Ordinance, no person
shall use a port facility otherwise than for the purpose for which it is
provided.

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

6. (1) Subject to subsection (2), except with the written permission
of the Director, no person shall lay, place, erect or maintain a port
facility or any floating or other structure in the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) The Director may, by notice in the Gazette, specify any area of
the waters of Hong Kong in which any floating or other structure
specified in the notice may be laid, placed, erected or maintained without
the permission of the Director.

(3) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(4) Without prejudice to the liability for an offence under
subsection (3), the Director may give such directions as he thinks fit





for the removal, moving or modification of a port facility or any floating
or other structure laid, placed, erected or maintained in contravention of
subsection (1).

7. (1) Any person who wilfully or negligently-

(a)removes, alters, damages, destroys, or interferes with, any aid
to navigation or mooring; or

(b) makes fast to any aid to navigation,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(2) If an offence under subsection (1) is committed by a person on
or in respect of a vessel, then, in addition to that person, the owner and
the master of the vessel commit an offence and each of them is liable to a
fine of $5,000.

8. (1) Where any damage is caused by a vessel to any port facility,
pier, breakwater or other property owned by the Government, the owner
and the master of the vessel shall, without prejudice to the liability for
an offence under this Ordinance, be jointly and severally liable for any
loss arising out of the damage to the extent that such loss is attributable
to any fault on the part of the vessel or to any wilful or negligent act of
any person on the vessel.

(2) Such loss may be recovered by the Director as a civil debt.

9. The Director may direct an owner or his agent or the master of
any vessel, or any person who appears to him to be the owner or
occupier of a place on land, at or from which there is exhibited a light or
illuminated sign which, in the opinion of the Director--

(a)obscures, restricts or interferes with, or is likely to obscure,
restrict or interfere with, the functions or use of any signal.
station or aid to navigation;

(b)is likely to be mistaken for a light or signal proceeding from
any signal station or aid to navigation; or

(e)in any way interferes with, or is likely to interfere with, the safe
navigation of vessels in the waters of Hong Kong,

to remove the light or illuminated sign or to extinguish or screen it in the
manner specified in the direction.

PART Ill

CONTROL OVER VESSELS AND PORTS

10. (1) The international regulations for preventing collisions
at sea shall apply to all vessels within the waters of Hong Kong,
subject to any special provision in or under this Ordinance relating
to any requirement contained in such regulations.

(2) If a contravention of the international regulations for
preventing collisions at sea as applied under subsection (1) is caused




within the waters of Hong Kong b the wilful default of the master
of a vessel, the master commits a offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(3) If an injury to a person or damage to property arises within
the waters of Hong Kong from a contravention of the international
regulations for preventing collisions at sea as applied under subsec-
tion (1), the injury or damage shall be deemed to have been caused
by the wilful default of the person in charge of the deck of the vessel
at the time, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the court that the
circumstances of the case made a departure from the regulations
necessary.

11. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Ordinance, the
Director may, if he is satisfied that there is reason for doing so, refuse
permission for a vessel, or class, type or description of vessel, to enter
or leave the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) Where a vessel is refused permission under subsection (1) to
leave the waters of Hong Kong, the Director shall inform the owner or
his agent or the master of the vessel of the grounds on which the
permission has been refused.

(3) Where a vessel which is refused permission under subsection
(1) to enter or leave the waters of Hong Kong so enters or leaves, as the
case may be, the owner and the master of the vessel commit an offence
and each of them is liable to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for
one year.

(4) This section does not apply to any warship or other ship for the
time being used by Her Majesty's Government other than for commercial
purposes.

12. (1) Where

(a) a vessel is refused permission to leave the waters of Hong

Kong under section 11; or

(b) it is provided in this Ordinance that under specified condi

tions a vessel shall not leave any port or the waters of Hong
Kong,

the Director may take such steps as are necessary to detain the vessel
in such port or waters.

(2) If the Director incurs any cost in detaining a vessel under
subsection (1), he may recover the cost

(a) as a civil debt from the owner or master of the vessel; or

(b) under section 55 as if the cost represented port dues

~c oc

payable in respect of the vessel.

(3) Where any foreign vessel is detained under subsection (1),
notice thereof shall be given to the consular officer for the State to
which the vessel belongs, and if there is no such consular officer to the
master of the vessel, and such notice shall specify the grounds on
which the vessel has been detained.





13. (1) If a vessel which is detained under section 12 proceeds
to sea the master, and the owner or his agent if he is party or privy to
such action, commit an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of
550,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Where a vessel proceeds to sea in contravention of subsec-
tion (1) whilst having on board a public officer who is acting in the
execution of his duty-

(a)the master and the owner or his agent, in addition to
committing an offence under subsection (1), commit an
offence under this subsection and each of them is liable to a
fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months, and to
an additional fine of $1,000 for each day during the period
from the date on which the vessel proceeded to sea until the
date on which the officer is returned to Hong Kong or, if he
does not return directly to Hong Kong, would have
returned if he had travelled by the quickest practicable
route; and

(b)the master and the owner and his agent shall be jointly and
severally liable to pay all expenses incidental to the taking
of the officer to sea and to securing his return to Hong
Kong, and all such expenses may be recovered in the same
manner as a fine.

14. (1) When a ship arrives within the waters of Hong Kong,
the master of the ship shall allow and assist the Director to board the
ship as soon as he comes alongside the ship and shall give to the
Director such information as he may be required to give under this
Ordinance.

(2) Any master or officer of a ship who-

(a)fails to allow, or fails to assist, the Director to board the
ship; or

(b) delays or impedes the, Director from boarding the ship,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

15. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no vessel shall proceed to sea
unless there is in relation to the vessel a valid port clearance in
writing obtained in the prescribed manner.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply-

(a)to any warship or other ship for the time being used by Her
Majesty's Government or the Government of any State for
other than commercial purposes;

(b)to any vessel for the time being used by the Hong Kong
Government;

(c)to any vessel of a class that is exempted by the Director by
notice in the Gazette from the operation of this section;





(d)to any vessel that is obliged to leave any port or the waters of
Hong Kong due to weather conditions, or other circumstances
beyond the control of its master, in the interests of safety of
the vessel, its cargo, crew or passengers.

(3) If subsection (1) is contravened, the master commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

16. The Director may give to an owner or his agent or to a master
of, or other person who appears to the Director to be in control over, a
vessel such directions as he thinks fit in any particular case

(a)for controlling the vessel when entering or leaving the waters
of Hong Kong;

(b)for controlling the navigation and movement of the vessel in
the waters of Hong Kong;

(c)as to the place and manner in which the vessel shall be
berthed, moored, anchored or secured;

(d)for the removal of the vessel from any berth, mooring or
anchorage to another berth, mooring or anchorage;

(e)prohibiting the berthing, mooring or anchoring of the vessel in
any particular place;

(f)for ensuring the safety of, or preventing the outbreak of fire
on, the vessel in the waters of Hong Kong. (Amended, 46 of
1981, s. 5)

17. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no ship or junk shall, except with
the permission of the Director, anchor at any place in the waters of
Hong Kong other than in a port or at a specified anchorage specified in
the Third Schedule to the Pilotage Ordinance. (Amended, 29 of 1985, s.
8)

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply where a ship or junk anchors at
any place in the waters of Hong Kong, other than in a place in which
anchoring is expressly restricted or prohibited under this Ordinance,
because of stress of weather or other sufficient cause.

(3) If subsection (1) is contravened, the master commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

18. (1) No dead ship shall, except with the permission of the
Director, enter, or be brought into, the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) Subject to subsection (4), no dead ship shall, except with the
written permission of the Director, be berthed, moored or anchored at
any place in the waters of Hong Kong.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), no owner, agent or master of a ship
which is within the waters of Hong Kong shall, except with the written
permission of the Director, carry out, or cause to be carried





out, any maintenance or repair work on the ship which will result in the
ship becoming a dead ship.

(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to a dead ship which is
drydocked or within the precincts of, or berthed or moored alongside, a
dockyard.

(5) Without prejudice to section 64(5), a permission granted under
this section may be withdrawn or cancelled by the Director at any time if
the dead ship becomes, or is likely to become, a danger to life, other
vessels, port facilities or other property.

1 (6) If without reasonable excuse subsection (1), (2) or (3) is
contravened, the owner or his agent and the master commit an offence
and each of them is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

19. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no laid-up vessel shall, except
with the written permission of the Director, be berthed, moored or
anchored at any place in the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a laid-up vessel which is
drydocked or within the precincts of, or berthed or moored alongside, a
dockyard.

(3) If without reasonable excuse subsection (1) is contravened, the
owner or his agent and the master commit an offence and each of them is
liable to a fine of 10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

20. (1) Where a vessel-

(a) is on fire;

(b) has suffered damage by fire, explosion or collision; or

(c)is disabled, stranded or out of control because of damage, bad
weather or mechanical failure,

the Director may, if he has reasonable grounds to believe that any of the
circumstances specified in subsection (2) prevail, direct the owner or
master of he vessel

(i) to beach the vessel;

(ii) to take the vessel outside the limits of a port; or

(iii) to take such other action as the Director thinks fit.

(2) The circumstances for the purposes of subsection (1) are that
the vessel

(a)is, or is likely to become, a danger to life, other vessels, aircraft
or navigation;

(b) is causing, or is likely to cause, pollution of the waters of
Hong Kong;

(c)is causing, or is likely to cause, damage to port facilities or
other property.





(3) If without reasonable excuse any direction given under
subsection (1) is not complied with, the owner or master to whom
the direction is given commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $20,000 and to imprisonment for one year.

21. (1) The Director may give to an owner or master of, or
other person who claims or appears to the Director to exercise
control over, a vessel which is stranded, abandoned or sunk in the
waters of Hong Kong such directions as he thinks fits in respect of
the removal, movement, anchoring, mooring, securing, raising or
destruction of the vessel.

(2) If without reasonable excuse any direction given under
subsection (1) is not complied with, the person to whom the
direction is given commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000
and to imprisonment for one year.

(3) The Director may seize and detain a vessel referred to in
subsection (1) together with any cargo and other things on board
if-

(a) a direction given under subsection (1) is not complied with;

(b)after reasonable inquiry he is unable to ascertain the
ownership of the vessel or to trace the owner or master of
the vessel; or

(c)no person claims or appears to the Director to exercise
control over the vessel.

(4) For the purposes of seizing a vessel, cargo or other things
under subsection (3), the Director may take, or cause to be taken,
any action that is necessary including the employment of pilots and
the use of tugs and equipment to remove, move, anchor, moor,
secure or raise the vessel, cargo and other things.

(5) The Director shall publish in the Gazette and in one
English language and one Chinese language newspaper circulating
in Hong Kong a notice of a seizure effected under subsection (3) and
the notice shall specify-

(a)the names (if known to the Director) of the persons whom
the Director believes to be the owner and the master of the
vessel;

(b)the name (if known to the Director) of the person whom
the Director believes to be the owner or otherwise entitled
to the possession of any cargo or other things on board;

(c)a description of the vessel and the place at which it was
seized;

(d) a description of the cargo or other things on board; and

(e)a reasonable period within which and the place at which a
claim shall be submitted to the Director for the release of
the vessel, cargo or other things on board.





(6) If a valid claim to a vessel, cargo or other things seized under
subsection (3) is submitted at any time before a notice is published
under subsection (5) or within the period specified in a notice published
under that subsection, the Director shall, on payment to him of all
expenses involved in the seizure and custody of the vessel, cargo or
other things, as the case may be, release the vessel, cargo or other
things to the claimant.

(7) If the release of a vessel, cargo or other things is not obtained in
pursuance of subsection (6), the Director may sell, or otherwise dispose
of in such manner as he thinks fit, the vessel, cargo or other things, as
the case may be, and in the case of sale the proceeds, after deducting all
expenses payable under subsection (6) and any reasonable expense
incurred in the sale, shall be paid to the person making a valid claim
thereto within one year after the date of sale or forfeited to the Crown if
not claimed within that period.

22. (1) Where the owner of a vessel which is stranded, abandoned
or sunk in the waters of Hong Kong sells the vessel, or otherwise parts
with the ownership of the vessel, he shall forthwith notify the Director
in writing of the name and address of the new owner of the vessel.

(2) Any owner who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

23. Where-

(a)a foreign vessel is stranded, abandoned or sunk in the waters
of Hong Kong; or

(b)a foreign vessel which is stranded, abandoned or sunk near
the coast of Hong Kong, or any part of such vessel or cargo
or other thing belonging thereto, is brought into Hong Kong,

and the owner or master of the vessel, or the owner of the cargo or other
thing, as the case may be, is not in Hong Kong

(i)the consular officer of the country to which the vessel, or in
the case of cargo or other thing to which its owner, may have
belonged; or

(ii) the consular officer of that country authorized in that behalf by
any treaty or arrangement with that country,

shall be deemed to be the agent of the owner of the vessel, cargo or
other thing so far as relates to its custody and disposal.

PART IV

LICENSED VESSELS

24. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

,,crew' means the master and any other person employed or engaged

in any capacity on board a vessel on the business of the vessel;





'dwelling vessel' means a vessel which

(a)is used, constructed or adapted principally for dwelling
purposes;

(b)tends to remain stationary in any area of the waters of Hong
Kong; and

(c)is not required to be licensed as a Class 111 vessel under the
Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations;
(Added, 12 of 1983, s. 2)

'licence', in relation to any vessel to which this Part applies, means a
licence granted under the regulations made under this Part;

local certificate of competency' means a certificate of competency,
issued under this Part; (Added, 36 of 1986, s. 2)

'master' means the person having for the time being command or
charge of the vessel; but where there is no such person or the
vessel is in command or charge of a person under the age of 16, the
person whose name appears as the licensee in the licence granted
in respect of that vessel shall be deemed to be the master thereof,

'passenger' means any person carried in a vessel other than the

crew. (Amended, 36 of 1986, s. 2)

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of 'dwelling
vessel' and of any proceedings in connexion with a dwelling vessel, a
certificate purporting to be signed by or on behalf of the Director that a
vessel is not required to be licensed as a Class 111 vessel under the
Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations shall be proof
thereof unless the contrary be proved. (Added, 12 of 1983, s. 2)

25. (1) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Ordinance,
and subject to subsection (3) and section 35(3), this Part applies to

(a)any vessel regularly employed in trading, or going, within river
trade limits;

(b) any vessel employed in sea fishing;

(c) any vessel possessed or used for pleasure purposes;

(Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 6)

(d)any other description of vessel, whether self-propelled or not,
used in navigation solely within the waters of Hong Kong; and

(e)any other description of vessel in the waters of Hong Kong
not used in navigation or not constructed or adapted for use in
navigation.

(2) This Part shall apply to a vessel specified in subsection (1)
whether or not the vessel is provided with a certificate of registry or
certificate of foreign registry for the purposes of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance.





(3) This Part shall not apply to-

(a)any trawler to which Part XII of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance applies;

(b)any vessel which is for the time being used for any purpose
by Her Majesty's Government, the Hong Kong Govern-
ment or any State;

(e)any vessel authorized by virtue of a Passenger and Safety
Certificate to carry passengers within river trade limits;
and

(d)any vessel referred to in subsection (1)(c) that has never
been launched. (Added, 46 of 1981, s. 6)

26. (1) Subject to section 35, every vessel to which this Part
applies shall be licensed in accordance with the regulations made
under this Part.

(2) If subsection (1) is contravened, the owner and the master
commit an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of $20,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year. (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 7)

(3) Without prejudice to the liability for an offence under this
section, the Director may, in the case of-

(a)a vessel which is not licensed, require the owner of the
vessel to pay, in addition to the prescribed licence fee for
the issue of a licence, the prescribed licence fees which
would have become payable if the vessel had been licensed
from the date the vessel has been without a licence in
contravention of this section; (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 7)

(b)a vessel the licence of which is not renewed from the date
of expiry of the previous licence, require the owner of the
vessel to pay, in addition to the prescribed licence fee
for the renewal of the licence, the prescribed licence fees
which would have become payable if the licence had been
renewed from the date of expiry of the previous licence.

(4) The owner of a vessel may be required to pay the addi-
tional licence fees payable under subsection (3) in respect of a period
prior to the issue or renewal of a licence whether or not he was the
owner of the vessel during that entire period.

(5) The additional licence fees under subsection (3) shall not
be payable in respect of-

(a) any continuous period exceeding 6 months during which
the vessel has not been in use if the owner of the vessel
produces evidence to that effect to the satisfaction of the
Director; or 1

(b)any period during which the licence of the vessel was
terminated by notice to the Director.





27. (1) No unlicensed vessel shall carry any passenger.

(2) No licensed vessel shall carry any passenger unless the
conditions of its licence permit the carriage of passengers.

(3) No licensed vessel shall carry more passengers and crew than
may lawfully be carried under the conditions of its licence.

(4) If without reasonable excuse subsection (1) or (2) is
contravened, the owner or his agent and the master commit an offence
and each of them is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years, and to an additional fine of $5,000 in respect of each passenger
carried on the vessel in contravention of the subsection.

(5) If without reasonable excuse subsection (3) is contravened, the
owner or his agent and the master commit an offence and each of them
is liable to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for one year, and to an
additional fine of $2,000 in respect of each person carried in excess of
the number that may lawfully be carried.

28. (1) Any person who places on any safety valve of a vessel a
pressure greater than that allowed under the conditions of its licence, or
would have been allowed if the vessel had been licensed, commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Any owner or master of a vessel who permits the vessel to
operate while in an unseaworthy or unsafe condition, whether by reason
of overloading or from any other cause whatsoever, commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(3) Without prejudice to any other penalty, the owner or master
who commits a breach of any condition of the licence commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of 10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

29. (1) The Director shall cause examinations to be conducted for
the grant of local certificates of competency required to be held by
persons employed as masters or deck or engineering crew on vessels,
and shall appoint examiners for that purpose. (Amended, 36 of 1986, s.
3)

(2) The Director may make rules prescribing or providing for

(a)the issue by the Director of local certificates of competency
and the method of granting such certificates;

(b)the classes and grades of local certificates of competency and
the endorsements appropriate to each class and grade;

(c)the combining of two or more classes or grades of local
certificate of competency in one document if appropriate;

(d)the addition or removal of endorsements on local certificates
of competency;





(e)the recognition of one type of local certificate of com-
petency as equivalent to another type of local certificate
of competency for all or specified purposes;

the procedure for applying for a local certificate of com-
petency and for the conduct of examinations under sub-
section (1);

(g)the subjects to be taken at such examinations or the
manner in which those subjects are to be specified;

(h)the standards of competency to be attained by candidates
in order to pass such examinations and other conditions
to be satisfied by candidates, and applicants for a local
certificate of competency;

(i)the requirements to be satisfied for a person to be
exempted under subsection (5) from any part of such
an examination;

(j)the requirements to be satisfied for the grant of a local
certificate of competency under subsection (4);

(k)the recognition of certificates of competency issued by
the Director under any enactment or by the appropriate
authority of another country as equivalent, for all
purposes or for purposes specified by the Director, to
local certificates of competency required to be held by
any person under this Part;

(1)the issue of a copy of any local certificate of competency
which has been lost, destroyed, damaged or defaced;

(m)the surrender of local certificates of competency upon their
expiry or replacement;

(n)fees and forms, in relation to examinations conducted
under subsection (1), the issue of local certificates of
competency and recognition of certificates of competency
as equivalent to local certificates of competency;

(o)generally, provisions in respect of local certificates of
competency. (Replaced, 36 of 1986, s. 3)

(3) The Director may publish any rules made under subsec-
tion (2) in such manner as he thinks fit, and shall, on payment of
such charge as the Director may determine, provide a copy of the
rules to any person.

(4) The Director may grant a local certificate of competency as
a master or deck or engineering crew to a person without requiring
him to undergo the appropriate examination prescribed in the rules
made under subsection (2), if the person produces to the Director
suitable documentary evidence, or satisfies the Director in a manner
prescribed in the rules, of his competence for the grant of such a
certificate.(Replaced, 36 of 1986, s. 3)





(5) Without prejudice to subsection (4), the Director may
exempt a person from undergoing any part of the appropriate
examination for the grant of a local certificate of competency
prescribed in the rules made under subsection (2), if the person
satisfies the Director in a manner prescribed in the rules that he is
qualified for such exemption. (Added, 36 of 1986, s. 3)

(6) Rules made under subsection (2) may direct that no local
certificate of competency shall be granted to any person unless-

(a)he has reached such minimum age as may be prescribed;
and

(b)he has obtained such experience or performed such service
on such type of vessel as may be prescribed. (Added, 36
of 1986, s. 3)

(7) Rules made under subsection (2) may direct that a local
certificate of competency shall expire upon the holder's attaining
such age as may be prescribed but that it may thereafter be extended
for such periods and in such manner as may be prescribed. (Added,
36 of 1986, s. 3)

30. (1) The Director may cancel, or suspend for any period,
any local certificate of competency, if it is proved to his satisfaction
after due inquiry that the holder of the certificate has been guilty of
incompetence, misconduct or negligence in the performance of his
duties. (Amended, 36 of 1986, s. 4)

(2) A person aggrieved by a decision of the Director under
subsection (1) may, within 14 days after being informed of the
decision, by notice in writing delivered to the Registrar of the
Supreme Court, appeal to such judge, District Judge, or magistrate
as the Chief Justice may nominate; and on hearing the appeal the
judge, District Judge, or magistrate may make such order con-
firming, varying, or setting aside the decision of the Director as he
considers just.

(3) A copy of the notice of appeal delivered under subsec-
tion (2) shall be served on the Director who shall be entitled to be
heard as respondent at the hearing of the appeal.

31. (1) Any person who-

(a)makes, assists in making or procures to be made any false
representation for the purpose of procuring, either for
himself or for any other person, a local certificate of
competency;

(b)fraudulently uses a local certificate of competency or copy
of a local certificate of competency which has been forged,
altered, cancelled or suspended or to which he is not
entitled; or

(c)fraudulently lends his local certificate of competency or
allows it to be used by any other person,





commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) Where a person is convicted of an offence under subsec-
tion (1) the Director may cancel, or suspend for any period, the
local certificate of competency in respect of which the offence is
committed.
(Amended, 36 of 1986, s. 5)

32. If, on the cancellation or suspension of a local certificate
of competency under section 30 or 31, the holder of the certificate,
or any person in possession of it, without reasonable excuse fails to
deliver it to the Director on being required by him to do so, he
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000.
(Amended, 36 of 1986, s. 6)

33. (1) Without prejudice to the power to make regulations
under section 80, and without prejudice to the application of
regulations made under that section (except so far as they are
inconsistent with regulations made under this section), the Governor
in Council may make regulations in respect of vessels to which this
Part applies for all or any of the following matters-

(a) the regulation, control and use of vessels;

(b) the licensing of vessels and the renewal of licences, and in





(f)the life-saving appliances and fire-fighting apparatus to be
provided on vessels, and the training of the crew in the use of
such appliances or apparatus;

(g)the survey or inspection of vessels and the issue (and
cancellation) of certificates of survey or inspection;

(h) the classification of vessels;

(i) the application of the international regulations for
preventing collisions at sea;

(j)the employment on vessels of a master and deck and
engineering crew who possess local certificates of
competency or certificates of competency recognized as
equivalent to local certificates of competency by rules made
under this Part; (Amended, 36 of 1986, s. 7)

(k) the number and grade of crew to be employed on vessels;

(1)the engagement and discharge of crew, their conditions of
employment, and their hours of work and rest periods;

(m) the duties of owners and crew;

(n)regulating the noise, vibration and smoke which may be
caused by vessels;

(o)regulating the hiring of vessels, the carriage of passengers
and the plying limits;

(p)empowering the Director to provide anchorages and mooring
areas for vessels, and to control and regulate their use;

(q)the use of piers and the embarkation and disembarkation of
persons;

(r)the inquiry into charges of incompetency, misconduct or
negligence of or by masters or deck or engineering crew and
prescribing the procedure at such inquiries;

(s)the registration of persons dwelling in any specified type or
class of vessels;

(t) the fees and charges payable under the regulations;

(u)empowering the Director to amend any Schedule to the
regulations;

(v)generally for the better carrying out of the provisions and
purposes of this Part.

(1A) Regulations made under this section for the regulation,
control, use and licensing of dwelling vessels may

(a)empower the Governor to declare any area of the waters of
Hong Kong to be an area closed to dwelling vessels and
within which no dwelling vessel may enter or remain;

(b) empower the Director to-











(i) order the removal, within such time as may be
prescribed, of any dwelling vessel from any part of the
waters of Hong Kong being an area in respect of which a
licence is required or being an area declared to be closed to
dwelling vessels;
(ii) seize, remove and detain any dwelling vessel in
respect of which an order for removal has been made and
not complied with;
(iii) remove any person or property found on any
dwelling vessel that has been seized and detained;
(iv) sell, by public auction or otherwise, any dwelling
vessel which has been seized and detained;
(v) destroy or otherwise dispose of any vessel that has
been seized and detained and which he is unable to sell;
(vi) pay any proceeds of sale of a dwelling vessel to the
owner thereof, if known, or if the owner is not known or
does not claim such proceeds, pay the same into general
revenue;

(c)provide for the seizure and disposal of any property found
on a dwelling vessel which has been seized and detained
and, in particular, may provide that any such property
shall become the property of the Crown free from the
rights of any person and may be disposed of as the
Director thinks fit;

(d)provide for the service of an order to remove a dwelling
vessel from any part of the waters of Hong Kong by
affixing such order to a prominent part of the vessel.
(Added, 12 of 1983, s. 3)

(2) Any regulations made under this section may provide that
a contravention of specified provisions thereof is an offence and may
prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of $20,000 and
imprisonment for one year.

34. (1) Where an owner or master of a vessel who is convicted
of an offence under this Part or under regulations made under
section 33 fails to pay any fine imposed in respect of the offence, the
Director may sell the vessel in respect of which the offence was
committed and apply the proceeds in payment of the fine, and the
balance (if any), after deducting any reasonable expense incurred in
the sale, shall be paid to the owner of the vessel if claimed within 6
months after the date of the sale or forfeited to the Crown if not
claimed within that period.

(2) Not less than 14 days before a vessel is sold under
subsection (1), the Director shall give to the owner of the vessel
notice in writing of the intended sale, but notice under this subsec-
tion shall not be necessary where there is no such owner or the
Director is unable to find the owner.





(3) Any vessel sold under this section shall be transferred to the
purchaser thereof, at the expense of the purchaser, by a bill of sale from
the Director which shall confer upon such purchaser an absolute title to
such vessel.

35. (1) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that,
notwithstanding the repeal of Parts XIII and XIV of the Merchant
Shipping Ordinance, the following regulations (hereinafter referred to as
the specified regulations)

(a)the Merchant Shipping (Launches and Ferry Vessels)
Regulations;

(b)the Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations;
and

(c) the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations,

shall, save in so far as they are inconsistent with any of the provisions
of this Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder, continue in
operation until such time as they are replaced by regulations made
under section 33 which are expressed to be in substitution of the
specified regulations, and shall be deemed for all purposes to have been
made under section 33 and to be liable to amendment thereby or
thereunder.

(2) The Governor in Council may by regulation amend those
provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Fees) Regulations which relate to
launches, ferry vessels, miscellaneous craft and pleasure vessels.

(3) For the purposes of this section, the vessels to which this Part
applies include launches, ferry vessels, miscellaneous craft and
pleasure vessels to which the specified regulations apply.

PART V

REPAIRS OR BREAKING UP OF VESSELS AND CARGO HANDLING

36. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires---

'inspector' means a person appointed under section 38 to be an
inspector;

'lifting appliance' means a crane, winch, hoist, derrick boom, sheer legs,
fork lift truck or other self-propelled machine, and any other
description of lifting appliance, derrick and mast bands, goose-
necks, eyebolts, and all other permanent attachments to a derrick,
mast or deck, used on a vessel for the purposes of hoisting or
lowering in connexion with cargo handling;

'lifting gear' includes a chain sling, rope sling, canvas sling, net, tray,
board, box, bull rope, snotter, can hook or other means of
supporting cargo and attachments thereto including a ring, link,
hook, plate, clamp, shackle, swivel, eyebolt, bridle, beam, spreader,
rope and wire, used on a vessel in connexion with cargo handling;





'machinery, equipment or appliance', in the case of

(a)repairs to a vessel, means any machinery, equipment or
appliance provided or used for that purpose;

(b)the breaking up of a vessel, means any machinery, equipment
or appliance provided or used for that purpose; and

(c)cargo handling, means any lifting appliance or lifting gear
provided or used for that purpose;

'person in charge of works' means

(a)the owner or master of, or other person having control over,
the vessel on or to which any works are to be, or are being,
carried out; or

(b)a principal contractor or sub-contractor, if any, who contracts
to carry out, or who carries out, any works;

'principal contractor' means a person who enters into a contract
directly with the owner or master of, or other person having control
over, the vessel to carry out any works;

'repairs', in relation to

(a)any vessel, means any repairs, alterations or maintenance
works on or to the vessel carried out by any person other than
a member of the crew or master of the vessel or that involve or
are likely to involve the safety of any person other than a
member of the crew or the master; and

(b)any vessel carrying dangerous goods, means any repairs,
alterations or maintenance works on or to the vessel capable
of providing an ignition source, including those that involve
welding, burning or the use of blow lamps, braziers or other
devices using combustible materials;

'sub-contractor' means

(a)any person who enters into a contract, express or implied,
with a principal contractor to perform all or any part of the
works which the principal contractor has contracted to
perform; and

(b)any other person who enters into a contract, express or
implied, to perform all or any part of the works which a sub-
contractor within the meaning of paragraph (a) has contracted
to perform;

'works' means

(a) repairs to any vessel;

(b) the breaking up of a vessel; or

(c) cargo handling on a vessel.





37. (1) Subject to subsection (2), this Part shall not apply to
repairs to, or the breaking up of, a vessel which is-

(a) 50 metres or less in length;

(b) in a dock other than a floating dock; or

(c) on a slip or mechanical lift.

(2) The Director may, in the case of any vessel referred to in
subsection (1)(a), give written notification to the person in charge
of works that this Part applies to that vessel.

38. The Director shall appoint such persons as he thinks fit to
be inspectors for the purposes of this Part.

39. (1) The Director and an inspector shall have power-

(a)at any reasonable time (or, in a situation which in the
opinion of the Director or an inspector is or may be
dangerous, at any time) to board any vessel within the
waters of Hong Kong which he has reason to believe it is
necessary to board for the purposes of this Part, and for
the purpose of boarding any such vessel which is floating
alongside any premises at a seawall or pier, to enter such
premises;

(b)to take with him such persons as may be necessary to assist
him in the exercise of his powers, or performance of his
duties, under this Part;

(c)to inspect and examine any vessel on or to which any
works are being carried out;

(d)to make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary
to ascertain that safe working conditions obtain and that
the provisions of this Part are complied with;

(e)to investigate any accident involving any works or injury
to any person arising out of or in the course of carrying out
any works;

to require the production of any register, certificate or other
document required to be kept in pursuance of this Part and
to inspect and copy any of them or any entry in them; and

(g)to require the posting of any notice in pursuance of this
Part or any notice related to works, machinery, equipment
or appliances, or the safety of persons employed in carry-
ing out any works.

(2) An owner or master of, or other person having control
over, a vessel shall furnish such safe means required by the Director
or an inspector as are necessary for the purposes of boarding,
inspection, examination, investigation, or otherwise for the exercise
of his powers under this Part.





(3) Any person who-

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with any require-
ment of the Director or an inspector in pursuance of this
section;

(b)without reasonable excuse fails to produce any register,
certificate or other document which he is required in
pursuance of this Part to produce;

(c)without reasonable excuse withholds any information as to
who is the owner or master of, or person having control
over, the vessel, or the owner of any machinery, equipment
or appliance provided or used for the carrying out of any
works,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

40. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no owner or master of, or
other person having control over, a vessel shall, except with the
written permission of the Director, carry out, or cause to be carried
out, any repairs to, or break up, the vessel.

(2) The Director may by notice in the Gazette specify any type
of repairs to a vessel in respect of which permission under subsec-
tion (1) is not required.

(3) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes
subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000
and to imprisonment for 2 years.

41. (1) Where a vessel is being repaired or broken up, the
person in charge of works shall not-

(a)provide or use, or cause to be provided or used, any
machinery, equipment or appliance that is capable of
providing an ignition source; or

(b)carry out, or cause to be carried out, any works that
involve welding or burning, the use of blow lamps, braziers
or other devices using combustible materials,

in an atmosphere containing flammable vapours, flammable gases or
explosive dusts.

(2) A person in charge of works who contravenes subsec-
tion (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year.

42. (1) The Director may direct any person who, in the
opinion of the Director, is the owner or master of a vessel, or who
claims or appears to the Director to exercise control over a vessel,
that is to be repaired or broken up or is being repaired or broken up,
or who is in charge of the repairs or the breaking up of a vessel-





(a)to remove the vessel to a position or place within the waters of
Hong Kong specified by the Director;

(b)to comply with such safety requirements as may be specified
by the Director generally or in any particular case;

(c)to comply with any other requirements which may be specified
by the Director in respect of the manner in which the vessel
may be repaired or broken up;

(d)in the case of the breaking up of a vessel, to give security, in
cash or otherwise, in such amount as the Director may
consider necessary to ensure the effective breaking up and
complete removal of the vessel.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any direction given to him
under subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months, and to an additional fine of $1,000 for
each day during which such failure to comply continues after notice
requiring compliance with the direction has been served by the Director
on such person.

43. (1) A person in charge of works shall not provide or use, or
cause to be provided or used, any machinery, equipment or appliance
for the carrying out of the works if the machinery, equipment or
appliance is in such a condition or so constructed that it cannot be used
without unnecessary risk of accident or bodily injury.

(2) If the Director or an inspector has reasonable grounds to
believe that any machinery, equipment or appliance provided or
used for the carrying out of any works is in such a condition or so
cons tructed that it cannot be used without unnecessary risk of
accident or bodily injury, the Director or inspector may give direc-
tions to the person in charge of works-

(a)prohibiting the use of the machinery, equipment or appliance,
or if it is capable of repair or alteration, prohibiting its use until
it is repaired or altered as specified in the direction; or

(b)requiring him to take such other steps as may be specified in
the directions for remedying the unnecessary risk of accident
or bodily injury.

(3) A person in charge of works who-

(a)contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to
a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for one year;

(b)fails to comply with any direction given to him under
subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months, and to an additional
fine of 51,000 for each day during which such failure to comply
continues after notice requiring compliance with the direction
has been served by the Director or an inspector on such
person.





44. (1) A person in charge of works shall not carry out, or cause to
be carried out, any works in a condition or manner that does not
provide adequately against unnecessary risk of accident or bodily
injury.

(2) If the Director or an inspector has reasonable grounds to
believe that any works are being carried out in a condition or manner
that does not provide adequately against unnecessary risk of accident
or bodily injury, the Director or inspector may give directions to the
person in charge of the works requiring him to take such steps as may
be specified in the directions for remedying the unnecessary risk of
accident or bodily injury.

(3) A person in charge of works who-

(a)contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to
a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for one year;

(b)fails to comply with any direction given to him under
subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months, and to an
additional fine of $1,000 for each day during which such
failure to comply continues after notice requiring compliance
with the direction has been served by the Director or an
inspector on such person.

PART VI

POLLUTION OF WATER

45. (1) In this Part-

'mixture containing oil' means any mixture of oil with water or with any
other substance, and any waste consisting of or arising from oil;

occupier in relation to

(a)a place on land, if it has no occupier, means the owner
thereof, and

(b)a vehicle, means the person in charge of the vehicle and not
the occupier of the land on which the vehicle stands;

,,oil' means oil of any description, spirit produced from oil of any
description and coal tar.

46. (1) If any oil or mixture containing oil is discharged into the
waters of Hong Kong, then the following commit an offence

(a)the person by whom the oil or mixture containing oil is so
discharged or caused to be discharged; and

(b)whether or not the person referred to in paragraph (a) has
been charged with an offence





(i) if the discharge is from a vessel, the owner and the
master of the vessel, unless the owner or master, as the case
may be, proves that the discharge took place and was caused
as mentioned in sub-paragraph (ii);

(ii) if the discharge is from a vessel but takes place in the
course of a transfer of oil to or from another vessel or a place
on land and is caused by the act or omission of any person in
charge of any apparatus in that other vessel or that place, the
owner and the master of that other vessel or, as the case may
be, the occupier of that place;

(iii) if the discharge is from a place on land, the occupier of
that place, unless he proves that the discharge was caused by
the act of a person who is in that place without the permission
(express or implied) of the occupier;

(iv) if the discharge takes place otherwise than as
mentioned in sub-paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) and is the result of
any operations for the exploration of the seabed and subsoil
or the exploration of their natural resources, the person
carrying on the operations.

(2) Reference in subsection (1) to the discharge of oil or mixture
containing oil, or to its being discharged, from a vessel or place on land
includes a reference to the escape of the oil or mixture containing oil, or
(as the case may be) to its escaping, from that vessel or place on land.

(3) Any person who commits an offence under this section is liable
to a fine of $200,000.

47. (1) Where a person is charged with an offence under section 46
as the owner or master of a vessel it shall be a defence to prove that the
oil or mixture containing oil was discharged for the purpose of

(a) securing the safety of the vessel;

(b) preventing damage to the vessel or its cargo; or

(e) saving life,

unless the court is satisfied that the discharge of the oil or mixture
containing oil was not necessary for that purpose or was not a
reasonable step to take in the circumstances.

(2) Where a person is charged as mentioned in subsection (1) it
shall also be a defence to prove

(a)that the oil or mixture containing oil escaped in consequence
of damage to the vessel and that as soon as practicable after
the damage occurred all reasonable steps were taken for
preventing, or (if it could not be prevented) for stopping or
reducing, the escape of the oil or mixture containing oil; or





(b)that the oil or mixture containing oil escaped by reason of
leakage, that neither the leakage nor any delay in discovering it
was due to want of reasonable care, and that as soon as
practicable after the escape was discovered all reasonable
steps were taken for stopping or reducing it.

48. (1) If any oil or mixture containing oil-

(a) is discharged from a vessel into the waters of Hong Kong;

(b)is found to be escaping or to have escaped from a vessel into
any such waters; or

(c)is found to be escaping or to have escaped into any such
waters from a place on land,

the owner or master of the vessel, or the occupier of the place on land,
as the case may be, shall forthwith report the occurrence to the Director.

(2) A report made under subsection (1) by the owner or master of
the vessel shall state whether the occurrence falls within paragraph (a)
or (b) of that subsection.

(3) Any person who fails to make a report as required by this
section commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

48A. No offence under section 46 is committed by, and no
obligation arises under section 48 on the part of, any person who makes
a discharge or deposit of oil or a mixture containing oil under and in
accordance with a licence for the purposes of the Water Pollution
Control Ordinance granted under section 20 of that
Ordinance (Amended, 42 of 1985, s. 6)
(Added, 41 of 1980, s. 50)

1 PART VII

POLLUTION OF AIR

49. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'smoke' includes soot, ash, grit and gritty particles emitted in smoke or
steam.

50. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no vessel in the waters of Hong
Kong shall emit smoke in such quantity as to be a nuisance.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply to the emission of smoke in
circumstances affecting the safety of life or of the vessel.

(3) If subsection (1) is contravened, the owner and master of the
vessel commit an offence and each of them is liable for a first offence to
a fine of 10,000 and for a second or subsequent offence to a fine of
$20,000.





51. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any
of the following purposes

(a)specifying periods during which emission of smoke from
vessels may be permitted in any class of case and subject to
limitations;

(b)the adoption of precautions against the emission of smoke
from vessels;

(c)generally for effectively controlling the emission of smoke
from vessels.

(2) Any regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof is an offence and may
prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of $5,000.

PART VIII

PORT DUES

52. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the owner, his agent and the
master of every vessel which enters any port or other part of the waters
of Hong Kong, or which uses any port facility, shall be jointly and
severally liable to pay in respect of the vessel such port dues as may be
prescribed.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply to any vessel for the time being
used by the Hong Kong Government or to any warship or ship for the
time being used by Her Majesty's Government or the Government of
any State for other than commercial purposes.

(3) The Director, Deputy Director of Marine or an Assistant
Director of Marine may refund or waive the payment of, in whole or in
part, any port dues in respect of any vessel, or class, type or description
of vessel, used for other than commercial purposes.

53. (1) Port dues shall be paid to the Director on demand made by
him.

(2) The Director may require the payment of port dues in advance
in the case of any specified vessel, or specified class, type or
description of vessel.

(3) The Director may in any particular case or class of case permit
the port dues to be paid in arrear subject to such conditions as to
security or time for payment as he thinks fit.

54. (1) If any port dues are not paid on demand-

(a)where payment is required to be made in advance under
section 53(2), the Director may refuse permission for the
vessel to enter the waters of Hong Kong;

(b)where payment is required to be made before a vessel leaves
the waters of Hong Kong, the Director may refuse permission
for the vessel to leave the waters of Hong Kong;





(c)the port dues payable may be recovered as a civil debt from
the owner, his agent and the master of the vessel either
jointly or severally.

(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1)(c), a master of a vessel
who leaves any port or other part of the waters of Hong Kong
without paying any port dues which he is required by the Director to
pay commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the Magistrates Ordinance,
proceedings in respect of an offence under this section may be
brought at any time within 2 years next after the commission of the
offence.

55. (1) If the owner or his agent or the master of a vessel fails
on demand to pay any port dues payable in respect of the vessel, the
Director may, without prejudice to section 54, board the vessel and
seize the goods, tackle, or any thing belonging to, or on board, the
vessel, and detain such goods, tackle or thing until the port dues are
paid.

(2) If payment of the port dues is not made within the 3 days
following the seizure, the Director may, at any time during the
continuance of the non-payment, cause the goods, tackle or thing
seized to be appraised by 2 persons (other than public officers)
appointed for that purpose by the Director, and thereupon sell the
same and apply the proceeds in payment of the port dues and all
reasonable expenses incurred by him under this section, and pay the
balance (if any) on demand to the owner or master of the vessel.

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

56. The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette,
declare any area of the waters of Hong Kong to be a port.

57. (1) The Governor may give to the Director and to any
public officer such directions as he thinks fit, either generally or in
any particular case, with respect to the performance or exercise of
their respective duties or powers under this Ordinance.

(2) A person to whom a direction is given by the Governor
under subsection (1) shall, in the performance or exercise of his
duties or powers under this Ordinance, comply with that direction.

58. (1) Subject to subsection (3), the Director may, either
generally or in any particular case, delegate to any other public
officer the performance or exercise on his behalf of any of the
functions, duties or powers imposed or conferred upon him under
this Ordinance.





(2) Where any function, duty or power imposed or conferred
on the Director under this Ordinance is performed or exercised by
any other public officer, the Director shall, unless the contrary is
proved, be deemed to have delegated to the public officer under
subsection (1) the performance or exercise of the function, duty or
power.
(3) No delegation under subsection (1) shall be made of any
power-
(a)to amend a Schedule to the regulations made under this
Ordinance;
(b) under section 52(3); or
(e)under section 63, except in respect of a provision specified
for the purposes of this section in the Schedule. (Re-
placed, 46 of 1981, s. 9)
(4) The Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Gazette, amend the Schedule. (Added, 46 of 1981, s. 9)

59. (1) Without prejudice to any other provision of this
Ordinance, an authorized officer may, at any time of day or night,
stop and board any vessel in the waters of Hong Kong, other than a
warship, for the purpose of-
(a) inspecting or searching the vessel or any part thereof;
(b)investigating any occurrence specified in section 67(1),
whether or not such occurrence has been reported to the
Director under that section;
(c)making such examination and investigation as may be
necessary where any provision of this Ordinance or any
other enactment has been contravened in respect of the
vessel or by any person on board the vessel, or where an
authorized officer has reasonable grounds for suspecting
that such contravention has taken place;
(d)directing the conduct of any other authorized officer who
may be on board the vessel;
(e) observing, inspecting or searching any person-
(i) for the time being on board the vessel;
(ii) employed, engaged or dwelling on board the vessel;
or
(iii) employed or engaged in loading or unloading the
vessel; or
taking any action which he considers necessary-
(i) to provide against fire or accident on board the
vessel;
(ii) to preserve peace and good order on board the
vessel; or
(iii) to prevent or detect any offence under this Ordin-
ance or any other enactment in respect of the vessel or by
any person on board the vessel.





(2) Any police officer of or above the rank of Sergeant
may- (Amended, 60 of 1979, s. 3)

(a)take into custody and remove from any vessel in the waters
of Hong Kong, other than a warship, any person who he
suspects on reasonable grounds of-
(i) having committed an offence under this Ordinance
or any other enactment; or
(ii) having boarded, or remained on board, the vessel
without the permission of the owner or his agent or of the
master of the vessel; or

(b)direct a vessel to which Part IV applies, in respect of which
he suspects on reasonable grounds that an offence under
this Ordinance or any other enactment has been commit-
ted, to proceed together with any persons on board to the
nearest Marine Police Base or Marine Licensing Station.

(3) An authorized officer boarding a vessel under subsec-
tion (1) may take with him such persons as may be necessary to
assist him for the purposes of this section.

(4) The master of a vessel, when required to stop the vessel by
an authorized officer in the exercise of his powers under subsec-
tion (1), shall stop the vessel and permit the authorized officer to
board the vessel.

(5) Any master who without reasonable excuse-

(a)fails to comply with a direction given under subsec-
tion (2)(b); or

(b) contravenes subsection (4),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

60. (1) Subject to subsection (3), for the purpose of any
investigation by an inspector under section 39 or by an authorized
officer under section 59, an inspector or authorized officer may-

(a)require that the vessel which he has boarded or any part of
it, or anything therein, shall be left undisturbed (whether
generally or in particular respects) for so long as is neces-
sary to carry out the investigation;

(b)take such measurements and photographs and make such
recordings as he considers necessary;

(c)inspect, seize and remove from the vessel any article or
substance in respect of which he suspects on reasonable
grounds that an offence under this Ordinance or any other
enactment has been committed;

(d)in the case of any article or substance removed under
paragraph (c), detain it for so long as is necessary-
(i) to examine it and to cause it to be subjected to any
process or test;





(ii) to ensure that it is not tampered with before the
examination of it is completed;

(iii) to ensure that it is available for use as evidence in any
proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance or any other
enactment;

(e)require any person whom he has reasonable cause to believe
to be able to give any information relevant to the investigation
to answer (in the absence of persons other than a person
nominated by him to be present and any persons whom the
inspector or authorized officer may allow to be present) such
questions as the inspector or authorized officer thinks fit to
ask and to sign a declaration of the truth of his answers;

require the production of, inspect, and take copies of any
entry in, the log book of the vessel or any document which it
is necessary for him to see for the purposes of the
investigation.

(2) No answer given by a person in pursuance of a requirement
imposed under subsection (1)(e) shall be admissible in evidence against
that person or the husband or wife of that person in any proceedings.

(3) For the purpose of an investigation under section 39, the
powers of an inspector shall be limited to matters to which Part V relates
or to offences under that Part.

(4) Any person who-

(a)contravenes any requirement imposed by an inspector or
authorized officer under subsection (1);

(b)prevents any other person from appearing before an insp
e*ctor or authorized officer or from answering any question to
which an inspector or authorized officer may by virtue of
subsection (1)(e) require an answer,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

60A. (1) Subject to this section, an authorized officer may, on
producing, if so required, some duly authenticated document showing
his authority, enter any non-domestic premises at any time between the
hours of 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. for the purposes of

(a)ascertaining whether there is, or has been, on the premises,
any vessel to which Part IV applies that appears to be or to
have been possessed or used in contravention of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance; and

(b)taking any action authorized or required to be taken by or
under this Ordinance in respect of any such vessel found on
the premises.





(2) A magistrate may, if satisfied by information on oath
that-

(a)admission to any non-domestic premises has been refused
or that refusal is apprehended, or that such premises are
unoccupied, or that the occupier is temporarily absent, or
that the case is one of urgency, or that an application for
admission would defeat the object of the entry, or that it
is reasonable for the purposes of this Ordinance in the
circumstances of the case that entry be effected between the
hours of 7 p.m. and 7 a.m.; and

(b)there is reasonable ground for entry into the premises for
any of the purposes of subsection (1),

issue a warrant authorizing an authorized officer to effect entry, if
need be by force:

Provided that such warrant shall not be issued unless the
magistrate is satisfied that notice of the intention to apply for a
warrant has been given to the occupier of the premises, or that the
premises are unoccupied, or that the occupier is temporarily absent,
or that the case is one of urgency, or that the giving of such notice
would defeat the object of the entry, or that it is reasonable for the
purposes of this Ordinance in the circumstances of the case that
entry be effected between the hours of 7 p.m. and 7 a.m., as may be
appropriate.

(3) A magistrate may, if satisfied by information on oath that
there is reasonable ground for entry into domestic premises for any
of the purposes of subsection (1), issue a warrant authorizing
an authorized officer to effect entry between the hours of 7 a.m. and
7 p.m., if need be by force:

Provided that such warrant shall not be issued unless the
magistrate is satisfied that notice of the intention to apply for a
warrant has been given to the occupier of the premises, or that the
premises are unoccupied, or that the occupier is temporarily absent,
or that the case is one of urgency, or that the giving of such notice
would defeat the object of the entry.

(4) Any authorized officer entering any premises by virtue of
the provisions of subsection (1) or of a warrant issued under
subsection (2) or (3) may take with him such persons as may be
necessary, and on leaving any unoccupied premises which he has so
entered, shall leave such premises as effectually secured against
trespassers as he found the same to be at the time of entry.

(5) Every warrant issued under subsection (2) or (3) shall con-
tinue in force until the purpose for which the entry is necessary has
been satisfied.

(6) For the purposes of this section-

'domestic premises' means any premises used wholly or mainly for
residential purposes and constituting a separate household unit;
and





non-domestic premises' means any premises other than domestic
premises.

(Added, 46 of 1981, s. 10)

60B. (1) Where

(a)a vessel is involved in any occurrence specified in section
67(1); or

(b)the master, person in charge or person in control of a vessel is
suspected of having committed an offence under this
Ordinance involving the use of the vessel,

the Director may, within 3 months after the occurrence or alleged
offence, serve on the owner of the vessel a written notice requiring him
to furnish to the Director, within 21 days after the date of the notice, a
written statement signed by the owner, specifying the name and address
of the master, person in charge or person in control of the vessel at the
time of the occurrence or alleged offence.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), an owner who fails to comply with a
notice served on him under subsection (1) within the time specified in
that subsection commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and
to imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it shall be a
defence to show that the accused person did not know, and could not
with reasonable diligence have ascertained, the name or address of the
master, person in charge or person in control of the vessel at the time of
the occurrence or alleged offence referred to in subsection (1).

(4) The provisions of this section shall be in addition to and shall
not derogate from section 67.

(Added, 46 of 1981, s. 10)

60C. If, in any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance
involving a vessel, there is produced to the court or a magistrate a
statement furnished under section 60B, which

(a) purports to have been signed by the accused person; and

(b)states that the accused person was the master, person in
charge or person in control of the vessel at the time of the
offence,

the court or magistrate shall admit the statement as prima facie evidence
that the accused person was the master, person in charge or person in
control of the vessel at the time of the offence.

(Added, 46 of 1981, s. 10)

61. (1) A direction given under this Ordinance may be given orally
or in writing, or by means of signals.

(2) If requested by any person who is given a direction orally or by
means of signals the person giving the direction shall confirm the
direction in writing.





(3) A direction given under this Ordinance shall be complied
with-

(a) forthwith; or

(b)where a time limit for compliance is specified in the
direction, within such time limit,

notwithstanding that the direction has not been confirmed under
subsection (2).

(4) Where under this Ordinance a direction may be given to a
master of a vessel it shall be sufficient if the direction is given to a
person on board the vessel who is on duty to accept any direction on
behalf of the master, and if there is no such master or such master
cannot be traced, the direction may be given to the owner of the
vessel or his agent or to any other person who appears to the person
giving the direction to be in control of the vessel at that time.

(5) The giving of a direction under this Ordinance shall not
diminish or in any way affect the responsibility of the master in
relation to his vessel, persons on board, its cargo or any other person
or property.

(6) Without prejudice to any other express penalty for failure
to comply with a direction, any person who without reasonable
excuse fails to comply with a direction given to him under this
Ordinance commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and
to imprisonment for 6 months.

62. (1) Where a person who is given a direction under this
Ordinance fails to comply with it, the Director may, whether or not
the person is or will be prosecuted for an offence under this
Ordinance, take or cause to be taken such action as may be
necessary to give effect to the direction.

(2) Where no person to whom a direction under this Ordin-
ance may be given exists or can be found, the Director may take
or cause to be taken such action as he would have directed to be
taken if such person existed or could be found.

(3) In a case of emergency affecting the safety of life or
property the Director may take or cause to be taken such action as
he would have directed to be taken under this Ordinance.

(4) For the purpose of taking any action under this section in
respect of any vessel or property, the Director may board the vessel
or enter the property without the permission of the owner or his
agent or of the master of the vessel, or the owner or occupier of the
property, as the case may be, and take with him such persons as may
be necessary to assist him for that purpose.

(5) The Director may recover the cost of any action taken or
caused to be taken under this section-

(a)as a civil debt from the person to whom the direction
(if any) was given, or the owner of the vessel or property
in respect of which the action was taken;





(b)where the cost is incurred in respect of a vessel, under section
55 as if the cost represented port dues payable in respect of
the vessel; or

(c)where the cost incurred in respect of a vessel to which Part IV
applies cannot for any reason be recovered under paragraph
(a) or (b) or where there is no owner of the vessel, by sale of
the vessel and applying the proceeds in payment of the cost
and the balance (if any), after deducting any reasonable
expense incurred in the sale, shall be paid to the person who
satisfies the Director that he is entitled to the balance.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (5), the cost of any action taken
or caused to be taken under this section shall include all disbursements
and other expenses incurred thereby by the Director.

63. The Director may, on application made to him in such manner as
he may determine or on his own initiative, exempt any person or any
vessel or any type, class or description of vessel from any requirement
under this Ordinance, subject to such terms and conditions as the
Director may specify.

64. (1) Where it is provided under this Ordinance that no person
shall do, or cause or permit to be done, any specified act without the
permission of the Director, the Director may

(a)on application made to him in such manner as he may
determine; and

(b) on payment to him of the prescribed fee (if any),

permit the specified act to be done subject to such terms and conditions
as he may specify generally or in any particular case.

(2) Except where this Ordinance provides for a written permission, a
permission under this Ordinance may be granted orally or by means of
signals.

(3) A written permission granted under this Ordinance shall be

(a)kept on the vessel or at the place in which the act in respect of
which the permission is required is being done; and

(b)produced for inspection by the Director, an authorized officer,
or by any other officer appointed for the purposes of this
Ordinance, on demand or within such time and at such place
as the Director or such officer may specify.

(4) If any person to whom a written permission is granted under
this Ordinance without reasonable excuse fails to comply with
subsection (3)(a) or to produce it under subsection (3)(b), he commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

(5) A permission granted under this Ordinance may be withdrawn
or cancelled by the Director





(a)if any term or condition of the permission is not complied
with; or

(b)if the Director considers it necessary to do so for any other
reason.

(6) Without prejudice to subsection (5), where a person without
reasonable excuse fails to comply with any term or condition of a
permission granted under this Ordinance, he commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $10,000.

65. Where by or under this Ordinance-

(a)any obligation or duty is placed on an owner or his agent or
on a master of a vessel;

(b)any direction is given to an owner or his agent or to a master
of a vessel; or

(e)an owner or his agent or a master of a vessel is required to
comply with any requirement,

it shall, except where it is otherwise expressly provided, be sufficient if
such obligation, duty, direction or requirement is met or complied with
either by the owner or his agent or the master of the vessel.

66. (1) If any person is aggrieved by a direction, decision or act of
the Director, or any other person, performing or exercising any function,
duty or power under this Ordinance (other than a decision of the
Director under section 30(1) he may within 14 days after

(a)the date on which the direction, decision or act was given,
made or done; or

(b)the date on which he was notified of the direction, decision or
act,

appeal to the Governor against the direction, decision or act by lodging
the grounds of the appeal in writing with the Chief Secretary.

(2) On considering an appeal under subsection (1), the Governor
may confirm, vary or reverse the direction, decision or act appealed
against and make such order as he thinks fit.

(3) A decision of the Governor under subsection (2) shall be final.

67. (1) Where, within the waters of Hong Kong-

(a)a vessel is involved in a collision with another vessel, a port
facility or other property;

(b) a vessel sinks or becomes stranded or disabled;

(c)a person is killed or seriously injured on board a vessel as a
result of an accident;





(d) an explosion or fire occurs on board a vessel;

(e)damage is caused by a vessel to a port facility or other
property; or

a person, cargo or equipment is lost overboard from a
vessel,

the owner or his agent or the master of the vessel shall report the
occurrence forthwith to the Director orally, by means of signals, or
in writing and shall furnish to the Director in writing full particulars
thereof within 24 hours after the occurrence.

(2) An owner, agent or master of a vessel who-

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with subsec-
tion (1); or

(b)makes a report or furnishes any particulars under sub-
section (1) which he knows to be false in any material
particular,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(c) a person shall be
deemed to be seriously injured if he is admitted to a hospital im-
mediately after he sustains the injury for observation or treatment.

68. (1) Where a vessel which-

(a)has been involved in a collision or has suffered damage
which may affect the inherent stability of the vessel; or

(b) has been or is on fire,

is expected to arrive in the waters of Hong Kong, the owner or his
agent or the master of the vessel shall notify the Director of such
expected arrival not less than 24 hours before the arrival of the
vessel, or, if that is not practicable, as early as practicable before the
arrival of the vessel.

(2) Where a vessel enters the waters of Hong Kong in con-
travention of subsection (1), the owner or his agent and the master
commit an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of $10,000.

69. (1) Where-

(a)a fire occurs on board a vessel within the waters of Hong
Kong; or

(b)a vessel which is on fire arrives within the waters of Hong
Kong,

the owner or his agent or the master of the vessel shall report such
occurrence or arrival forthwith to the Director of Fire Services.

(2) The Director of Fire Services and any member of the Fire
Services Department of or above the rank of Principal Fireman
may, at any time of day or night, board any vessel in the waters of





Hong Kong, other than a warship, for the purpose of extinguishing a fire
on board the vessel whether or not the fire has been reported to the
Director of Fire Services, and may take with him such persons as may be
necessary to assist him for such purpose.

(3) An owner, agent or master who without reasonable excuse fails
to comply with subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $10,000.

70. (1) No person, other than a member of Her Majesty's forces in
uniform and on duty or a person duly authorized by law for the purpose,
shall without the permission of the owner or his agent or the master of a
ship go on board the ship.

(2) A master of a ship may take into custody any person who
contravenes subsection (1) and shall deliver such person forthwith to a
police officer.

(3) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

71. Any person, other than the Director or a person authorized by
him, who without lawful excuse cuts a mooring or fastening of a vessel
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

72. Any person who by any unlawful act, or in any manner
whatsoever without reasonable excuse, endangers or causes to be
endangered the safety of any person conveyed in or being in or upon
any vessel or in the sea commits an offence and is liable

(a)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 4 years; and

(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

(Amended, 2 of 1979, s. 2)

72A. Any person who, by any unlawful act or in any manner
whatsoever without reasonable excuse, disables, abandons, scuttles or
beaches any vessel within the waters of Hong Kong commits an offence
and is liable

(a)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 4 years; and

(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

(Added, 2 of 1979, s. 3)

73. Except in pursuance of the regulations made under this
Ordinance, no person shall

(a)load or discharge logs or other timber at any public waterfront
or public seawall within any port;





(b)discharge logs or other timber from a vessel into the waters
of Hong Kong; or

(e)tow or store logs or other timber in the waters of Hong
Kong.

74. (1) Any person who obstructs the Director, or any other
person, performing or exercising any function, duty or power under
this Ordinance commits an offence and, subject to subsection (2),
is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) An owner, agent or master of a vessel who commits an
offence under subsection (1) is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

75. (1) Without prejudice to any other provision of this
Ordinance, any person who, being required to give any information
to the Director or any other person under this Ordinance, fails
without reasonable excuse to give such information or gives any
information, whether in writing, orally or otherwise, which he
knows to be false or misleading as to a material particular commits
an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months. (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 11)

(2) Notwithstanding anything in the Magistrates Ordinance,
proceedings in respect of an offence against this section may be
brought at any time within 2 years next after the commission of the
offence or within 6 months after the first discovery thereof by the
prosecutor, whichever period expires first.

76. (1) In any legal proceedings for a contravention of this
Ordinance, any entry in the official log book of a vessel, deck log
book, engine room log book or other similar document, or a
document purporting to be a copy of any such entry and to be
certified as a true copy by any person specified in subsection (2),
shall, until the contrary is proved-

(a)be admitted in evidence and be sufficient evidence of the
matters stated therein; and

(b)in the case of such a copy, be presumed that it is so
certified.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the persons who may
certify copies of entries in an official log book, deck log book,
engine room log book or other similar document are-

(a)the Director or any person authorized by him in writing in
that behalf,

(b) a magistrate;

(c) a justice of the peace;

(d)a notary public, as defined in the Legal Practitioners
Ordinance;

(e) a consular officer.





77. (1) Notwithstanding section 8 of the Magistrates Ordinance, if
an officer of the Marine Department of the rank of Marine Inspector
Class II or above reasonably suspects that an offence under this
Ordinance has been committed by a master of a vessel such officer may
serve on the master personally or by handing the same personally to the
senior officer on board the vessel or to the person appearing to be in
charge or command of the vessel at the time of such service a notice
requiring the master to appear before a magistrate to be dealt with
according to law. (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 12)

(2) A notice under subsection (1)

(a) shall be in the prescribed form;

(b) shall be signed by the officer by whom it is served; and

(c) shall state

(i) the name of the master upon whom it is served and the
name of the vessel of which he is the master;

(ii) the offence which is alleged to have been committed
with sufficient particulars thereof,

(iii) the time and place at which the offence is alleged to
have been committed; and

(iv) the time and place at which the master on whom the
notice is served is required to appear.

(3) If a master upon whom a notice under subsection (1) has been
duly served fails to appear before a magistrate at the time and place
mentioned in the notice, and it is made to appear to the magistrate by
oath that the notice was served on the master personally or was handed
personally to the senior officer or the person in charge or command of
the vessel in accordance with subsection (1), the magistrate may issue
his warrant for the apprehension of the master and to bring the master
before him or another magistrate to be dealt with according to law duly
endorsed as to the amount of bail, if any, upon which the master may be
released in the meantime.

(4) If a master upon whom a notice under subsection (1) has been
duly served appears before a magistrate in accordance with the notice,
or is brought before a magistrate by a warrant issued under subsection
(3), the magistrate may hear and determine the offence alleged in the
notice as if a complaint had been made or an information had been laid
against the master in respect of the offence and for such purposes, the
provisions of the Magistrates Ordinance relating to the hearing of a
complaint or information and the proceedings thereon shall apply
mutatis mutandis.

(5) If a master upon whom a notice under subsection (1) has been
served is brought before a magistrate by a warrant issued under
subsection (3), the magistrate may, in addition to any other penalty,
order the master to pay costs, of not more than $400, solely in respect of
the warrant.





(6) Any costs ordered to be paid under subsection (5) shall be
recoverable under section 69(2) of the Magistrates Ordinance in
the same manner as costs awarded under section 69(1) of that
Ordinance.
(7) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Magis-
trates Ordinance, a magistrate may permit a representative to
appear on behalf of a master upon whom a notice under subsection
(1) has been served where such representative satisfies the magistrate
that-
(a) the master has left Hong Kong;
(b)he is authorized to enter a plea of guilty on behalf of the
master; and
(c)he is himself authorized and financially able to pay any fine
imposed within 7 days or such longer time as the magis-
trate may allow.

78. (1) Where for the purposes of this Ordinance any docu-
ment is to be served on a person, that document may be served by
any officer of the Marine Department of the rank of Marine
Inspector Class II or above- (Amended, 46 of 1981, s. 13)
(a)in any case by delivering the document personally to the
person to be served, or by leaving it for him at his last
known place of business or residence;
(b)if the document is to be served on the master of a vessel,
where there is one, by leaving it for him on board the vessel
with the person being or appearing to be in charge or
command of the vessel or a member of the crew of the
vessel;
(c)if the document is to be served on a person belonging to a
vessel, by leaving it for him on board the vessel with the
master of the vessel or with a person being or appearing to
be in charge or command of the vessel;
(d)if the document is to be served on the master of a vessel,
where there is no master and the vessel is in Hong Kong-
(i) on the owner of the vessel or his agent residing in
Hong Kong; or
(ii) where no such owner or his agent is known or can
be found, by affixing the document to the mast or other
prominent part of the vessel;
(e)if the document is to be served on the owner of a vessel or
his agent-
(i) by leaving the document for him on board the vessel
with some person being or appearing to be in charge or
command of the vessel or a member of the crew of the
vessel;
(ii) by leaving the document for him at the office of the
owner or his agent, as the case may be, with some person
being or appearing to be in charge of the office; or.





(iii). if the vessel is a vessel to which Part IV applies, by
leaving it for him at the address of the owner which is
endorsed on the licence issued in respect of the vessel or at
the address of the agent of the owner (if any).

(2) Any document referred to in subsection (1) which is to be
served on the owner or master of a vessel may be addressed to the
owner or master of the vessel without specifying the name of the owner
or master.

79. No action in respect of any damage to property or injury to
person shall lie against the Director or any other officer performing or
exercising any function, duty or power under section 20, 21 or 62.

80. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any
of the following matters

(a) the provision of port facilities and control over their use;

(b)the procedure to be followed, and the provisions to be
complied with, by vessels entering or leaving the waters of
Hong Kong;

(c)the control of vessels within the waters of Hong Kong
generally and in particular

(i) the navigation of vessels and the prevention of
collisions;

(ii) the speed of vessels;

(iii) the anchoring, mooring and berthing of vessels;

(iv) the manning of ships;

(v) the lights and signals to be exhibited by vessels;

(d)the radiotelephone equipment to be carried and operated on
vessels;

(e)the aids to navigation to be laid or erected in respect of
vessels which are disabled, stranded, abandoned or sunk in
the waters of Hong Kong or in respect of construction or
other works in the waters of Hong Kong;

the control of the laying of private port facilities, or any
floating or other structure, in the waters of Hong Kong and
prescribing fees therefor;

(g)the prevention of hazards to navigation and the removal and
disposal of objects which are a hazard to navigation;

(h)the control of dead ships, laid-up vessels, or vessels
stranded, abandoned or sunk in the waters of Hong Kong,
and the supply of information in relation thereto;

(i)the control of repairs to vessels, salvaging or breaking up of
vessels and the safety and protection against accidents of
persons employed in such operations;





(j)the control of cargo handling, the control and use of lifting
appliances and lifting gear, the safety and protection against
accidents of persons employed in cargo handling, the
provision of safe workplaces on vessels, the operation, use
and maintenance of hatches and hatch coverings on vessels in
connexion which cargo handling; and regulations made for the
purposes of this paragraph may empower the Director to make
exemptions from the application of the regulations where he is
satisfied that the regulations have been substantially complied
with or where compliance therewith is unnecessary having
regard to the circumstances;

(k)the prevention and control of pollution of the waters of Hong
Kong;

(1)the control of the loading, discharge, storage and movement
of logs and other timber in the waters of Hong Kong, and of
the loading or discharge of logs and other timber at any public
waterfront or public seawall within the waters of Hong Kong;

(m)the establishment of typhoon shelters and typhoon
anchorages and the control of their use and the vessels
therein;

(n)the prohibition or control of fishing within specified areas of
the waters of Hong Kong, the control of fishing by the use of
bright lights, and the control of the erection and working of
fishing stakes;

(o)the licensing of marine hawkers, tallyclerks and stevedores
and the general control of persons engaged in the trade of, or
acting as, marine hawkers, tallyclerks and stevedores;

(p)the port dues, fees and charges payable in respect of vessels
and port facilities, any other fees or charges payable under
this Ordinance, and the recovery of such port dues, fees and
charges;

(q)empowering the Director, in order to calculate any port dues,
to require the production of documents in respect of a vessel
and to require the survey of a vessel at the cost of the owner
or master of the vessel;

(r)the notification of accidents involving vessels and injuries to
persons on vessels within the waters of Hong Kong, and the
investigation and inquiry into such accidents and injuries;

(s)prohibiting, restricting or regulating the embarkation or
disembarkation of persons, the loading and unloading of
cargo and goods, and the conveyance and disposal of cargo
and goods unlawfully obtained;

(t)empowering the Director to control and regulate water sports,
races, regattas or other similar activities in the waters of Hong
Kong and providing for the safety of persons taking part in, or
affected by, such activities;





(u) establishing piers and terminals and controlling their use;
(v)empowering the Director to give directions in any particular
case in relation to such matters as may be specified;

(w)empowering the Director to amend any Schedule to such
regulations;

(x)prescribing any other matter which is to be or may be
prescribed under this Ordinance;

(y)providing generally for the better carrying out of the
provisions and purposes of this Ordinance.

(1A) Any port dues or other fees or charges prescribed under this
Ordinance may be fixed at levels which provide for the recovery of
expenditure incurred or likely to be incurred by the Government or other
authority in relation generally to the administration, regulation and
control of ports, vessels and navigation in the waters of Hong Kong,
and shall not be limited by reference to the amount of administrative or
other costs incurred or likely to be incurred in the provision of any
particular service, facility or matter. (Added, 25 of 1986, s. 2)

(1B) Port dues and other fees and charges prescribed under this
Ordinance may, without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1A)

(a)in relation to moorings, be fixed having regard to any or all of
the following

(i) the size, whether measured by tonnage, length or
otherwise, of any vessel moored or capable of being moored,
at any mooring;

(ii) sums paid to owners of moorings by persons wishing to
use or acquire them; and

(iii) the locations of moorings; and

(b)in any case be fixed at different amounts in relation to different
sizes of vessel, whether measured by tonnage, length or
otherwise, or in relation to different classes, types or
descriptions of service, facility, licence or vessel. (Added, 25 of
1986, s. 2)

(2) Any regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof is an offence and may
prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of $50.000 and
imprisonment for 6 months.

81. For the avoidance of doubt, it is declared that the Shipping and
Port Control (Fees) Ordinance 1986 shall apply in relation to any port
dues or other fees or charges specified in regulations made before its
commencement*, and not revoked prior thereto, as it applies in relation
to port dues and other fees and charges prescribed thereafter.

(25 of 1986, s. 4, incorporated)





SCHEDULE [s. 58(3).]

PROVISIONS SPECIFIED FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION 58
IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE DIRECTOR MAY DELEGATE
POWER TO EXEMPT UNDER SECTION 63

1. Merchant ShippingRegulations 4(1), 8(1), 14, 1 5(1)(a), (b) and (Cap. 28 1, sub. tee.)
(Launches and Ferry (e), and 17(1).
Vessels) Regulations

2. Merchant Shipping Regulations 5, 7, 10(3), 10(6), 14, 15, 16, (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)
(Miscellaneous Craft) 19(1), 20, 26, 45 and 48A to 48F inclusive.
Regulations
3. Merchant Shipping Regulations 3(9), 5(1) and 5(3). (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)
(Pleasure Vessels)
Regulations

(Added, 46of1981, s. 14.Amended, L.N. 288181)
Originally 76 of 1978. 2 of 1979. 60 of 1979. 41 of 1980. 46 of 1981. L.N. 288/81. 12 of 1983. 29 of 1985. 42 of 1985. 25 of 1986. 36 of 1986. L.N. 291/78. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295, sub. leg.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 84.) (Cap. 1.) Application. Installation of Government port facilities. Use of port facilities. Restriction on installation of private port facilities, etc. Damage, etc., to aids to navigation. Liability for damage to port facilities, etc. Power to require removal of unauthorized lights and signs. Application of the international regulations for preventing collisions at sea, [cf. 1894 c. 60, s. 419(2).] [cf. 1894 c. 60, s. 419(3).] Refusal of permission to enter or leave. Power to detain vessels. Penalty for taking detained vessel to sea. Director to be allowed to board. Port clearance to be obtained before departure. Power to give directions. Ships to anchor in ports. (Cap. 84.) Dead ships. Laid-up vessels. Beaching, etc. of vessels. Removal, etc. of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels. Notice of change of ownership of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels. Foreign vessels, etc. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Application. (Cap. 281.) Licensing of vessels. Offences in relation to the carrying of passengers. Offences in respect of vessels. Local certificates of competency for persons employed as masters, etc. Cancellation or suspension of local certificates of competency on grounds of incompetency, etc. Offences relating to local certificates of competency. Surrender of local certificates of competency. Regulations. Recovery of penalty by sale of vessels. saving of certain regulations. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Interpretation. Appointment of inspectors. Powers of Director and inspectors. Restriction on carrying out repairs or breaking up of vessels. Safe atmosphere. Directions regarding repairs or breaking up of vessels. Prohibition against use of dangerous equipment, etc. Prohibition against carrying out works in dangerous conditions. Interpretation. [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 29.] Discharge of oil into the waters of Hong Kong. [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 2.] [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 29(3).] Defences under section 46. 1971 c. 60, s. 5. Duty to report discharge of oil into Hong Kong waters. 1971 c. 60, s. 11. Discharges under the Water Pollution Control Ordinance. (Cap. 358.) Interpretation. Emission of smoke from vessels. Regulations. Port dues and remissions. Payment of port dues. Failure to pay port dues. (Cap. 227.) Recovery of port dues by seizure. Power to declare ports. Power of Governor to give directions. Delegation by Director. Schedule. Powers of authorized officers. Powers of investigating officers. [cf. 1974 c.37, s. 20.] Powers of authorized officers to enter premises, etc. Obligation to give certain information. Proof of identity of master etc. in proceedings. Giving of directions and offence of non-compliance. Director may give effect to directions in certain cases. Director's general power of exemption. Director's permission to do restricted acts. Compliance by master or owner. Appeals. Duty to report collisions, etc. Notification prior to arrival of damaged vessels, etc. Duty to report fires on vessels. Boarding ships without authority. Cutting of moorings. Endangering the safety of others. Beaching or scuttling vessel. Discharge, storage, etc. of logs and other timber. Obstruction. False information. 9Cap. 227.) Use of official log book in evidence. Notice to appear before a magistrate in respect of offences. (Cap. 227.) Service of documents. Indemnity against damage, etc. Regulations. Validation. (25 of 1986.) [*16.5.86.] (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Abstract

Originally 76 of 1978. 2 of 1979. 60 of 1979. 41 of 1980. 46 of 1981. L.N. 288/81. 12 of 1983. 29 of 1985. 42 of 1985. 25 of 1986. 36 of 1986. L.N. 291/78. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 295, sub. leg.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 84.) (Cap. 1.) Application. Installation of Government port facilities. Use of port facilities. Restriction on installation of private port facilities, etc. Damage, etc., to aids to navigation. Liability for damage to port facilities, etc. Power to require removal of unauthorized lights and signs. Application of the international regulations for preventing collisions at sea, [cf. 1894 c. 60, s. 419(2).] [cf. 1894 c. 60, s. 419(3).] Refusal of permission to enter or leave. Power to detain vessels. Penalty for taking detained vessel to sea. Director to be allowed to board. Port clearance to be obtained before departure. Power to give directions. Ships to anchor in ports. (Cap. 84.) Dead ships. Laid-up vessels. Beaching, etc. of vessels. Removal, etc. of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels. Notice of change of ownership of stranded, abandoned or sunken vessels. Foreign vessels, etc. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Application. (Cap. 281.) Licensing of vessels. Offences in relation to the carrying of passengers. Offences in respect of vessels. Local certificates of competency for persons employed as masters, etc. Cancellation or suspension of local certificates of competency on grounds of incompetency, etc. Offences relating to local certificates of competency. Surrender of local certificates of competency. Regulations. Recovery of penalty by sale of vessels. saving of certain regulations. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Interpretation. Appointment of inspectors. Powers of Director and inspectors. Restriction on carrying out repairs or breaking up of vessels. Safe atmosphere. Directions regarding repairs or breaking up of vessels. Prohibition against use of dangerous equipment, etc. Prohibition against carrying out works in dangerous conditions. Interpretation. [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 29.] Discharge of oil into the waters of Hong Kong. [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 2.] [cf. 1971 c. 60, s. 29(3).] Defences under section 46. 1971 c. 60, s. 5. Duty to report discharge of oil into Hong Kong waters. 1971 c. 60, s. 11. Discharges under the Water Pollution Control Ordinance. (Cap. 358.) Interpretation. Emission of smoke from vessels. Regulations. Port dues and remissions. Payment of port dues. Failure to pay port dues. (Cap. 227.) Recovery of port dues by seizure. Power to declare ports. Power of Governor to give directions. Delegation by Director. Schedule. Powers of authorized officers. Powers of investigating officers. [cf. 1974 c.37, s. 20.] Powers of authorized officers to enter premises, etc. Obligation to give certain information. Proof of identity of master etc. in proceedings. Giving of directions and offence of non-compliance. Director may give effect to directions in certain cases. Director's general power of exemption. Director's permission to do restricted acts. Compliance by master or owner. Appeals. Duty to report collisions, etc. Notification prior to arrival of damaged vessels, etc. Duty to report fires on vessels. Boarding ships without authority. Cutting of moorings. Endangering the safety of others. Beaching or scuttling vessel. Discharge, storage, etc. of logs and other timber. Obstruction. False information. 9Cap. 227.) Use of official log book in evidence. Notice to appear before a magistrate in respect of offences. (Cap. 227.) Service of documents. Indemnity against damage, etc. Regulations. Validation. (25 of 1986.) [*16.5.86.] (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3189

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

313

Number of Pages

50
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:40 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON LANDING OR TAKING OFF OF AIRCRAFT) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3188

Title

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON LANDING OR TAKING OFF OF AIRCRAFT) NOTICE

Description






CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION
ON LANDING OR TAKING OFF OF AIRCRAFT)
NOTICE

(Cap. 312, section 6)




[1 November 1989]


L.N. 356 of 1989

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Civil Aviation (Aircraft Noise)(Limitation
on Landing or Taking Off of Aircraft) Notice.

2. Interpretation

In this notice, unless the context otherwise requires

,,aerodrome operating minima' has the same meaning as in Article 92(1) of the

Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order 1977 (App. 111 p. DP 79);

'Runway 1Y' means the runway at Hong Kong International Airport which

bears the direction of 134 true bearing;

'Runway 31' means the runway at Hong Kong International Airport which

bears the direction of 314 true bearing.

3. Limitation on landing or taking off in Hong Kong

between the hours of 11.30 p.m. and 6.30 a.m.

(1) An aircraft shall not land or take off at Hong Kong International

Airport between the hours of 11.30 p.m. and 6.30 a.m. otherwise than in accordance
with subparagraph (2) or (3).

(2) Subject to complying where appropriate with paragraph 4(b) or (d) as the
case requires, an aircraft may land or take off at Hong Kong International Airport
between 11.30 p.m. and 12 midnight if the circumstances leading to the aircraft
landing or taking off between those hours could not have been reasonably foreseen
by the operator.

(3)Subject to complying where appropriate with paragraph 4(a) or (c) as
the case requires, an aircraft may land or take off at Hong Kong International
Airport between the hours of 12 midnight and 6.30 a.m. if-
(a) the aircraft-

(i) lands or takes off when carrying any person other than a crew
member, an operator's employee in an official capacity,





an authorized representative of an appropriate national
authority or a person accompanying a consignment or other
cargo; or

(ii) is certificated in accordance with noise levels specified in Annex
16 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation and
applicable to such aircraft; and

(b) the aircraft lands or takes off after 12 midnight with the

permission of the Air Traffic Services Watch Supervisor given in
response to a request made to the Air Traffic Services Watch
Supervisor by the operator before 12 midnight for such landing
or taking off, and

(c) the circumstances leading to the aircraft landing or taking off

after 12 midnight could not have been reasonably foreseen by the
operator.

4. Limitation on landing or taking ofr in Hong
Kong at Runway 31 or Runway 13

An aircraft shall not-

(a) take off at Runway 31 between the hours of 12 midnight and 6.30

a.m.; or

(b) take off at Runway 31 between the hours of 9 p.m. and 12

midnight, or between the hours of 6.30 a.m. and 7 a.m. unless-

(i) crosswind or tailwind components appear likely to adversely
affect the safety of aircraft taking ofF at Runway 13; or

(ii)the weather conditions are below the aerodrome operating
minima permitting the aircraft to take off at Runway 13; or

(iii)track guidance is not available to the aircraft after take off at
Runway 13 by reason of the unserviceability of ground
navigation aids or aircraft equipment; or

(c) land at Runway 13 between the hours of 12 midnight and 6.30

a.m. unless the tailwind component, including gust values, at
Runway 31 exceeds 5 knots if the runway is wet or 10 knots if the
runway is dry; or

(d) land at Runway 13 between the hours of 9 p.m. and 12 midnight,

or between the hours of 6.30 a.m. and 7 a.m. unless-

(i) the tailwind component, including gust values, at Runway 31
exceeds 5 knots if the runway is wet or 10 knots if the runway
is dry; or

(ii) the weather conditions are below the aerodrome operating
minima permitting the aircraft to land at Runway 3 1; or

(iii) track guidance is not available to the aircraft landing at Runway
31 by reason of the unserviceability of ground navigation aids
or aircraft equipment.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3188

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

312

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:39 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON OPERATION OF ENGINES AND AUXILIARY POWER UNITS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3187

Title

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON OPERATION OF ENGINES AND AUXILIARY POWER UNITS) REGULATIONS

Description






CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON
OPERATION OF ENGINES AND AUXILIARY
POWER UNITS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 312, section 9)

[1 November 1989]

L.N. 339 of 1989

LAW

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Civil Aviation (Aircraft Noise)

(Limitation on Operation of Engines and Auxiliary Power Units) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

,,auxiliary power unit' means a source of power on an aircraft independent of the
aircraft's engines, which is used to provide power to the aircraft usually when
the engines are not in use;

,,engine'

(a)means an engine on an aircraft which is used to provide power for
propelling that aircraft or for operating equipment installed therein;

(b) does not mean an auxiliary power unit;

'ground idle power' means the power developed by an engine when operated on
the ground with its associated controls selected to the minimum power
position;

,,operator' means the person having the management of an aircraft for the time
being;

,,owner' means the person in whose name an aircraft is registered at its place of
registration;

'plan' means Plan No. KM 3753a dated 16 October 1987 deposited in the office of
the Airport General Manager;

'Richland Gardens' means the area marked 'Richland Gardens' on the plan;

'take-off power' means the power developed by an engine when operated on the
ground with its associated controls selected to enable the aircraft to take off,

training session' means a flight for the purposes of training or checking the flight-
crew of an aircraft.





3. Limitation on operation of engines above ground idle

power between the hours of 12 midnight and 7 a.m.

An engine shall not be operated at Hong Kong International Airport above
ground idle power between the hours of 12 midnight and 7 a.m. except for the
purposes of take off or landing or for moving the aircraft for the purposes of take off
or after landing.

4. Limitation on operation of engines above ground idle

power between the hours of 9 p.m. and 12 midnight

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), an engine shall not be operated at Hong Kong
International Airport above ground idle power between the hours of 9 p.m. and 12
midnight except for the purposes of take off or landing or for moving the aircraft for
the purposes of take off or after landing.

(2) An engine may be operated at Hong Kong International Airport above
ground idle power for purposes other than those described in subregulation (1)

(a)between the hours of 9 p.m. and 11.30 p.m. in the case of aircraft due
to leave Hong Kong on a scheduled service before 10 a.m. on the day
after;

(b)between the hours of 11.30 p.m. and 12 midnight in the case of aircraft
of a description specified in column 1 in Schedule 1 operated in
accordance with the limitation specified opposite thereto in column 2
in Schedule 1 and due to leave Hong Kong on a scheduled service
before 10 a.m. on the day after;

(c)between the hours of 9 p.m. and 12 midnight in the case of aircraft of
a description specified in column 1 in Schedule 1 operated in
accordance with the limitation specified opposite thereto in column 2
in Schedule 1 and due to leave Hong Kong on a scheduled service
between 10 a.m. and noon on the day after;

(d)between the hours of 9 p.m. and 11.30 p.m. in the case of aircraft
required for a training session after 6.30 a.m. and due to leave Hong
Kong on a scheduled service before noon on the day after; or

(e)between the hours of 11.30 p.m. and 12 midnight in the case of aircraft
required for a training session after 6.30 a.m. of a description specified
in column 1 in Schedule 1 operated in accordance with the limitation
specified opposite thereto in column 2 in Schedule 1 and due to leave
Hong Kong on a scheduled service before noon on the day after.





(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), 'aircraft' means an aircraft
certificated in accordance with noise levels specified in Annex 16 to the Convention
on International Civil Aviation and applicable to such aircraft.

5. Limitation on operation of auxiliary power units

(1) No auxiliary power unit shall be operated between the hours of 12 midnight
and 6 a.m. within the area specified in Schedule 2.

(2) When an auxiliary power unit is in operation within the area specified in
Schedule 2 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 12 midnight or is in operation within
the area specified in Schedule 3 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 6 a.m., the aircraft
on which the auxiliary power unit is used shall, except when moving on the ground
for the purposes of take off or after landing, be positioned such that the exhaust of
the auxiliary power unit is not directed towards Richland Gardens; and for the
purposes of this subregulation, the exhaust of an auxiliary power unit shall be
regarded as directed towards Richland Gardens if the angle between

(a)a line drawn rearwards along the longitudinal axis of the aircraft on
which the auxiliary power unit is used; and

(b)a line drawn from that axis to any point at Richland Gardens, being a
line that passes, or would if extended pass, through the outermost
point of the exhaust of that auxiliary power unit,

is less than 451.

(3) No auxiliary power unit shall be operated within the area specified in
Schedule 2 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 12 midnight or be operated within the
area specified in Schedule 3 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 6 a.m. if any quieter
alternative sources of power may be practicably substituted therefor.

(4) The operation of an auxiliary power unit within the area specified in
Schedule 2 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 12 midnight or operation within the
area specified in Schedule 3 between the hours of 11 p.m. and 6 a.m. shall be kept to
a minimum and shall, wherever practicable, be avoided between the hours of 1 a.m.
and 5 a.m. within the area specified in Schedule 3.

6. Offences

(1) If an engine is operated at Hong Kong International Airport in contravention
of regulation 3 or 4, the owner of the aircraft and the operator of the aircraft on which
the engine is used each commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000.

(2) If an auxiliary power unit is operated at Hong Kong International Airport in
contravention of regulation 5, the owner of the aircraft and the operator of the
aircraft on which the auxiliary power unit is used each commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $50,000.





7. Exemption

(1) These regulations shall not apply for such purposes or in such
circumstances as the Director may specify by notice in writing, either generally or in
any particular case.

(2) A notice under subregulation (1) shall be published in the Gazette and may

(a) be made subject to such conditions or limitations; (b)
have effect for such periods or part of periods; or (c)
have such partial operation,

as the Director may specify in the notice.

SCHEDULE 1 [reg. 4]
Aircraft Limitation

(a) A300/A310 One PW4152/CF6 at a time up to take-ofF power for a
maximum duration of 60 seconds
One JT9D at a time up to 1.35 EPR for a maximum duration
of 60 seconds
(b) A320 One CFM 56/V2500 at a time up to take-ofF power for a
maximum duration of 60 seconds

(c) BAe 146 One ALF 502 at a time up to take-off power for a maximum
duration of 60 seconds
(d) Boeing 707/720 One MC/MD/MA at a time up to 1.25 EPR
(e) Boeing 727 One JT8D at a time up to 1960 Ibs thrust (1.09 EPR)
(f) Boeing 737 One JT8D at a time up to 1960 Ibs thrust (1.09 EPR); or
one CFM 56 at a time up to take-off power for a maximum
duration of 60 seconds

(g) Boeing 747 One RB211/CF6 at a time up to take-off power for a
maximum duration of 60 seconds
One JT9D at a time up to 1.35 EPR for a maximum duration
of60seconds
(h) Boeing 757 One RB211/PW2037 at a time up to take-off power for a
maximum duration of 60 seconds
(i) Boeing 767 One RB21 1 /PW4056/CF6 at a time up to take-ofr power for
a
maximum duration of 60 seconds
One JT9D at a time up to 1.35 EPR for a maximum duration
of 60 seconds

(j) DC8/60 series One MD/M at a time up to 1.25 EPR
(k) DC8/70 series One CFM 56 at a time up to take-off power for a maximum
duration of 60 seconds
(1) DC10 One CF6 at a time up to take-off power for a maximum
duration of 60 seconds
One JT9D at a time up to 1.35 EPR for a maximum duration
of 60 seconds
(m) LockheedLI011 One RB211 at a time up to take-ofF power for a maximum
duration of 60 seconds

(n) MD W9/MD 80 One JT8D at a time up to 1960 Ibs thrust (1.09 EPR)





SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 51
The area known as the Auxiliary Power Unit Controlled Area located within the boundaries of
the airport which area is more particularly delineated and coloured pink and marked 'Auxiliary
Power Unit Controlled Area' on the plan.

SCHEDULE 3 [reg. 51
The area located within the boundaries of the airport, which area is more particularly
delineated and edged blue on the plan.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3187

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

312

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:38 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (AIRCRAFT CLASSES) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3186

Title

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (AIRCRAFT CLASSES) NOTICE

Description






CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE)
(AIRCRAFT CLASSES) NOTICE

(Cap. 312, section 3)

[1 November 1988]


L.N. 242188

Citation

1. This notice may be cited as the Civil Aviation (Aircraft Noise) (Aircraft
Classes) Notice.

Application of Ordinance to certain aircraft

2. Section 3(1) of the Ordinance shall apply from 1 November 1988 to subsonic
jet aircraft.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3186

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

312

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:37 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (CERTIFICATION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3185

Title

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (CERTIFICATION) REGULATIONS

Description






CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (CERTIFICATION)

REGULATIONS

ARRAMGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation.................................. Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

2. Interpretation................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2
3. Exemptions....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

PART II

NOISE CERTIFICATES

4. Application for noise certificate ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

5. Issue of noise certificate ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

6. Suspension of noise certificate .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

7. Cancellation of noise certificate ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

8. Duplicate certificates ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

9. Powers of the Director ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

PART III

ENFORCEMENT

10........................Noise certificate to be carried on the aircraft ... ... ... ... ... A 4

11......................Offences in relation to noise certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

12...............Obstruction of persons ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

13....................Power to prevent aircraft flying ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

14..........................Right of access to aerodromes and other places ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTARY

15. Certificate of authority...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

16........Notices ...... ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

17......Fees ......... ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

First Schedule. Forms ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

Second Schedule. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8





CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (CERTIFICATION)
REGULATIONS





(d)while it is being tested with the permission of the Director in
connection with the issue or re-issue of a certificate of
airworthiness by any competent authority, whether of Hong
Kong or elsewhere.

(2) In this regulation 'aircraft' means an aircraft to which section 3
of the Ordinance would, but for this regulation, apply.

PART II

NOISE CERTIFICATES

4. (1) The owner or operator of an aircraft registered in Hong Kong
may apply to the Director in Form 1 in the First Schedule for the grant of
a noise certificate in relation to that aircraft.

(2) An application under paragraph (1) shall be accompanied by

(a)any documents upon which the applicant relies to show that
the aircraft complies with the relevant standards of noise; and

(b)such other evidence in support of the application as the
Director may reasonably require for the consideration of the
application.

5. (1) Where the Director is satisfied that an aircraft in respect of
which an application is made under regulation 4 complies with the
relevant standards of noise, he shall issue to the applicant a noise
certificate in Form 2 in the First Schedule in relation to that aircraft.

(2) Where the Director makes a decision to refuse to grant a noise
certificate he shall give notice in writing of that decision to the applicant
and the notice shall set out his reasons for such refusal.

6. The Director or the Deputy Director may, by written notice to the
owner or operator of an aircraft in respect of which a noise certificate
has been granted, suspend that certificate pending a decision by him in
the exercise of his powers under regulation 7

(a)upon reasonable belief as to the existence of any ground on
which he might cancel the certificate under regulation 7;

(b)if it appears to him the aircraft has been fitted with an engine
of a type other than that specified in the noise certificate or is
otherwise altered so that the description of the aircraft in the
noise certificate differs from its actual description; or

(c)if the aircraft is not made available for inspection as required
by regulation 9.





7. The Director or the Deputy Director, if sufficient grounds
have been shown to his satisfaction, may after due enquiry, by
written notice to the operator or owner of an aircraft, cancel the
noise certificate in respect of the aircraft if it appears to him that-

(a)the information supplied to him under regulation 4 was
false or misleading; 'or

(b)the aircraft no longer complies with the relevant standards
of noise.

8. Where the Director is satisfied that the original of any
noise certificate has been lost or destroyed he may issue a duplicate
thereof.

9. (1) The Director may require the owner or operator of an
aircraft-

(a)in respect of which an application has been made under
regulation 4; or

(b) in respect of which a noise certificate is in force,

to make the aircraft available for inspection at any reasonable time
and place, and may inspect the aircraft when so made available or
cause it to be inspected, for the purpose of determining whether it
complies with or continues to comply with, as the case may be, the
relevant standards of noise.

(2) The Director may, in the course of inspecting an aircraft,
require and permit such tests to be carried out in relation to the
aircraft, including tests carried out while it is in flight, as are
necessary for determining whether the aircraft complies with the
relevant standards of noise.

PART III

ENFORCEMENT

10. (1) An aircraft shall not land or take off in Hong Kong
unless a noise certificate or other documentary proof which is
required by section 3 of the Ordinance is-

(a) carried on the aircraft; or

(b)in the case of a flight which is intended to begin and end at
the same aerodrome, kept at that aerodrome.

(2) If an aircraft does not comply with paragraph (1) its owner
and operator each commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$50,000.





(3) The commander of an aircraft shall, within a reasonable time and
in any event within 24 hours after being requested to do so by the
Director, cause to be produced to the Director the noise certificate or
documentary proof required by section 3 of the Ordinance.

(4) If the commander of an aircraft fails to comply with paragraph
(3)

(a) he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 10,000; and

(b)the owner and operator of the aircraft each commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $50,000.

(5) It shall be a defence in proceedings against the owner or
operator of an aircraft for an offence under paragraph (4)(b), for the
owner or operator to prove that at the date of the alleged offence he did
not know, and could not with reasonable diligence have discovered,
that the commander had failed to comply with paragraph (3).

11. (1) A person shall not with intent to deceive-

(a)lise any noise certificate which has been cancelled or
suspended, or to which he is not entitled;

(b)lend any noise certificate to, or allow it to be used by, any
other person; or

(c)make any false representation for the purpose of procuring for
himself or any other person the grant of a noise certificate.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

12. Any one who intentionally obstructs or impedes the Director,
the Deputy Director, or any person authorized by either of them under
regulation 2(2), in the exercise of his functions under these regulations,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

13. (1) If it appears to the Director that any aircraft is intended or
likely to be flown in such circumstances that section 3 of the Ordinance
would be contravened in relation to the flight, the Director may direct
the operator or the commander of the aircraft that he is not to permit the
aircraft to make the flight, or any other flight of such description as may
be specified in the direction, until the direction has been revoked by the
Director.

(2) The operator or commander of an aircraft who fails without
reasonable excuse to comply with a direction given to him under
paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.





(3) For the purpose of paragraph (1) the Director may enter upon
and inspect any aircraft.

14. The Director shall, for the purposes of ascertaining whether
section 3 of the Ordinance and these regulations are being complied
with and of exercising his functions under the Ordinance and these
regulations, have a right of access at all reasonable times to any
aerodrome or other place where an aircraft which he has power to
inspect has landed and where there are documents that he has power to
demand.

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTARY

15. Any person who performs any function under Part 111 and
does so on the authority of the Director or the Deputy Director under
regulation 2(2) shall, at the request of the commander or operator of the
aircraft, produce to the commander written evidence of that authority.

16. Without prejudice to the manner in which any notice may
otherwise be given, any notice to be given to the owner or operator of
an aircraft under the Ordinance or these regulations may be given by
addressing it to the owner or operator by name, if known, and otherwise
as the 'owner' or, as the case may be, the 'operator' of the aircraft, and
by delivering it to the commander thereof or, where the owner or
operator has a general sales or handling agent in Hong Kong, to such
agent.

17. The fees specified in the Second Schedule shall be payable to
the Director in respect of applications for the grant of noise certificates
and the issue of duplicate noise certificates.

FIRST SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [reg. 4.1
HONG KONG CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT

Applications for a noise
certificate

(Civil Aviation (Aircraft Noise) (Certification)
Regulations, regulation 4)

1. Name of applicant
2. Address of applicant

3.Registration mark of aircraft

4. Manufacturer and manufacturer's type and model designation of aircraft

...................................





5. Manufacturer's aircraft serial number .................................................................

6. Engine types to be fitted to the aircraft ...............................................................

...... .........****** ....

7. Aircraft modifications incorporated for the purpose of compliance with the

relevant standards of noise
..................................................................................

............. .........................................................

1, the *owner/operator of the aircraft described above, hereby apply to the
Director of Civil Aviation for the grant of a noise certificate in relation to that
aircraft.

This application is accompanied by the following documents which I rely on
to show that the aircraft described above complies with the standards of noise
expressed to be applicable to that type of aircraft, in Annex 16 to the Convention
on International Civil Aviation opened for signature at Chicago on 7 December
1944:

1 understand that the Director of Civil Aviation may require me to furnish to
him such additional evidence as he may reasonably require for the consideration of
my application.

.................

Applicant.

Date:

*Delete where inappropriate.

FORm 2 [reg. 5.1

Certificate Number ...................................

HONG KONG

CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT

Noise Certificate

In pursuance of regulation 5 of the Civil Aviation (Aircraft Noise)
(Certification) Regulations, I certify that the aircraft registered in Hong Kong of
which the particulars are given below, when fitted with the engine type specified
herein complies with the standards in respect of noise expressed to be applicable to
that type of aircraft in Annex 16 to the Convention on International Civil
Aviation opened for signature at Chicago on 7 December 1944, provided that the
aircraft is maintained, overhauled and repaired in accordance with the requirements
contained in the Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order 1977 and is operated
in accordance with the appropriate limitations of its flight manual.

Registration Mark: ....................................................................................................

Manufacturer and manufacturer's type and model designation of aircraft ................

Manufacturer's aircraft serial number ........................................................................





Maximum weight of the aircraft at which

Engine types which may be compliance with the relevant standards of
fitted to the aircraft noise has been demonstrated

Aircraft modification, if any, incorporated for the purpose of compliance with the
relevant standards of noise:

Signature: ................................................

for Director of Civil Aviation.

Date:

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 17.1

FEES

1. Grant of a noise certificate limited to a combination or combinations $150
of aircraft and engine types, where a noise certificate has previously
been granted in respect of the identical combination or combinations.
2. Grant of a noise certificate other than in the circumstances referred to $770
in item 1.
3. Issue of duplicate noise certificate. $ 65
L.N. 103/87. Citation. Interpretation. Exemptions. Application for noise certificate. First Schedule. Form 1. Issue of noise certificate. First Schedule. Form 2. Suspension of noise certificate. Cancellation of noise certificate. Duplicate certificates. Powers of the Director. Noise certificate to be carried on the aircraft. Offences in relation to noise certificates. Obstruction of persons. Power to prevent aircraft flying. Right of access to aerodromes and other places. Certificate of authority. Notices. Fees. Second Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 103/87. Citation. Interpretation. Exemptions. Application for noise certificate. First Schedule. Form 1. Issue of noise certificate. First Schedule. Form 2. Suspension of noise certificate. Cancellation of noise certificate. Duplicate certificates. Powers of the Director. Noise certificate to be carried on the aircraft. Offences in relation to noise certificates. Obstruction of persons. Power to prevent aircraft flying. Right of access to aerodromes and other places. Certificate of authority. Notices. Fees. Second Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3185

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

312

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:36 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3184

Title

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 312

OF

REVISED EDITION 1986

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 312

CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE)

To control the emission of noise by aircraft andfor matters ancillary
thereto or connected therewith.



1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Civil Aviation (Aircraft
Noise) Ordinance and shall come into operation on a day to be
appointed by the Governor by notice in the Gazette.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,aerodrome' means any area of land or water designed, equipped, set
apart or commonly used for affording facilities for the landing and
taking off of aircraft and includes any area or space, whether on the
ground, on the roof of a building or elsewhere which is designed,
equipped or set apart for affording facilities for the landing and
taking off of aircraft capable of descending or climbing vertically
and includes an aerodrome the management of which is vested in
the Government of Hong Kong or in the Governor;

,,aerodrome manager' means the person for the time being who
manages an aerodrome or, in his absence, the person who for the
time being manages the air traffic of the aerodrome and, except in
section 7(2) and (3), includes a public officer or other Crown
servant;

'the Annex' means Annex 16 to the Chicago Convention in so far as it
relates to international standards and recommended practices for
aircraft noise, any provision of the Chicago Convention for giving
effect to Annex 16 and any amendment to Annex 16 made in
accordance with the Chicago Convention in so far as it relates to
such standards and practices;

'the Chicago Convention' means the Convention on International Civil
Aviation which was, on 7 December 1944, signed on behalf of the
Government of the United Kingdom at the International Civil
Aviation Conference held at Chicago;

'contracting State' means a State which is a party to the Chicago
Convention;

'Director' means the Director of Civil Aviation;

'noise certificate' means a certificate of compliance, by the aircraft to
which it relates, with the standards of noise prescribed in the
Annex and applicable to such an aircraft or which are equivalent to,
or more restrictive than, such standards;

,,operator', in relation to an aircraft, means the person having the
management of the aircraft for the time being, or in relation to a
time, at that time;





'prescribed' means prescribed by the regulations;

'regulations' means regulations under section 9;

',scheduled journey' means one of a series of journeys which are
undertaken between the same two places and which amount to
a systematic service operated in such a manner that the benefits
thereof are available to members of the public from time to time
seeking advantage of them.

(2) Any function vested in the Director by this Ordinance may
be performed by the Deputy Director of Civil Aviation or by any
public officer authorized by the Director or by the Deputy Director
of Civil Aviation.

3. (1) Subject to this Ordinance and the regulations, as from
a day to be notified by the Governor by notice in the Gazette an
aircraft shall not land or take off in Hong Kong unless-

(a)there is in force in respect of that aircraft a noise certificate
issued by-
(i) the Director; or
(ii) a contracting State; or

(b)there is other documentary proof of compliance by the
aircraft with the standards of noise prescribed in the
Annex and applicable to the aircraft.

(2) The Governor may, in the exercise of his powers under
subsection (1), specify different days for different classes of aircraft.

4. The Director may by notice in writing to the operator of
any aircraft permit the aircraft to land or take off in Hong Kong in
circumstances not permitted by section 3(1):

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to an aircraft
which lands or takes off when carrying passengers, mail or cargo for
hire or reward upon a scheduled journey.

5. (1) The Director may, by notice in the Gazette, provide
that it shall be the duty of the operator of an aircraft which is to take
off or land at an aerodrome designated in the notice to secure that,
after the aircraft takes off or, as the case may be, before it lands at
the aerodrome, such requirements as are specified in the notice are
complied with in relation to the aircraft, being requirements appear-
ing to the Director to be appropriate for the purpose of limiting or of
mitigating the effect of noise and vibration connected with the
taking off or landing of aircraft at the aerodrome.

(2) If it appears to the Director that any requirement specified
in relation to an aerodrome in a notice published in pursuance of
subsection (1) has not been complied with in respect of any aircraft
he may, after affording to the operator of the aircraft an opportunity
of making representations to him with respect to the matter and
after considering any representations then made by this operator,
give to the aerodrome manager a direction requiring him to secure





that, until the Director revokes the direction, facilities for using the
aerodrome are withheld to the extent specified in the direction from
aircraft of which the person aforesaid is the operator and from his
servants; and it shall be the duty of the aerodrome manager to
comply with the direction:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall require the
aerodrome manager to prevent an aircraft from landing at the
aerodrome.

(3) Any notice published in pursuance of subsection (1) may
contain such incidental or supplementary provisions as the Director
considers appropriate.

(4) Any operator of an aircraft who fails to comply with any
requirement of a notice under subsection (1) commits an offence and
is liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000.

6. (1) If the Director considers it appropriate, for the pur-
pose of avoiding, limiting or mitigating the effect of noise and
vibration connected with the taking off or landing of aircraft at an
aerodrome, to prohibit aircraft from taking off or landing, or to
limit the number of occasions on which they may take off or land,
at an aerodrome during certain periods, he may by notice in the
Gazette-

(a)prohibit aircraft of descriptions specified in the notice from
taking off or landing at the aerodrome (otherwise than in
an emergency) during periods so specified;
(b)specify the maximum number of occasions on which
aircraft of descriptions so specified may be permitted to
take off or land at the aerodrome (otherwise than in an
emergency) during periods so specified; or

(c)determine the persons who shall be entitled to arrange for
aircraft of which they are the operators to take off or land
at the aerodrome during the periods specified under para-
graph (b) and, in respect of each of those persons, the
number of occasions on which aircraft of a particular
description of which he is the operator may take off or land
at the aerodrome during those periods.

(2) Subject to subsection (3)(a) and (b) it shall be the duty of
the aerodrome manager to secure that the prohibitions or restric-
tions relating to the aerodrome which are imposed by notice under
subsection (1) are complied with.

(3) The following supplementary provisions shall have effect
for the purposes of subsection (1)-

(a)nothing in that subsection shall require an aerodrome
manager to prevent an aircraft from landing at the
aerodrome;
(b)the Director may, by notice in writing to the aerodrome
manager to which a notice under that subsection relates,





determine that a particular occasion or series of occasions
on which aircraft take off or land at the aerodrome shall
be disregarded for the purposes of the notice under that
subsection; and

(c)any notice published in pursuance of that subsection may
contain such exceptions and such incidental or supple-
mentary provisions as the Director considers appropriate.

(4) Subject to subsection (3), any person who fails to comply
with any requirement of a notice under subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000.

7. (1) The Director may give to an aerodrome manager such
directions as he considers appropriate for the purpose of avoiding,
limiting or mitigating the effect of noise and vibration connected
with the taking off or landing of aircraft at the aerodrome; and it
shall be the duty of the aerodrome manager to comply with the
directions.

(2) The Director may, after consultation with an aerodrome
manager, by notice in writing require him at his own expense-

(a)to provide in an area and within a period specified in the
notice, and to maintain and operate in accordance with
any instructions so specified, such equipment for measur-
ing noise in the vicinity of the aerodrome as is so specified;
and

(b)to make to the Director such reports as are so specified
with respect to the noise measured by the equipment and to
permit any person authorized by the Director for the
purpose to inspect the equipment on demand at any time,

and it shall be the duty of the aerodrome manager to comply with
the requirements of the notice.

(3) If a person fails to perform any requirement or duty
imposed on him by notice under subsection (2) the Director may,
after affording him an opportunity of making representations to the
Director with respect to the matter and after considering any
representations then made by him-

(a)take such steps as the Director considers appropriate for
remedying the failure, which may include steps to secure
the provision, maintenance and operation of equipment by
the Director; and

(b)recover in any court of competent jurisdiction from the
person aforesaid any reasonable expense attributable to
the taking of those steps which is incurred by the Director
from time to time,

and if a person fails to perform any duty imposed on him by a notice
under subsection (2)(b), then without prejudice to the preceding
provisions of this subsection he-





(i) commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of
$20,000; and
(ii) if the failure continues after his conviction of an offence
under this subsection arising from the failure, is liable to a
daily penalty of $10,000.

8. (1) If it appears to the Director that an aircraft is about to
take off in contravention of any prohibition or restriction imposed
in pursuance of this Ordinance, then, without prejudice to any
powers exercisable by virtue of this Ordinance by the aerodrome
manager, any person authorized by the Director for the purpose
may detain the aircraft for such period as that person considers
appropriate for preventing the contravention and may, for the
purpose of detaining the aircraft, enter upon any land.

(2) If it appears to a person authorized for the purpose by the
aerodrome manager that an aircraft is about to take off in contraven-
tion of any prohibition or restriction imposed in pursuance of this
Ordinance, then without prejudice to any other provision of this
Ordinance, the person so authorized may detain the aircraft for such
period as he considers appropriate for preventing the contravention
and may, for the purpose of detaining the aircraft, enter upon any
land.

9. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-

(a) for carrying out the Annex;

(b)specifying the circumstances in which a noise certificate
may be granted and the conditions which may be imposed;

(c)as to the manner and conditions of the issue, validation,
renewal, extension of any certificate or other document
required by this Ordinance or the regulations (including
any examinations and tests to be undergone), and as to
the form, custody, production, cancellation, suspension,
endorsement and surrender of any such document;

(d)for specifying the fees to be paid in respect of the issue,
validation, renewal, extension or variation of any certi-
ficate or other document or the undergoing of any ex-
amination or test required by the regulations and in respect
of any other matters in respect of which it appears to the
Governor in Council to be expedient for the purposes of
the regulations to charge fees;

(e)for exempting from the provisions of this Ordinance or the
regulations, either absolutely or conditionally, any aircraft
or class of aircraft;

generally for restricting or mitigating aircraft noise and
vibration;

(g)authorizing the taking of such steps as may be necessary or
expedient for the better enforcement of the Ordinance





including, without derogation from the generality of the
foregoing, power to enter upon or detain any aircraft;

(h)prescribing the manner in which any notice under this
Ordinance may be given; and

(i)for any matter required or permitted by this Ordinance to
be prescribed.

(2) The regulations may make different provision with respect
to different classes of aircraft and for different aerodromes or classes
of aerodrome.

(3) The regulations may provide that a contravention of
specified provisions shall be an offence and may prescribe penalties
therefor not exceeding a fine of $100,000 and imprisonment for 2
years and, in the case of a continuing offence, to a further fine not
exceeding $20,000 for each day during which the offence continues.

(4) The regulations may be expressed so as to apply to aircraft
in the service of the Crown and, if so expressed, they shall so apply.

10. (1) The regulations may regulate the conditions under
which noise and vibration may be caused by aircraft or aircraft
engines on aerodromes and may provide that subsection (2) shall
apply to any aerodrome in respect of which provision as to noise and
vibration caused by aircraft is so made.

(2) No action shall lie in respect of nuisance by reason only of
the noise and vibration caused by aircraft or aircraft engines on an
aerodrome to which this subsection applies by virtue of the regula-
tions, as long as the provisions of any such regulations are duly
complied with.

11. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to military aircraft.
Originally 33 of 1986. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. Prohibition on landing or taking off without a noise certificate. Exemptions. Requirements as to landing and take off. Restrictions on landing and take off. Directions to managers of airports. Enforcement of prohibitions as to take off. Power to make regulations. Nuisance caused by aircraft and aircraft engines on aerodromes. Exemption of military aircraft.

Abstract

Originally 33 of 1986. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. Prohibition on landing or taking off without a noise certificate. Exemptions. Requirements as to landing and take off. Restrictions on landing and take off. Directions to managers of airports. Enforcement of prohibitions as to take off. Power to make regulations. Nuisance caused by aircraft and aircraft engines on aerodromes. Exemption of military aircraft.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3184

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

312

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:36 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FUEL RESTRICTION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3183

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FUEL RESTRICTION) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FUEL RESTRICTION)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[20 January 1989]

L.N. 10 of 1989 -


1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Air Pollution Control (Fuel
Restriction) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

in these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'modified', in relation to a relevant plant or chimney, includes a change to, or a
replacement of, all or part of the relevant plant or chimney.

3. Application

These regulations do not apply to a relevant plant that-
(a)is in premises used solely as a dwelling;
(b)is used in or on a vessel, motor vehicle, railway locomotive or
aircraft;
(c)is used for construction work, as defined in section 2 of the Noise
Control Ordinance (Cap. 400);
(d)is intended for use during an emergency, or is used during an
emergency; or
(e)uses fuel that has a sulphur content that exceeds 1 % by weight
and was installed before 1 October 1978 unless, since that date, it
or its chimney has been modified.

4. Maximum sulphur content of fuel

(1) An owner or operator of a relevant plant shall not use fuel that has a
sulphur content of more than 1 % by weight in a relevant plant in the areas in
Fanling/Sha Tau Kok, Junk Bay, Port Shelter and Tai Po delineated and
bound by a blue line on Plan No. FR/50/1, Plan No. FR/50/2, Plan No.
FR/50/3 and Plan No. FR/50/5 respectively signed by the Secretary for Health
and Welfare and dated 27 October 1988.





(2) The plans shall be available for inspection at the Land Office at
Victoria during normal business hours.

5. Gaseous fuel only

(1) An owner or operator of a relevant plant shall not use fuel other than
gaseous fuel in a relevant plant in the area in Sha Tin delineated and bound by
a blue line on Plan No. FR/50/4 signed by the Secretary for Health and Welfare
and dated 27 October 1988.
(2) The plan shall be available for inspection at the Land Office at
Victoria during normal business hours.

6. 0ffence

An owner or operator of a relevant plant who contravenes regulation 4 or
5 commits an offence and is liable to a fine not exceeding $20,000 and in
addition, to a fine not exceeding $5,000 for each day on which the offence
continues.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3183

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:35 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (CONSOLIDATION) STATEMENT OF AIR QUALITY OBJECTIVES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3182

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (CONSOLIDATION) STATEMENT OF AIR QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Description






AIR CONTROL ZONES (CONSOLIDATION) STATEMENT OF
AIR QUALITY OBJECTIVES
(Cap. 311, section 7)
[2 January 1987]

L.N. 1 of 1987, L.N. 389 of 1989

1. The air quality objectives set out in the Schedule have been established for
the following air control zones-
(a) Harbour Air Control Zone;
(b) Tsuen Wan-Kwai Chung Air Control Zone;
(c) Junk Bay Air Control Zone;

(d) Lantau Air Control Zone;
(e) Fanling-Sha Tau Kok Air Control Zone;
(f) Port Shelter Air Control Zone;
(g) South Hong Kong Island-Lamma Air Control Zone;
(h) Tolo Air Control Zone;
(i) Tuen Mun Air Control Zone; and
(j) Yuen Long Air Control Zone.

2. For the purposes of comparing air quality with the air quality objectives
set out in the Schedule, all measurements of air quality must be adjusted to a
reference temperature of 298K and to a reference pressure of 10 1. 325 kPa.

SCHEDULE

(A) SULPHUR DIOXIDE
(i) The concentration of sulphur dioxide in air averaged over any one hour shall not exceed
800 micrograms per cubic metre on more than 3 occasions per year.
(ii) The concentration of sulphur dioxide in air averaged over any 24 hour period shall not
exceed 350 micrograms per cubic metre more than once per year.
(iii) The concentration of sulphur dioxide in air averaged over a year shall not exceed 80
micrograms per cubic metre.
(B) TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATES
(i) The concentration of total suspended particulates in air averaged over any 24 hour period
shall not exceed 260 micrograms per cubic metre more than once per year.
(ii) The concentration of total suspended particulates in air averaged over a year shall not
exceed 80 micrograms per cubic metre.
(C) RESPIRABLE SUSPENDED PARTICULATES
(i) The concentration of respirable suspended particulates in air having a nominal
aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometres or less, averaged over any 24 hour period, shall
not exceed 180 micrograms per cubic metre more than once per year.





(ii) The concentration of respirable suspended particuIates in air having a nominal
aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometres or less, averaged over a year, shall not exceed 55
imcrograms per cubic metre.
(D) NITROGEN DIOXIDE
(i) The concentration of nitrogen dioxide in air averaged over any one hour shall not exceed
300 micrograms per cubic metre on more than 3 occasions per year.
(ii) The concentration of nitrogen dioxide in air averaged over any 24 hour period shall not
exceed 150 micrograms per cubic metre more than once per year.
(iii) The concentration of nitrogen dioxide in air averaged over a year shall not exceed 80
micrograms per cubic metre.
(E) CARBON MONOXIDE
(i) The concentration of carbon monoxide in air averaged over any one hour shall not exceed
30 000 micrograms per cubic metre on more than 3 occasions per year.
(ii) The concentration of carbon monoxide in air averaged over any 8 hour period shall not
exceed 10 000 micrograms per cubic metre more than once per year.
(F) PHOTOCHEMICAL OXIDANTS DETERMINED BY
MEASUREMENT OF OZONE
(i) The concentration of photochemical oxidants in air averaged over any one hour shall not
exceed 240 micrograms per cubic metre on more than 3 occasions per year.
(G) LEAD
(i) The concentration of lead in air averaged over any 3 month period shall not exceed 1.5
micrograms per cubic metre.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3182

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:34 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) (SPECIFICATION OF REQUIRED PARTICULARS AND INFORMATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3181

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) (SPECIFICATION OF REQUIRED PARTICULARS AND INFORMATION) ORDER

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES)
(SPECIFICATION OF REQUIRED PARTICULARS AND
INFORMATION) ORDER

(Cap. 311, section 19)

[2 October 1987.]

1. This order may be cited as the Air Pollution Control
(Specified Processes) (Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order.

2. (1) Notice of the existence of premises used for the
conduct of any specified process, containing the particulars and
information required by the form set out in the Schedule, shall be
given by the owner of the premises to the air pollution control
authority, in accordance with that form.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply in respect of the
premises described in the Third Schedule to the Ordinance.





SCHEDULE [para. 2.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 311)

NOTIFICATION OF THE EXISTENCE OF PREMISES USED FOR THE CONDUCT OF A
SPECIFIED PROCESS PURSUANT TO SECTION 19(1)

To: The Authority

1. I/We* the undersigned, being the ownerlowners* of the undermentioned premises, hereby give notice of the existence of the said
premises used for the
conduct of the following specified process and declare that the particulars and information furnished hereunder are correct.

This notification consists of .............pages, with associated drawing ( ....... sheets).

Signature: ...................................................................................................................
Name: ........................................................................................................................
Date: ..........................................................................................................................






1987 Ed.] Air Pollution control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order



1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order




[1987 Ed. Air pollution Control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order






1987 Ed. Air Pollution control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order





1987 Ed. Air Pollution control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order



1987 Ed. Air Polluition Control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order




1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes)
(Spedification of Required Particulars and
Information ) Order




1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes)
(Specification of Required Particulars and
Information) Order L.N. 343/87. Citation. Notice of existing premises used for specified processes. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 343/87. Citation. Notice of existing premises used for specified processes. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3181

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:33 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3180

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation
Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 2
3. Designation of noxious or offensive emissions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 2
4. Forms of applications, etc . ...... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 2
5. Notice to licence holder ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 3
6. Late applications for renewal ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 3
7. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 3
8. Preparation of plans and specifications submitted with applications ... ... F 3
9. Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under regula-
tion 4(2) ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 3

10- Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under
regula-

tion 6 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 3 11. Notice of objection to the
grant, etc. of a licence ... ... ... ... ... ... F 4

12. Form of licence... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 4

13. Form of exemption from licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 4

14. Contents of register... ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... F 4

15. Contents of notice ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

16. Amendment of Schedules... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 5

First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 6
Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 7
Third Schedule ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 .. F 49
Fourth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 49
Fifth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 50





AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[2 October 1987.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Air Pollution Con-
trol (Specified Processes) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

,,authorized person' means a person whose name is for the time
being on the authorized persons' register kept under section 3 of
the Buildings Ordinance-

(a) as an architect, in list I therein; or

(b) as a civil or structural engineer, in list II therein; or

(c) as a surveyor, in list III therein;

'qualified engineer' means a person who is a corporate member of
the Institution of Chemical Engineers, the Institute of Energy,
the Institution of Gas Engineers, the Chartered Institution of
Building Services Engineers, the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers or the Institute of Marine Engineers or a corporate
member of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers (building
services, chemical, marine or mechanical engineering discip-
lines) admitted on or after 5 December 1975.

3. The noxious or offensive emissions specified in the First
Schedule are designated as noxious or offensive emissions for the
purposes of the Ordinance.

4. (1) An application under section 14(1) of the Ordinance
for a licence to conduct a specified process in any premises shall be
made in Form 1 in the Second Schedule.

(2) An application under section 16(1) of the Ordinance for a
renewal of a licence shall be made in Form 2 in the Second Schedule
not earlier than 120 days and not later than 60 days before the expiry
of the licence.

(3) An application under section 18(1) of the Ordinance for a
variation of a licence, or under section 23(1) of the Ordinance for a
variation or cancellation of any term or condition of an exemption
for the conduct of a specified process, shall be made in Form 3 in the
Second Schedule.





(4) An application under section 18A of the Ordinance for a
transfer of a licence shall be made in Form 4 in the Second Schedule.

5. The Authority shall give notice in writing to the licence
holder of the provisions of regulations 4(2), 6, 9 and 10 not earlier
than 130 days and not later than 120 days before the expiry of his
licence.

6. (1) Notwithstanding regulation 4(2), if an application for
renewal of a licence is received by the Authority less than 60 days
before the expiry of the licence, the Authority shall entertain the
application.

(2) Notwithstanding regulation 4(2), if an application for
renewal of a licence is received by the Authority within 60 days after
the date of expiry of the licence, the Authority shall entertain the
application.

7. (1) The fees specified in the Third Schedule are prescribed
for the purposes of the Ordinance.

(2) No refund shall be made of any application fee.

8. All plans and specifications submitted with or in relation to
any application prescribed in these regulations shall be prepared by
a qualified engineer or an authorized person.

9. A licence which is the subject of an application for renewal
made in accordance with regulation 4(2), if the Authority-

(a)renews the licence before or after the date of its expiry,
shall continue in force until such renewal;

(b)refuses to renew the licence before or after the date of its
expiry, shall continue in force-
(i) until the expiry of the time for appealing against the
refusal prescribed in section 31(2) of the Ordinance; or
(ii) where the applicant appeals against the refusal
under section 31(2) of the Ordinance, until the appeal is
disposed of, withdrawn or abandoned.

10. (1) A licence which is the subject of an application for
renewal made in accordance with regulation 6(1), if the Authority-

(a)decides to renew, or to refuse to renew, the licence before
the date of its expiry, shall continue in force-
(i) where renewal is granted, until such renewal; or
(ii) where renewal is refused-





(A)until the expiry of the time for appealing
against the refusal prescribed in section 31(2)
of the Ordinance; or

(B)where the applicant appeals against the refusal
under section 31(2) of the Ordinance, until
the appeal is disposed of, withdrawn or
abandoned;

(b)is unable to decide to renew, or to refuse to renew, the
licence before the date of its expiry, shall cease to be in
force with effect from the date of its expiry.

(2) A licence which is the subject of an application for renewal
made in accordance with regulation 6(2) shall cease to be in force
with effect from the date of its expiry.

11. If any person wishes to object to the grant of a licence,the
renewal of a licence, the variation of a licence, the transfer of a
licence or the variation or cancellation of any term or condition
imposed under section 22 of the Ordinance, application for which
has been the subject of a statutory public notice, he shall give notice
of such objection to the Authority in Form 5 in the Second Schedule
within 30 days after the last notice is published and send a copy of
the notice of objection to the Secretary.

12. A licence granted under section 15, or a licence renewed
under section 16, of the Ordinance shall be in Form 6 in the Second
Schedule.

13. An exemption under section 20 of the Ordinance from the
operation of section 13 thereof shall be in Form 7 in the Second
Schedule.

14. (1) The particulars to be entered in the register in respect
of-

(a)an application, under section 14 of the Ordinance, for a
licence;

(b)an application, under section 18 of the Ordinance, for a
variation of a licence; and

(e)an application, under section 23 of the Ordinance, for a
variation or cancellation of any term or condition imposed
by the Authority under section 22 of the Ordinance,

shall be as specified in the Fourth Schedule.

(2) Where the Secretary directs that section 14(3) and (4) of
the Ordinance shall apply to-





(a)an application, under section 16 of the Ordinance, for a
renewal of a licence;

(b)an application, under section 18A of the Ordinance, for a
transfer of a licence; or

(c)an application, under section 21 of the Ordinance, for a licence
in accordance with subsection (1)(ii) of that section,

the particulars of the application to be entered in the register shall be as
specified in the Fourth Schedule.

(3) In addition to the particulars entered in the register under
paragraphs (1) and (2), the following particulars shall be entered in the
register

(a) all cancellations of licences or exemptions; and

(b)the terms and conditions subject to which any exemption
under section 20 of the Ordinance shall continue in force.

15. (1) A notice published in an English language and a Chinese
language newspaper--

(a)of an application, under section 14 of the Ordinance, for a
licence;

(b)of an application, under section 18 of the Ordinance, for a
variation of a licence; and

(c)of an application, under section 23 of the Ordinance, for a
variation or cancellation of any term or condition imposed by
the Authority under section 22 of the Ordinance,

shall contain such particulars of the application and other information as
specified in the Fifth Schedule.

(2) Where the Secretary directs that section 14(3) and (4) of the
Ordinance shall apply to--

(a)an application, under section 16 of the Ordinance, for a
renewal of a licence;

(b)an application, under section 18A of the Ordinance, for a
transfer of a licence; or

(c)an application, under section 21 of the Ordinance, for a licence
in accordance with subsection (1)(ii) of that section,

a notice published in an English language and a Chinese language
newspaper shall contain such particulars of the application and other
information as specified in the Fifth Schedule.

16. The Governor may, after consultation with the Pollution
Advisory Committee, amend the Second Schedule, Fourth Schedule and
Fifth Schedule by order published in the Gazette.





FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 3.]

Noxious or Offensive Emissions Aldehydes Ammonia
and its compounds Asbestos Bromine and its compounds Carbon Monoxide
Chlorine and its compounds Cyanogen and its compounds Fluorine and its
compounds Fumes and dust containing aluminium, antimony, arsenic, beryllium,
cadmium, copper, iron, lead, mercury, nickel, tin, vanadium, zinc or their
compounds Fumes or vapours from petrochemical works Fumes or vapours from
gas works Fumes or vapours from tar and bitumen works Hydrogen sulphide Metal
or metallic oxide fumes Oxides and oxyacids of nitrogen Hydrocarbons Smoke,
soot, grit and dust Sulphur dioxide and sulphurous acid Sulphur trioxide and sulphuric
acid Volatile organic sulphur compounds





SECOND SCHEDULE [regs. 4, 11, 12, 13 & 16.]
FORM 1 [reg. 4.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES)
REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE PURSUANT TO SECTION 14 OF THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

To: The Authority

1 i/We* the undersigned hereby apply under section 14 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance for a licence for the conduct of the
undermentioned
specifiec process and I/we* hereby declare that the following particulars and the additional information, if any, provided are
correct and the relevant plans
and specification are prepared by the qualified engineer(s)/authorized person(s) listed in paragraph 3 of the application.

I/We* enclose the application fee of
$100.

This application, including plans and specifications, comprises pages.

Dated this ..day of ...........19 .

Signature of Applicant
........................................................................................
Name
............................................................................................
......................





1987 eD.] air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987Ed.] Air pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




9. Drawings

Please provide

(1)A block plan, drawn to a scale of 1:500 and prepared by an authorized person, showing the buildings and topography surrounding the
premises where the
specified process is to be conducted and the location of all emission points and their corresponding numbers.

(2)Schematic diagrams of process flow prepared by a qualified engineer, showing the flow of materials, including raw materials,
materials in process of
manufacture, manufactured materials, by-products and waste materials. All emission points and processes/equipment, including
air pollution control
equipment, associated with each emission point, must be identified and labelled with consistent reference numbers.

10. Notes

(1)The Authority may require the applicant to submit any other information about the specified process under application as specified
in a notice in
writing served by the Authority in accordance with section 27 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance within such time and in
such form as is
specified in the same notice.

(2)This application is subject to public notification provision pursuant to section 14 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance. The
applicant, however,
may apply to withhold any information contained in this application from public notification to the extent as permitted under
section 40 of the
Ordinance.

(3)The expense in public notification in causing a notice to be published in an English language and a Chinese language newspaper
shall be met by the
applicant himself.

(4) The Authority may, not earlier than 40 days after the last
notice is published in the newspaper, either grant or refuse to grant the licence.

(5) The prescribed fee for application is NOT refundable.

(6)Any person who provides information which he knows to be incorrect in a material respect or recklessly makes any statement which
is incorrect in a
material respect or knowingly omits any material particular commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.






1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Porcesses) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations






1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FORm 2 [reg. 4.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR RENEWAL OF A LICENCE PURSUANT TO SECTION 16 OF
THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

To: The Authority

1. the undersigned, being the licence holder of the undermentioned licence, hereby apply under Section 16 of the Air Pollution
Control Ordinance for the renewal of a licence for the conduct of
the undermentioned specified process. I/We* hereby declare that the particulars of the undermentioned specified process, including
any chimney and relevant plant, nature and emission of any
air pollutant, the fuel usage, raw materials and products are substantially unchanged and that the following particulars provided
are correct.

Dated this ..day of ...........19 ...

Signature of Applicant
........................................................................................
Name
...........................................................................................
.......................







1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FORm 3 [reg. 4.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR VARIATION OF A LICENCE PURSUANT TO SECTION 18, OR VARIATION OR
CANCELLATION OF ANY TERM OR CONDITION OF AN EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 23, OF THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE
To: The Authority
1. the undersigned, being the licence/exemption* holder of the undermentioned licence/exemption*, hereby apply under Section
18/23* of the Air Pollution
Control Ordinance for the variation of a licence/variation or cancellation of a term or condition of an exemption* for the conduct
of the undermentioned
specified
process and I/we* hereby declare the following particulars and the additional information, if any, provided are correct and the
relevant plans and specifications
are
prepared by the qualified engineer(s)/ authorized person(s) listed in paragraph 3 of this application.

IlWe* enclose the application fee of $100.
This application, including plans and specifications, comprises pages.

Dated this ..day of ...........19 .

Signature of Applicant
Name





1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




(4) Fuel Usage, Raw Materials, Products and Processes1Equipment

Describe the details of proposed variation in respect to the fuel usage, raw materials, products and processes/equipment
described for the purpose
of the existing licence or exemption and state what action, if any, is proposed to minimize the amount or effects of any air
pollution.

6. Drawings

Please provide, wherever applicable,

(1)A block plan, drawn to a scale of 1:500 and prepared by an authorized person, showing the buildings and topography surrounding the
premises where
the specified process is to he conducted and the location of all emission points and their corresponding numbers.

(2)Schematic diagrams of process flow prepared by a qualified engineer, showing the flow of materials, including raw materials,
materials in process of
manufacture, manufactured materials, by-products and waste materials. All emission points and processes/equipment, including
air pollution control
equipment, associated with each emission point, must be identified and labelled with consistent reference numbers.

7. Notes

(1)The Authority may require the applicant to submit any other information about the specified process under application as specified
in a notice in
writing served by the Authority in accordance with section 27 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance within such time and in
such form as is
specified in the same notice.

(2)This application is subject to public notification provision pursuant to section 14 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance. The
applicant, however,
may apply to withhold any information contained in this application from public notification to the extent as permitted under
section 40 of the
Ordinance.

(3)The expense in public notification in causing a notice to be published in an English language and a Chinese language newspaper
shall be met by the
applicant himself.

(4)The Authority may grant the application, with or without modification, or refuse to grant it but shall not do so earlier than 30
or 40 days,
respectively for variation or cancellation of any term or condition of exemption and variation of a licence, after the last
notice is published in a
newspaper.

(5) The prescribed fee for application is NOT refundable.

(6)Any person who provides information which he knows to be incorrect in a material respect or recklessly makes any statement which
is incorrect in a
material respect or knowingly omits any material particular commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.


1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed. Air Pollutaion Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FORm 4 [reg. 4.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF A LICENCE PURSUANT TO SECTION I8A OF
THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

To: The Authority

1. We the undersigned, being the licence holder and the prospective transferee of the undermentioned licence, hereby apply jointly
under section 18A of the Air
Pollution Control Ordinance for the transfer of the licence for the conduct of the undermentioned specified process and we hereby
declare that the particulars ofthe
undermentioned specified process, including any chimney and relevant plant, nature and emission of any air pollutant, the fuel
usage, raw materials and products are
substantially unchanged and that the following particulars provided are correct.

We enclose the application fee of $100.

Dated this ..day of ...........19 ...

Signature of Applicants(i) ..............................................................................
Licence Holder

Name ...................................................................

.....................................................................................................
....Prospective Transferee

Name ...................................................................






1987 Ed.] Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed. Air Pollution control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FoRm 5 [reg. 11.]

NOTICE OF OBJECTION TO THE GRANTING OR RENEWAL
OR VARIATION OR TRANSFER*
OF A LICENCE OR VARIATION OR CANCELLATION
OF A TERM OR CONDITION OF AN EXEMPTION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 14/16/18/18A/23*
OF THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

To: The Authority

1.................Full Name of Objector: .................. ............. .....

2...............................Home Address of Objector: ............

Office Address of Objector: .... ...........................................................................

Occupation: ....................-

Telephone No.: ..................................................................................................

3. Details of the Application Under Objection:

Registration No.: .....................................................................
Name of Applicant: ...........................................................................

Purpose of the Application: ................................................................................

Address of the Premises Where the Specified Process Is To Be Conducted: .......

........-

4.............................Relevant Air Quality Objective(s) being Threatened: .

5. The grounds for this objection are: (set them out in full)
...................................

.............................
.. .....................................

. ... .......
(Signature)
Objector
Objector

Dated this ............day of 19

Copy to the Secretary for Health and Welfare

Delete if not applicable.





1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FORm 6
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

LICENCE FOR THE CONDUCT OF A SPECIFIED PROCESS

Licence No.: ..............................................

PART A (Main Licence):

Pursuant to section 15/16* of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance, the Authority
grants/renews* this licence to ......................................................................................
Full Name of Licence Holder

to use or permit to be used the premises at ..................................................................
Full Address ofthe

......................................
premises at which the specifiedprocess is to be conducted
for the conduct of the specified process described in Part B subject to the terms and
conditions described in or attached to Part C of this licence.

This licence shall be effective from the day of 19 and

expire on the ..........day of 19

.................... ..................................
for Authority

Dated this ..........day of 19
NOTE: (a)This licence consists of three parts, respectively Part A (Main
Licence), Part B (Process Description) and Part C (Terms and
Conditions).

(b)If any variation of this licence is required, the licence holder shall
apply for the variation of the licence in accordance with section 18 of
the Air Pollution Control Ordinance.

(c)Application for renewal of licence must be made not earlier than
120 days before and not later than 60 days after the date of expiry of
this licence.

(d)A licence holder who contravenes any term or condition of this licence
and who is convicted of an offence under section 30A of the Ordinance
is liable to a fine of $20,000 and in addition to a daily fine of $5,000
for a continuing offence.

* Delete ifnot applicable.





PART B (Process Description):

Hereunder is the brief description of the process to be conducted in the
premises mentioned in Part A of this licence. A more exact description of the process

is contained in application of registration no . dated

the ...day of .....19

1. Classification of specified process:
2. Installed/Processing* Capacity:
3. Silo Capacity (for Cement Works only):
4. Fuel Usage:

6. Other particulars:

PART C (Terms and Conditions):

The Authority grants this licence to the licence holder to use or permit to be
used the premises as mentioned in Part A of this licence for the conduct of the
specified process as mentioned in Part B of this licence, subject to the following terms
and conditions:

(Hereunder insert the terms and conditions to be imposed to this licence-
sections 15(4) and 16(5) of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance)

Delete if not applicable.





1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




1987 Ed. Air pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




FORM 7 [reg. 13.]

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SPECIFIED PROCESSES) REGULATIONS

EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING PURSUANT TO SECTION 20

Exemption No.:

PART A (Main Exemption):

Pursuant to section 20 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance, the Authority

exempts ...........from the operation of
............Full name afexemption holder

section 13 in respect of the premises at .......................................................................
Full address ofthe premises at which the

.. which are being used or being developed for
specifledprocess is to be conducted
use for the conduct of the specified process as described in Part B of this exemption.

..............................
for Authority

Dated this ............day of 19
NOTE.. (a)This exemption consists of three parts, respectively Part A (Main
Exemption), Part B (Process Description) and Part C (Terms and
Conditions).

(b)The Authority may by notice in writing impose terms and conditions
in relation to this exemption in accordance with section 22 of the
Ordinance. Any terms and conditions so imposed are described in or
attached to Part C of this exemption.

(c)Under section 21 of the Ordinance this exemption shall cease if any
changes are made to the premises used for the conduct of a specified
process. The exemption holder shall then apply for a licence in
accordance with section 14 of the Ordinance.

(d) The owner of any premises who is convicted of an offence under sec-
tion 19(3) of the Ordinance is liable to a fine of $5,000 and on
conviction this exemption shall cease under section 20A of the
Ordinance.

(e)The exemption holder who contravenes any term or condition of this
exemption and who is convicted of an offence under section 30A of
the Ordinance is liable to a fine of $20,000 and in addition to a daily
fine of $5,000 for a continuing offence.





PART B (Process Description):

Hereunder is the brief description of the process to be conducted in the premises
mentioned in Part A of this record. A more exact description of the process is
contained in a notice given to the Authority containing such particulars and
information as specified in an order published in the Gazette in accordance with
section 19(1) of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance.

1. Classification of specified process:
2. Installed/Processing* Capacity:
3. Silo Capacity (for Cement Works only):
4. Fuel Usage:


6. Other Particulars:

PART C (Terms and Conditions):

The Authority has imposed by notice in writing to the exemption holder on the
......................day of 19 in relation to this exemption terms
and conditions in accordance with section 22 of the Ordinance. This exemption shall
continue in force subject to the observance of the terms and conditions which are
contained in the said notice and reproduced below:

(Hereunder insert the terms and conditions in relation to this exemption-
section 22 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance)

Delete if not applicable.





1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations



1987 Ed. Air Pollution Control (Specified Processes) Regulations




THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 7.]
Fees $
1. For an application, under section 14 of the Ordinance, for a licence 100
2.For an application, under section 16 of the Ordinance, for renewal of a
licence ............................Nil

3. For an application, under section 18 of the Ordinance, for variation of
a licence .............................. 100
4......................................For an application, under section 18A of the Ordinance, for transfer of
a licence ...........................100
5......................................For an application, under section 23 of the Ordinance, for variation or
cancellation of any term or condition imposed under section 22 of the
Ordinance ...........................100
6..............................For a certified copy of an entry in the register ........... 20

FOURTH SCHEDULE [regs. 14 & 16.]

Particulars to be entered in the register of an application for a licence, or for
variation of a licence, orfor variation or cancellation of a term or condition of
an exemption; or where so directed by the Secretary for Health and Welfare,
for renewal or transfer of a licence and for cessation of an exemption with
application for a licence

Item

1. Date of the application.

2. Name and address of applicant.

3. Address of premises where the specified process is to be conducted.

4. Classification of specified process under application.

5. Other specified processes operating in the same premises and their licence or
exemption numbers.

6. Date of entry into the register, and the date of notice in newspapers.
7. Points of emission to atmosphere to be listed, with exhaust gas flow rate and
exit temperature, and emission rate and composition of noxious or offensive
emissions (estimated if necessary), control equipment to be used to render
noxious or offensive emissions harmless and inoffensive, and mode of dis-
charge to atmosphere, including discharge or chimney heights and their
cross-sectional dimensions.

8.A note that any person may object within 30 days of notice in newspapers, to
the granting of the application on the grounds that the Air Quality Objective
in that area is being threatened or the emission of noxious or offensive
emissions would be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health. An objection
requires the name, address, and identity of the person making the objection,
the address of the premises of the proposed specified process, and how the Air
Quality Objective is being threatened or how the emission of noxious or
offensive emissions would cause prejudice to health. Objections should be
made in Form 5 in the Second Schedule to the Air Pollution Control (Specified
Processes) Regulations and be forwarded to the Authority and copied to the
Secretary for Health and Welfare.





FIFTH SCHEDULE [regs. 15 & 16.]

Particulars to be published in newspapers of an applicationfor a licence orfor
variation of a licence, orfor variation or cancellation of a term or condition of
an exemption; or where so directed by the Secretary for Health and Welfare,
for renewal or transjer of a licence andfor cessation of an exemption with
application for a licence

Item
1 . Name and address of applicant.
2. Address of premises where the specified process is to be conducted.
3. Classification of specified process under application.
4. Other specified processes operating in the same premises and their licence or
exemption numbers.
5. A note to explain where particulars of the application may be inspected, and
where details of the proposed process, Air Quality Objectives and prescribed
forms can be obtained for objection to the application. Any objection must be
made within 30 days of the notice.
L.N. 192/87. L.N. 366/87. L.N. 345/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) L.N. 366/87. L.N. 366/87. L.N. 366/87. Designation of noxious or offensive emissions. First Schedule. Forms of applications, etc. Second Schedule, Form 1. Second Schedule, Form 2. Second Schedule, Form 3. Second Schedule, Form 4. Notice to licenece holder. Late applications for renewal. Fees. Third schedule. Preparation of plans and specifications submitted with applications. Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under regulation 4(2). Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under regulation 6. Notice of objection to the grant, etc. of a licence. Second Schedule, Form 5. Form of licence. Second Schedule, Form 6. Form of exemption from licence. Second Schedule, Form 7. Contents of register. Fourth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Contents of notice. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Amendment of schedules. Second Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Fifth Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 192/87. L.N. 366/87. L.N. 345/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) L.N. 366/87. L.N. 366/87. L.N. 366/87. Designation of noxious or offensive emissions. First Schedule. Forms of applications, etc. Second Schedule, Form 1. Second Schedule, Form 2. Second Schedule, Form 3. Second Schedule, Form 4. Notice to licenece holder. Late applications for renewal. Fees. Third schedule. Preparation of plans and specifications submitted with applications. Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under regulation 4(2). Status of licences pending decision on applications for renewal under regulation 6. Notice of objection to the grant, etc. of a licence. Second Schedule, Form 5. Form of licence. Second Schedule, Form 6. Form of exemption from licence. Second Schedule, Form 7. Contents of register. Fourth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Contents of notice. Fifth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Amendment of schedules. Second Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Fifth Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3180

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

49
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:32 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (AIR CONTROL ZONES) (DECLARATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3179

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (AIR CONTROL ZONES) (DECLARATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (AIR CONTROL ZONES)
(DECLARATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER



(Cap. 311, section 6)

[24 December 1986]


L.N. 312 of 1986, L.N. 388 of 1989

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Air Pollution Control (Air Control Zones)
(Declaration) (Consolidation) Order.

2. Declaration of air control zones

It is declared that those parts of Hong Kong more particularly described in
Schedules 1 to 10 shall be air control zones to be known as the air control zone
named in each schedule respectively.

SCHEDULE 1 [para. 2]

HAPRouR AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered TWM 2223, signed by
the Secretary for Health and Welfare on 4 December 1986 and deposited in the Land Office at
Victoria.

SCHEDULE2 [para.
21

TSUEN WAN-KWAI CHUNG AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered TWM 2224, signed by
the Secretary for Health and Welfare on 4 December 1986 and deposited in the Land Office at
Victoria.

SCHEDUEL 3 [para.
21

JUNK BAY AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/2, signed by the
Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.





SCHEDULE 4 [para. 2]

LANTAU AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/3, signed by the

Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

SCHEDULE 5 [para. 2]

FANLING-SHA TAU KOK AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/4, signed by the

Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

SCHEDULE 6 [para. 2]

PORT SHELTER AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/5, signed by the

Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

SCHEDULE 7 [para. 2]

SOUTH HONG KONG ISLAND-LAmmA AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/6, signed by the

Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

SCHEDULE 8 [para. 2]

TOLO AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/7, signed by the

Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.





SCHEDULE 9 [para. 2]

TUEN MUN AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/50/9, signed by the
Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

SCHEDULE 10 [para. 2]

YUEN LONG AIR CONTROL
ZONE

The area delineated and bounded by a blue line on a map numbered AP/ 50/10, signed by the
Secretary for Planning, Environment and Lands on 28 October 1989 and deposited in the Land
Office at Victoria.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3179

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:32 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (APPEAL BOARD) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3178

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (APPEAL BOARD) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (APPEAL BOARD)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[1 October 1983.]

may be cited as the Air Pollution Control
(Appeal Board) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

,4appellant' means the person aggrieved by a decision, requirement or
specification of a public officer under any of the provisions listed
in section 31(1) of the Ordinance and who has sent a notice of
appeal to the Chairman under regulation 3(1);

'Board' means an Appeal Board constituted under Part VI of the
Ordinance;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of Appeal Boards appointed under
section 32 of the Ordinance.

3. (1) An appeal under section 31(1) of the Ordinance shall be
commenced by the appellant sending to the Chairman a notice of appeal
in writing which shall be substantially in accordance with Form 1 in the
Schedule and shall set out the grounds of the appeal.

(2) At the same time as sending the notice under paragraph (1) the
appellant shall send a copy of such notice to the Authority or the
Secretary as the case may be.

4. (1) The Chairman shall fix the date, time and place of the hearing
of an appeal and the Chairman shall not less than 14 days before the
date so fixed send to the appellant and to the Authority or the Secretary
as the case may be a notice substantially in accordance with Form 2 in
the Schedule.

(2) In exercising his power under paragraph (1) the Chairman shall
fix the date for the hearing of an appeal in order that such appeal may be
heard as soon as reasonably practicable after the notice of appeal has
been lodged.

5. Where a Board issues a witness summons under section 33(5)(c)
of the Ordinance such summons shall be substantially in accordance
with Form 3 in the Schedule.

6. Proceedings before a Board shall be held in public unless

c

These n

the appellant or a witness requests otherwise and the Board accedes to
the request.

7. The appellant and the Authority or the Secretary as the case may
be may be represented at the hearing of an appeal by a barrister or a
solicitor.





8. The grounds of appeal shall be limited to those set out in the
notice of appeal unless the Board grants leave for the grounds of appeal
to be amended.

9. (1) The appellant may abandon all or any of his grounds of
appeal before or during the hearing of his appeal.

(2) Where the appellant abandons grounds of appeal under
paragraph (1) before the hearing of his appeal he shall by notice in
writing, addressed to each of the Chairman and to the Authority or the
Secretary as the case may be, inform them of such abandonment.

10. (1) If on the day fixed for the hearing of an appeal, the appellant
fails to attend the hearing either in person or by barrister or solicitor the
Board may

(a)if satisfied that the appellant's failure to attend was due to
sickness or other reasonable cause, postpone or adjourn the
hearing for such period as it thinks fit;

(b) proceed to hear the appeal; or

(c) dismiss the appeal.

(2) If an appeal has been dismissed by the Board under regulation
10(1)(c) the appellant may, within 30 days after the making of the order
for dismissal, by notice in writing addressed to the Chairman, apply to
the Board to review its order and the Board may, if satisfied that the
appellant's failure to attend the hearing was due to sickness or any other
reasonable cause, set aside the order for dismissal and proceed to hear
the appeal.

11. The Chairman shall take or cause to be taken in writing a full
minute, so far as circumstances permit, of the following matters

(a) the nature of the grounds of appeal;

(b)the names of the appellant, the Authority or the Secretary as
the case may be and of the respective witnesses on either
side;

(c) the evidence of the witnesses; and

(d) the decision of the Board.

SCHEDULE [regs. 3, 4 & 5.]
FoRmI [reg. 3.]
NOTICE OF APPEAL

Appeal against the decision, requirement or specification contained in a notice issued
under the Air Pollution Control Ordinance.

To: Air Pollution Control Appeal Board

1. Full name of Appellant: ......................................................................................

2. Address of Appellant: ............... .................................................

TelephoneNo . ...............................





3.(Address of Appellant or Representative for service of documents if different
from the above address)
......................................................................................

...................................

4...................Details of notice appealed against:
Notice dated .....19 Reference No .
(A copy of which is attached)

5. Address of the premises or place to which the notice refers:
...............................

...................................

6.Name and full address of the public officer as shown on notice ..........................
Telephone No . ...............................

7.Particulars of the decision, requirement or specification appealed against (set
them out from the notice)
...................................................................................

...................................
...................................

8. The grounds for this appeal are: (set them out in full)
........................................

...................................
...................................
...................................

(Signature)
Appellant

Dated ..............19

Form 2 [reg. 4]

NOTICE OF TIME AND PLACE FIXED FOR HEARING OF AN APPEAL

Appeal No.: ...of 19

In the matter of the Appeal lodged by
........................................................................ (Appellant) against the decision,
requirement or specification contained in a notice

issued under the Air Pollution Control Ordinance on the day

of .....19
To ..........(Appellant)

TAKE NOTICE that the above appeal will be heard at on

the ....day of .....19 ..........at a.m./p.m.

AND TAKE NOTICE that if you do not attend at the time and place
mentioned, either in person or by a person duly authorized to appear on your
behalf, the appeal may be dismissed or be heard in your absence.

Dated this ..day of ..19

(Signature)
Chairman of the Appeal Board







This notice was served by me on
.........................................................................

at ...................on the ....day of

............................. 19

(Signature) (Signature)

Recipient of notice Process server





FORm 3 [reg. 5]

SUMMONS TO WITNESS

Appeal No.:
............................. of 19

In the matter of the Appeal lodged by
........................................................................ (Appellant) against the decision,
requirement or specification contained in a notice

issued under the Air Pollution Control Ordinance on the day

of ......19

To (a) ...............................

YOU ARE HEREBY SUMMONED to attend at .............................................

on the ..day of ........19


*a.m./p.m., and so from day to day, until the proceedings are heard, to give evidence
in the above appeal *and also to bring with you and produce the several documents
hereunder specified:

(Here insert list of documents required to be produced)

Dated this .............day of 19

(Signature)
Chairman ofthe Appeal Board

Delete where inappropriate
Note: (a) Insert name ot person to be served

This notice was served by me on
.........................................................................

at ......on the .........day of
19

(Signature) (Signature)

Recipient of noticeProcess server
L.N. 247/83. Citation. Interpretation. Schedule. Restrictions applicable to dark smoke emission. Amendment of Schedule. L.N. 247/83. Citation. Interpretation. Commencement of an appeal. Form 1. Date, time and place of hearing. Form 2. Witness summons. Form 3. Proceedings generally in public. Representation.

Abstract

L.N. 247/83. Citation. Interpretation. Schedule. Restrictions applicable to dark smoke emission. Amendment of Schedule. L.N. 247/83. Citation. Interpretation. Commencement of an appeal. Form 1. Date, time and place of hearing. Form 2. Witness summons. Form 3. Proceedings generally in public. Representation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3178

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:30 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SMOKE) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3177

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SMOKE) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (SMOKE) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[1 October 1983.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Air Pollution Control
(Smoke) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'approved device' means a device specified in the Schedule;

'dark smoke' means smoke which, if compared in the appropriate
manner with the Ringelmann Chart or an approved device,
would appear to be as dark as or darker than shade 2, on the
Ringelmann Chart;

'Ringelmann Chart means a shade chart of the type known at the date
of commencement of these regulations as a Ringelmann Chart;

'smoke' includes

(a) dust or fumes; and

(b) soot, ash, grit or gritty particles emitted in smoke or steam.

3. An owner of any premises who operates any chimney or relevant
plant in such a manner that any dark smoke is emitted for
more than 6 minutes in any period of 4 hours or for more than 3
minutes continuously at any one time, commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and in addition to a fine of $100 for every
one quarter of an hour during the whole or any part of which such
offence is knowingly and wilfully continued.

4. The Governor may by order amend the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [reg. 2.]

Approved Devices

1. Micro-Ringelmann Chart

2. Miniature Ringelmann Chart
3. Telesmoke
4. Smokescope

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3177

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:29 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (DUST AND GRIT EMISSION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3176

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (DUST AND GRIT EMISSION) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (DUST AND GRIT EMISSION)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2
3. Provision of sampling points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2
4. Duties of occupier ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
5. Use of liquid fuel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
6. Power to take samples of dust and grit and take samples of liquid fuel ... ... B 3
7. Weighing of a sample ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
8. Division of sample ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
9. Size analysis and viscosity determination of sample ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
10. Emission of dust or grit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

First Schedule. Test Procedures for the Determination of Viscosity ... ... ... ... ... B 5
Second Schedule. Method of Taking Sample of Dust and Grit ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
Third Schedule. Method of Taking Samples of Dust and Grit for Size Analysis or
Determination of the Relative Proportion of Dust and Grit Burden ... B 6
Fourth Schedule. Method of Taking Sample of Liquid Fuel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
Fifth Schedule. Method of Determining Temperature of Liquid Fuel ... ... ... ... B 6
Sixth Schedule. Limits of Emission of Dust and Grit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7





AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (DUST AND GRIT EMISSION)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[1 January 1974.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Air Pollution Control
(Dust and Grit Emission) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'dusC means particles of solid matter which will pass through a sieve of
75 micrometre nominal aperture in conformity with BS 410: 1986 of
the British Standards Institution;

'grit' means particles of solid matter which are retained in a sieve of 75
micrometre nominal aperture in conformity with BS 410: 1986 of the
British Standards Institution;

'person using a liquid fuel' includes a person who is the owner or has
possession or control of the burner of the furnace, oven or
industrial plant in which the liquid fuel is used;

'rated capacity' in relation to a burner of any furnace, oven or industrial
plant means the manufacturer's published capacity rating of the
burner or, if such capacity rating is not available, the capacity
rating of the burner as measured by a method approved by the
Authority;

',sample' means a gross sample composed of a number of increments
taken separately or cumulatively;

'viscosity' in relation to a liquid fuel means the strength or resistance
of the liquid fuel offered to shear, such strength or resistance being
determined by the rate of flow of the liquid fuel in given
circumstances and at given temperatures expressed in centistokes
or by any of the test procedures contained in the First Schedule.

3. (1) If it appears to the Authority that a sampling point for the
purpose of taking samples of dust and grit under regulation 6(1)(a)(i) or
(ii) should be provided he may serve a notice in writing upon the
occupier of the premises upon which any furnace, oven, industrial plant,
chimney or flue is situated

virtue of section 36(1) of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance,
continue to have the like effect as if they had been made under the present
Air Pollution Control Ordinance.





(a)requiring him, within 60 days of service of the notice or such
further period as the Authority may grant, to provide and
install at his own cost such, sampling point as may be
specified in the notice; and

(b)specifying the design and position of the sampling point
required to be installed which shall, if provided for the
purpose of regulation 6(1)(a)(i) and in so far as is reasonably
practicable, comply with Reference Method 5 of the United
States of America Environmental Protection Agency for
determination of particulate emission from stationary sources.

(2) If any person fails to comply with the requirements or
specifications of a notice served on him under paragraph (1), he shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000
and, in addition, to a fine of $50 for each day during which it is proved
that the offence has continued:

Provided that if an appeal is made under section 31 of the
Ordinance, no offence shall be deemed to have been committed until
after such appeal is determined or abandoned.

4. (1) The occupier of the premises upon which a sampling point is
installed shall make provision for safe access to the sampling point and
shall maintain the sampling point in good condition.

(2) If any person fails to comply with paragraph (1), he shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

5. (1) Except with the written permission of the Authority, no
person shall use or cause or permit to be used in a burner of a furnace,
oven or industrial plant a liquid fuel with a viscosity when delivered to
the burner tip or point of ignition exceeding 30 centistokes or an
equivalent viscosity.

(2) The Authority shall not grant permission under paragraph (1) to
use a liquid fuel unless he is satisfied that the use of that fuel in a burner
of a furnace, oven or industrial plant will not result in the emission of
dark smoke from that furnace, oven or industrial plant.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

6. (1) The Authority or an authorized officer may-

(a)take a sample of dust and grit emitted from any furnace, oven
or industrial plant, or passing through any chimney or flue, for
the purpose of

(i) determining the concentration of dust and grit emission;
or

(ii) size analysis of the dust and grit emission or
determining the relative proportion of dust and grit burden in
that emission; and





(b)take a sample of liquid fuel from any burner of any furnace,
oven or industrial plant in which liquid fuel is used, for the
purpose of determining the temperature and viscosity of the
liquid fuel at the burner tip or the point of ignition.

(2) The Authority or an authorized officer-

(a)when taking a sample under paragraph (1)(a)(i), shall use the
method set out in the Second Schedule;

(b)when taking a sample under paragraph (1)(a)(ii), shall use the
method set out in the Third Schedule;

(e)when taking a sample under paragraph (1)(b), shall use the
method set out in the Fourth Schedule; and

(d)when determining the temperature of a sample taken under
paragraph (1)(b), shall use the method set out in the Fifth
Schedule.

(3) The occupier of the premises upon which a sample is taken
under paragraph (1)(a) shall be entitled to witness the taking of such
sample.

(4) The person using the liquid fuel shall be entitled to witness the
taking of a sample under paragraph (1)(b) and the determination of the
temperature of such sample.

7. Where the Authority or an authorized officer takes a sample
under regulation 6(1)(a)(ii), he shall weigh the sample as soon as is
reasonably practicable and the occupier of the premises upon which the
sample is taken shall be entitled, upon request made to the Authority or
authorized officer and at such place and time as the Authority may
determine, to witness the weighing of the sample and be informed of the
weight.

8. (1) The Authority or an authorized officer who takes a sample
under regulation 6(1)(a)(ii) or (b) shall divide the sample into three equal
parts, each part to be marked and sealed or fastened up in such manner
as its nature will permit and if the sample taken is dust or grit or both, it
shall not be divided until it has been weighed in accordance with
regulation 7.

(2) When a sample is being divided under paragraph (1)-

(a)the occupier of the premises upon which the sample is taken,
if it is dust or grit or both; or

(b) the person using the liquid fuel, if the sample is liquid fuel,

shall be entitled to witness the division and thereafter, shall be
permitted to select and retain one of the three parts of the sample.

(3) Of the remaining two parts of the sample, the Authority or
officer shall submit one to the Government Chemist for





(a) size analysis, if it is a sample of dust or grit or both; or

(b) determination of viscosity, if it is a sample of liquid fuel,

and shall retain the other.

9. When a sample is submitted to the Government Chemist under
regulation 8(3), the Government Chemist shall

(a) if the sample is dust of grit or both

(i) analyse it for size by such method as he thinks fit;

(ii) issue to the Authority or authorized officer who has
submitted the sample, a certificate specifying the results of the
size analysis of the sample, which certificate shal) be in Form 1
in the Schedule to the Evidence Ordinance; and

(iii) send, free of charge, to the occupier of the premises
upon which the sample was taken, a copy of the certificate
issued under sub-paragraph (ii); and

(b) if the sample is liquid fuel

(i) determine its viscosity in accordance with any of the test
procedures set out in the First Schedule,.

(ii) issue to the Authority or authorized officer who has
submitted the sample, a certificate specifying the result of the
viscosity determination, which certificate shall be in Form 1 in
the Schedule to the Evidence Ordinance; and

(iii) send, free of charge, to the person using the liquid fuel
a copy of the certificate issued under subparagraph (ii).

10. If dust or grit is emitted from any furnace, oven, chimney, flue
or industrial plant in excess of the limits set out in the Sixth Schedule,
the occupier of the premises upon which the furnace, oven, chimney,
flue or industrial plant is situated shall be guilty of an offence and shall
be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and, in addition, to a fine of
$50 for each day during which it is proved that the offence has
continued.

FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 2 &
9(b).]

TEST PROCEDURES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF
VISCOSITY

The viscosity of any liquid fuel shall be determined in accordance with-

(a)in the case where it is to be expressed in centistokes, the test procedure laid
down under IP 71/84 of the Institute of Petroleum; or

(b)in the case where it is to be expressed in Saybolt Universal seconds, the test
procedure laid down under ASTM D88-81 of the American Society for
Testing Materials; or

(e)in the case where it is to be expressed in Degrees Engler, the test procedure
laid down under BS 434: 1984 of the British Standards Institution.





SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 6(2)(a).]

METHOD OF TAKING SAMPLE OF DUST
AND GRIT

1.Any sample required to determine the grit or dust burden from any furnace,
oven, chimney, flue or industrial plant shall be taken when the appliance or
plant is operating under normal running conditions and the period during which
the sample is taken may include any period when customary peak loads are
experienced.

2.Not less than 8 increments comprising a sample are to be taken from points
uniformly distributed across the section of the (Zhimney or flue.

3. The sample is to be taken in accordance with the isokinetic principle.

4.The sample is to be collected in compliance with Reference Method 5 of the
United States of America Environmental Protection Agency for determination
of particulate emission from stationary sources.

5.When 8 or more increments are taken from sampling points at any one cross
section of the chimney or flue, the combined increments are to be placed
together in one container.

THIRD SCHEDULE [reg.
6(2)(b).]

METHOD OF TAKING SAMPLES OF DUST AND GRIT FOR SIZE
ANALYSIS OR

DETERMINATION OF THE RELATIVE PROPORTION OF DUST AND
GRIT BURDEN

1 Any sample required for size analysis or determination of the relative
proportion of dust and grit burden from any furnace, oven, chimney, flue or
industrial plant shall be taken when the appliance or plant is operating under
normal running conditions and the period during which the sample is taken
may include any period when customary peak loads are experienced.

2. The sample is to be taken in accordance with the isokinetic: principle.

3.Not less than 2 increments comprising a sample are to be taken from points
across the section of a chimney or flue where the velocity of the dust and grit
emission is substantially equal.

4.The sample is to be collected in an inertial separator and followed by an
efficient filter to retain the finer particles of dust and grit.

FOURTH SCHEDULE [reg.
6(2)(c).]

METHOD OF TAKING SAMPLE OF LIQUID
FUEL

1.Before any sample of liquid fuel is taken, a quantity of liquid fuel not less than
the fuel consumption of the burner at its full rated capacity for 5 minutes shall
be run off or consumed.

2. A sample may be taken-

(a)at the burner tip or point of ignition with the furnace, oven or industrial
plant not in operation, but with the preheater in commission and fully
warmed up; or

(b)when the furnace, oven or industrial plant is in operation, from a suitable






test draw-off cock situated at the fuel supply line as close as practicable to
the point of ignition.

FIFTH SCHEDULE [reg.
6(2)(d).]

METHOD OF DETERMINING TEMPERATURE OF
LIQUID FUEL

The temperature of liquid fuel at the burner tip or point of ignition may be
determined by

(a) a mercury-in-glass bulb thermometer;

(b) a resistance bulb thermometer; or

(c) any other means approved by the Authority.





2.In the event of dispute, it shall be sufficient to prove accuracy of
measurement to a tolerance of not more than one degree Centigrade

(a) in either direction at the operative temperature; or

(b)by reference to 2 fixed temperatures such as the temperature of melting
ice procured from distilled water and the temperature of boiling distilled
water corrected for atmospheric pressure.

SIXTH SCHEUDLE [reg. 10.]

LIMITS OF EmISSION OF DuST AND GRIT

1.If a furnace, oven or industrial plant is burning solid fuel at a rate not exceeding
1000 kg per hour, or if any boiler has a maximum continuous rating not
exceeding 7 600 kg of steam per hour

(a)the total grit burden shall not exceed 33% of the total dust and grit burden;
and

(b)the total emission of dust and grit shall not exceed 1.0% of the total fuel
fired.

2.If a furnace, oven or industrial plant is burning solid fuel at a rate exceeding
1000 kg per hour, or if any boiler has a maximum continuous rating exceeding
7 600 kg of steam per hour

(a)the total grit burden shall not exceed 20% of the total dust and grit burden;
and

(b)the total emission of dust and grit shall not exceed 0.5% of the total fuel
fired.

3.A furnace, oven or industrial plant shall not emit during each hour when the
furnace, oven or industrial plant is consuming liquid fuel at the rate specified in
the first column of the Table, dust or grit in excess of the percentage of the
total fuel fired specified opposite thereto in the second column of that Table.

4.If more than one furnace, oven or industrial plant is connected to a common
chimney or flue the total permitted limit of dust and grit burden shall not
exceed the sum of the permitted limits for each furnace, oven or industrial
plant so connected.

L.N. 190/73. L.N. 37/75. L.N. 203/79. 17 of 1983. L.N. 262/87. Citation. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Interpretation. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. First Schedule. Provision of sampling points. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. Duties of occupier. Use of liquid fuel. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Power to take samples of dust and grit and take samples of liquid fuel. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. Second Schedule. L.N. 262/87. Third Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. L.N. 262/87. Weighting of a sample. L.N. 262/87. Division of sample. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Size analysis and viscosity determination of sample. 17 of 1983, s. 50. (Cap. 8.) First Schedule. (Cap. 8.) Emission of dust or grit. L.N. 262/87. Sixth Schedule. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87.

Abstract

L.N. 190/73. L.N. 37/75. L.N. 203/79. 17 of 1983. L.N. 262/87. Citation. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Interpretation. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. First Schedule. Provision of sampling points. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. Duties of occupier. Use of liquid fuel. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Power to take samples of dust and grit and take samples of liquid fuel. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. Second Schedule. L.N. 262/87. Third Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Fifth Schedule. L.N. 262/87. Weighting of a sample. L.N. 262/87. Division of sample. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. Size analysis and viscosity determination of sample. 17 of 1983, s. 50. (Cap. 8.) First Schedule. (Cap. 8.) Emission of dust or grit. L.N. 262/87. Sixth Schedule. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 262/87. L.N. 262/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3176

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:28 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS) (INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3175

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS) (INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION) REGULATIONS

Description






AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
(FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS)
(INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation
Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

3. Application... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... A 2

4. Submission of plans for approval by Authority . ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

5. Power of Authority to require additional plan ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

6. Plans to be prepared by authorized person or qualified engineer and to scale
... A 4

7. Specifications ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... A 4

8. Refusal of approval of plan ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

9. Approval deemed given if refusal not notified ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

10. Certificate of approval... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

11. Prohibition of carrying out work without approval ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

12. Offences and penalties... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

Schedule. Form of Certificate of Approval ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7





AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
(FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS)
(INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 311, section 43)

[15 December 1972.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Air Pollution Con-
trol (Furnaces, Ovens and Chimneys) (Installation and Alteration)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

,,authorized person' means a person whose name is for the time
being on the authorized persons' register kept under section
3(1) of the Buildings Ordinance-

(a) as an architect, in list 1 therein; or

(b) as a civil or structural engineer, in list 11 therein; or

(c) as a surveyor, in list 111 therein;

,,occupier' means-

(a)the occupier of premises on which a furnace, oven, chim-
ney or flue is to be installed, altered or modified; and

(b)the person having the management or control or receiving
the profits of the business carried on in such premises;

'qualified engineer' means a person who is a corporate member of
the Institution of Chemical Engineers, the Institute of Energy,
the Institution of Gas Engineers, the Chartered Institution of
Building Services Engineers, the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers or the Institute of Marine Engineers or a corporate
member of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers (building
services, chemical, marine or mechanical engineering disci-
plines) admitted on or after 5 December 1975;

'specifications' in relation to a furnace, oven, chimney or flue means
the specifications prescribed under regulation 7.

3. (1) These regulations shall not apply to premises on which
any work is intended to be carried out in relation to the installation,
alteration or modification of-

virtue of section 36(1) of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance,
continue to have the like effect as if they had been made under the present Air
Pollution Control Ordinance.





(a)a furnace or oven, or a chimney or flue connected thereto,
which consumes not more than

(i) 25 litres of conventional liquid fuel per hour; or

(ii) 35 kilograms of conventional solid fuel per hour; or

(iii) 1 150 megajoules of any gaseous fuel per hour;

(b) a furnace or oven which is operated solely by electricity; or

(e)a furnace, oven, chimney or flue used for the conduct of a
specified process upon any premises where

(i) the conduct of that specified process is licensed under
the Ordinance; or

(ii) the owner of such premises is exempt from the operation
of section 13 of the Ordinance by reason of the application of
section 20 of the Ordinance in relation to that specified
process.

(2) In this regulation-

'conventional liquid fuel' means kerosene, diesel oil, petroleum and
any equivalent liquid fuel;

'conventional solid fuel' means coal, coke, charcoal, wood and any
equivalent solid fuel.

4. (1) The occupier of any premises on which work is intended to
be carried out in relation to

(a)the installation on the premises of a furnace, oven, chimney or
flue;

(b)the alteration or modification of a furnace, oven or chimney
existing on the premises; or

(c)the alteration or modification of a flue between a furnace and
chimney or between an oven and chimney existing on the
premises,

shall, not less than 28 days prior to the commencement of such work,
submit to the Authority for his approval plans showing the elevations
and plan views of the furnace, oven, chimney or flue which is to be
installed, altered or modified, together with specifications of the same.

(2) Any plans and specifications submitted to the Authority in
pursuance of an application under section 14, 16, 18 or 23 of the
Ordinance shall be deemed to have been submitted also for the
purposes of paragraph (1) if those plans and specifications include the
plans and specifications of any furnace, oven, chimney or flue.

5. The Authority may, if he considers it necessary, require the
occupier to submit for his approval, in addition to the plans required by
regulation 4, a block plan showing the buildings surrounding the
premises and may specify the period within which such block plan shall
be submitted to him.





6. A plan submitted under regulation 4 or 5 to the Authority
for approval shall be-
(a) if it is a block plan-
(i) prepared by an authorized person; and
(ii) drawn to a scale of not less than 1:500; and
(b) if it is a plan showing elevations or plan views-
(i) prepared by either an authorized person or a quali-
fied engineer; and
(ii) drawn to a scale of not less than 1: 100.

7. (1) Specifications in respect of a furnace, oven, chimney
or flue submitted to the Authority for approval shall include the
following-
(a)the type, grade and quantity (including the estimated
maximum and average quantity according to the manu-
facturer's published ratings) of fuel to be consumed-
(i) if a furnace or oven is to be installed, altered or
modified, in that furnace or oven and in any other furnace
or oven connected to the same common chimney or flue as
that furnace or oven; and
(ii) if a chimney or flue is to be installed, altered or
modified, in the furnace or oven connected to that chimney
or flue;
(b)the number of hours in each period of 24 hours during
which the furnace, oven, chimney or flue to be installed,
altered or modified will be operated;
(c)details of any automatic or semi-automatic control con-
nected to the furnace, oven, chimney or flue to be installed,
altered or modified;
(d)details of any control on the quantity of fuel consumed in
and air admitted to the furnace or oven to be installed,
altered or modified;
(e)if the furnace or oven to be installed, altered or modified is
attached to a boiler for the purpose of raising steam or
heating water, the manufacturer's published rating of the
boiler;
structural details which shall include the height, the cross
sectional area at the top and the material of construction
of any chimney, whether to be installed or existing on the
premises, through which the products of combustion from
the furnace or oven to be installed, altered or modified may
be conveyed to the atmosphere;
(g)if the fuel to be consumed in the furnace or oven to be
installed, altered or modified is a solid fuel, full details of
any mechanical stoking device connected thereto; and





(h)if the fuel to be consumed in the furnace or oven to be
installed, altered or modified is a liquid or gaseous fuel, full
details of the burner appliance which is to be fitted to that
furnace or oven and to any existing furnace or oven using the
same common chimney or flue.

(2) The Authority may, if he considers it necessary, require the
occupier to submit for his approval further details in respect of
specifications specified in paragraph (1) and may specify the period
within which the details shall be submitted to him.

(3) Specifications specified-

(a)in paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g) and (h) shall be
prepared by a qualified engineer; and

(b)in paragraph (1)(f) shall be prepared by an authorized person.

8. (1) The Authority may refuse to give his approval to any plans
and specifications submitted to him under regulation 4, 5 or 7 if he is not
satisfied that the furnace, oven, chimney or flue in respect of which
such plans and specifications are submitted, can be operated

(a) without contravening the Ordinance;

(b)without causing or contributing to the existence or imminence
of an air pollutant nuisance; or

(c)without emitting a greater quantity of air pollutant than need
be by reason of

(i) unsuitable design, defective construction or
maintenance;

(ii) excessive wear and tear;

(iii) the use of unsuitable fuel or other material; or

(iv) any other cause.

(2) If the Authority refuses to give his approval under paragraph
(1), he shall by notice in writing signify his refusal and the reasons
therefor to the occupier who submitted the plans and specifications.

9. (1) If any plans and specifications are submitted to the Authority
for his approval under regulation 4, 5 or 7, approval shall be deemed to
have been given unless he has signified his refusal to give his approval
under regulation 8(2) within 28 days from the time of submission of the
plans and specifications.

(2) Nothing in this regulation shall apply to an application which is
deemed by regulation 4(2) to have been submitted for the purposes of
regulation 4(1).





10. If the Authority gives his approval to any plans and
specifications submitted to him, he shall issue a certificate of
approval in the form prescribed in the Schedule, to the occupier who
has submitted the same.

11. No occupier shall carry out or cause or permit to be carried
out any work in relation to installation, alteration or modification of
any furnace, oven, chimney or flue on his premises unless approval
in respect of all the plans and specifications of the same is obtained
in accordance with these regulations.

12. (1) An occupier who contravenes regulation 11 shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000 and, in addition, shall be liable to a fine of $50 for each day
during which the offence has continued.

(2) If in any proceedings in respect of a contravention of
regulation 11 the court is satisfied that the defendant committed the
contravention, it may, either of its own volition or on the application
of the Authority, in addition to or instead of imposing a fine, make
an order-

(a)prohibiting the defendant from operating the furnace,
oven, chimney, or flue involved in the contravention from
such date as may be specified in the order; or

(b)requiring him, within such period as may be specified in the
order, to dismantle or remove the furnace, oven, chimney,
or flue; or

(c)requiring him to submit to the Authority, within 28 days
after the making of the order, such plans and specifications
as would have been required under regulation 4 if the
contravention had not taken place.

(3) If the court makes an order under paragraph (2)(b) or (c) it
shall adjourn the proceedings for such period as it thinks necessary
to enable the order to be complied with, in which case it may defer its
decision as to whether or not to impose a penalty in respect of the
contravention until the proceedings are resumed.

(4) The period for complying with an order under paragraph
(2)(b) or (c) may be extended by the court on the application of the
defendant made before or after the expiration of that period.

(5) Any defendant who, without reasonable excuse, fails to
comply-

(a) with an order under paragraph (2)(a); or
(b)with an order under paragraph (2)(b) within the period
specified in the order or within such extended period as the
court may have allowed under paragraph (4),





shall, in addition to being guilty of an offence against paragraph (1), be
guilty of a further offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$1,000 and to an additional fine of $50 for each day during which the
offence has continued.

(6) Where an order is made under paragraph (2)(c), the defendant
shall submit to the Authority for his approval within 28 days after the
making of the order the plans and specifications referred to in paragraph
(2)(c).

(7) Where the defendant has submitted plans and specifications to
the Authority in accordance with paragraph (6), the provisions of
regulations 5 to 10, shall apply, with any necessary modifications, as if
the plans and specifications had been submitted under regulation 4 and
the installation, alteration or modification had not yet been carried out.

(8) If the defendant-

(a)fails to comply with an order made under paragraph (2)(c)
within 28 days after the making of the order or such further
period as the court may have allowed under paragraph (4); or

(b)has complied with the order but the Authority has notified the
defendant that he has refused to approve the plans and
specifications submitted to him,

the court may, on the application of the Authority, make an order
against the defendant under paragraph (2)(a) or (b).

...................SCHEDULE [reg. 10.]
...................FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
...................AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (FURNACES, OVENS AND CHIMNEYS)
(INSTALLATION
...................AND ALTERATION) REGULATIONS
..................
...................Certificate of Approval issued under regulation 10


Date
.............................................
......

To
occupier

of the premises at
........................



I hereby certify that approval has been given in respect of the plans




(reference Nos . ...................... and the specifications submitted by



you for approval on ...................in accordance with regulations


4, 5 and 7 of the Air Pollution Control (Furnaces, Ovens and Chimneys)






m fill A VI R 8 C -AM





(Installation and Alteration) Regulations for the *installation/alteration/
modification of a furnace/ oven/ chimney/flue at the above-mentioned premises.

.................

Authority



*Delete whichever is not applicable.



or an authorized officer and should be kept in a safe place at the
abovementioned premises.
L.N. 258/72. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 282/87. L.N. 367/87. Citation. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Interpretation. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. L.N. 261/87. (Cap. 123.) L.N. 367/87. L.N. 367/87. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 367/87. Application. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 261/87. Refusal of approval of plan. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 282/87. Approval deemed given if refusal not notified. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 282/87. L.N.. 261/87. Certificate of approval. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Schedule. Prohibition of carrying out work without approval. Offences and penalties. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. Submission of plans for approval by Authority. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 261/87. Power of Authority to require additional plan. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Plans to be prepared by authorized person or qualified engineer and to scale. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. Specifications. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 202/79.

Abstract

L.N. 258/72. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 282/87. L.N. 367/87. Citation. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Interpretation. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. L.N. 261/87. (Cap. 123.) L.N. 367/87. L.N. 367/87. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 367/87. Application. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 261/87. Refusal of approval of plan. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 282/87. Approval deemed given if refusal not notified. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 282/87. L.N.. 261/87. Certificate of approval. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Schedule. Prohibition of carrying out work without approval. Offences and penalties. L.N. 36/75. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. Submission of plans for approval by Authority. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. L.N. 261/87. Power of Authority to require additional plan. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. Plans to be prepared by authorized person or qualified engineer and to scale. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 261/87. Specifications. L.N. 202/79. 17 of 1983, s. 50. L.N. 202/79.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3175

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:28 +0800
<![CDATA[AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3174

Title

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

Description







LAWS OF HONG KONG

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 311

REVISED EDITION 1987

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 311

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
3. Application .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

4. Authority and authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... 4
5. Governor may give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART II

AIR CONTROL ZONES AND AIR QUALITY
OBJECTIVES

6. Air control zones ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
7. Secretary to establish quality objectives ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
8. Authority to seek to achieve quality objectives ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART III

ABATEMENT OF AIR POLLUTION
NUISANCES

9. Notice of air pollutant nuisance to owner of premises ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
10. Penalty for failure to abate air pollutant nuisance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART IV

SPECIFIED PROCESSES AND THE LICENSING OF PREMISES
THEREFOR

11. Power to amend First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
12. Prevention of discharge of noxious or offensive emissions ... ... ... ... ... 7
13. Licence required to use premises for specified process ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
14. Application for licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
15. Grant or refusal of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
15A. Payment of annual charges by licence holders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
16. Renewal of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
17. Cancellation or variation of a licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
18. Applications for and variations of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
1 SA. Application for transfer of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
1 8B. Supply of incorrect information, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
19. Notices of existing premises used for specified processes ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
20. Exemption of certain premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
20A. Cessation of exemption on conviction under section 19(3) ... ... ... ... ... 13
21. Cessation of exemption in certain circumstances and application for licence 13
22. Further powers in relation to an existing specified process ... ... ... ... ... 13





Section...................................... Page

23. Exempted premises-approval of changes ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

24. Compensation for cancellation or variation of licences ... ... ... ... ... 15

25. Compensation for cancellation or variation of exemptions with the approval

of the Governor in Council .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
26. Assessment of compensation .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

26A................................Payment of annual charges by owners of exempted premises ... ... ... ... 16

PART V

ENFORCEMENT

27. Authority may obtain information .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
28. Powers of entry and inspection, etc . ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

29. Offences in relation to section 28......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

30. Power to require modification etc., of chimneys and relevant plant ... ... ... 18

30A. Contravention of terms and conditions of licence, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

PART VI

APPEALS

31. When appeal may be brought; and effect thereof ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

32. Constitution of Appeal Board .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

33. Exercise of Appeal Board's jurisdiction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

34. Supplementary provisions as to Appeal Board ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

35. Review of Appeal Board's decision by Governor in Council ... ... ... ... ... 22

36. Case may be stated ............. ........... ... ... .. 1 ... ... ... 22

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

37. Codes of Practice ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
38. Authority may hold a hearing............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
23
39. Authority to keep a register .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
23

40. Protection of private information from publicity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

41. Offence to disclose secret information obtained officially ... ... ... 1 ... 24

42. Protection of Crown and public officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

43. Regulations ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

44. Application of Ordinance to Crown ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27
45. Environmental Pollution Advisory Committee 28

46. Limit of time for laying informations, etc .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28
47. Prosecution of offences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29






48. Defences in proceedings relating to emission of air pollutants ... ... ... ... 29
49. Provisions of Ordinance to be in addition to any other Ordinance ... ... ... ... 29

First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29
Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32
Third Schedule .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33
Fourth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33





CHAPTER 311

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

To make provision for abating, prohibiting and controlling pollution
of the atmosphere with particular reference to stationary sources
andfor matters connected therewith.

[1 October 1983.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Air Pollution Control
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,lair control zone' means any part of Hong Kong declared under section
6 to be an air control zone;

,lairpollutant' means any solid, particulate, liquid, vapour or gaseous
substance emitted into the atmosphere;

,lair pollutant nuisance' means any emission of air pollutant which
either alone or in conjunction with any other such emission

(a) is prejudicial to health; or

(b) is a nuisance to the inhabitants of the neighbourhood; or

(C)imperils or is likely to imperil the safety of or otherwise
interferes with the normal operation of aircraft using or being
about to use any airport within Hong Kong;

'air quality objective' means an air quality objective established by the
Secretary under section 7;

'Appeal Board' means an Appeal Board constituted under Part VI;

'Authority' means the public officer appointed under section 4(1) to be
the air pollution control authority;

,,authorized officer' means a public officer authorized under section
4(3);

'best practicable means', where used with respect to the emission from
a premises of an air pollutant, has reference not only to the
provision and the efficient maintenance of appliances adequate for
preventing such emission, but also to the manner in which such
appliances are used and to the proper supervision by the owner of
the premises of any operation in which such an air pollutant is
evolved;





'chimney' includes structures and openings of any kind from or
through which air pollutant may be emitted and, in particular,
includes flues, and references to a chimney of a premises include
references to a chimney which serves the whole or part of a
premises but is structurally separate therefrom;

,,engine' means an internal combustion engine;

'furnace' includes any kind of fireplace, grate or stove, whether open or
closed and any structure enclosing a chamber where combustion
takes place;

'industrial planC includes any plant, whether fixed or movable, used for
industrial or trade purposes, and also includes any incinerator used
for or in connection with any such purposes;

'licence' means a licence granted under section 15;

licence holder' means the holder of a valid licence;

'noxious or offensive emission' means a noxious or offensive emission
designated by regulations made under section 43(1)(a);

,,owner', in relation to premises, includes any lessee or occupier thereof,
and any person carrying on any specified process thereon or
therein;

,,oven' includes any form of retort or container used to subject solid
fuel to any process involving the application of heat;

'prejudicial to health' means injurious, or likely to cause injury, to
health;

'premises' include any part of premises and any place or relevant plant;

'register' means the register required to be kept under section 39;

'relevant planC means any furnace, engine, ov n or iindustrial plant.


'Secretary' means the Secretary

'specified process' means a process specified in the First Schedule.

3. Except to the extent provided by section 43(1)(p) nothing in this
Ordinance shall apply to any air pollutant emitted from any furnace or
engine used in the propulsion of any vessel, motor vehicle, railway
locomotive or aircraft.

4. (1) For the purposes of carrying out the provisions of this
Ordinance, the Governor may appoint a public officer to be the air
pollution control authority.

(2) An appointment under subsection (1) shall be notified in the
Gazette.

(3) The Authority may authorize in writing any public officer to
perform or exercise all or any of the functions, duties or powers which
are imposed or conferred on the Authority by this Ordinance.





5. (1) The Governor may give such directions as he thinks
fit, either generally or in any particular case, with respect to the
exercise or performance by any public officer of any functions, duties
or powers under this Ordinance.

(2) A public officer shall, in the exercise or performance of his
functions, duties or powers under this Ordinance, comply with any
direction given by the Governor under subsection (1).

PART II

AIR CONTROL ZONES AND AIR QUALITY OBJECTIVES

6. (1) The Governor in Council may, after consultation with
the Environmental Pollution Advisory Committee, by order pub-
lished in the Gazette, declare any part of Hong Kong to be an air
control zone for the purposes of this Ordinance. (Amended, L.N.
165184)
(2) An order under subsection (1) shall, for each air control
zone constituted thereby---

(a)make reference to a plan or map of that zone deposited in
the Land Office at Victoria; or
(b) sufficiently describe the zone by other means.

7. (1) The Secretary shall, after consultation with the Envi-
ronmental Pollution Advisory Committee, establish for each air
control zone air quality objectives or different objectives for different
parts of a zone. (Amended, L,N. 165184)
(2) The air quality objectives for any particular air control
zone or part thereof shall be the quality which, in the opinion of the
Secretary, should be achieved and maintained in order to promote
the conservation and best use of air in the zone in the public interest.

(3) Any air quality objective may be amended from time to
time by the Secretary, after consultation with the Environmental
Pollution Advisory Committee. (Amended, L.N. 165184)
(4) A statement of every air quality objective established
under subsection (1) and all amendments thereto, signed by the
Secretary, shall be published in the Gazette and shall be kept with
the register and made available for inspection by the public free of
charge at the same times as the register is so available.

(5) Where under subsection (1) the Secretary establishes differ-
ent air quality objectives for different parts of an air control zone he
shall ensure that the statement thereof kept with the register pursu-
ant to subsection (4) sufficiently delineates each part of the air
control zone.

8. (1) The Secretary shall in writing notify the Authority of
the objective or objectives of quality established for each air control
zone and of any amendment thereof under section 7(3).





(2) The Authority shall aim to achieve the relevant air quality
objectives as soon as is reasonably practicable and thereafter to
maintain the quality so achieved.

(3) If in the opinion of the Secretary the achievement or
maintenance of any air quality objective would be better served by
the exercise by the Authority in a particular manner of any of his
powers under section 15(4), 17 or 22, the Secretary may give
directions in writing to the Authority as to the manner in which he
shall exercise those powers; and, in the case of a direction which
relates to section 15(4), any such direction may be of a general
nature or relate to a particular case or particular cases.

(4) The Authority shall comply with any direction given to
him under subsection (3) and the discretion conferred on the
Authority by section 15(4), 17 or 22 as the case may be, shall not
apply to any specified process in respect of which such a direction is
in force.

PART 111

ABATEMENT OF AIR POLLUTION NUISANCES

9. (1) On any occasion when, in the opinion of the Authority
or of an authorized officer, an air pollutant nuisance exists or is
imminent, the Authority or such officer shall, subject to subsection
(5), as soon as practicable after he has become aware thereof, notify,
either verbally or in writing, the existence or imminence, as the case
may be, of the nuisance to the owner of any premises in which any
chimney or relevant plant is, in his opinion, by the emission of any
air pollutant, causing or contributing to the existence or imminence
of such nuisance.

(2) Such notification may require the owner forthwith, or at
some future time, and for so long as the notification specifies, or
until it is withdrawn-

(a)to reduce to such extent as is specified in the notification
the emission of the air pollutant from such chimney or
relevant plant, as the case may be; or

(b)in any case where, in the opinion of the Authority or of an
authorized officer, such air pollutant nuisance-
(i) is or is likely to be prejudicial to health; or
(ii) imperils or is likely to imperil the safety of aircraft
using or being about to use any airport within Hong Kong,
to eliminate the emission of such pollutant.

(3) Where a notification requires the elimination of an emis-
sion under subsection (2)(b) it shall contain a declaration that it was
given to protect health or to preserve the safety of aircraft, as the
case may be.





(4) If any notification under this section is given or withdrawn
verbally, such notification or such withdrawal, as the case may be,
shall be confirmed by the Authority or an authorized officer in
writing as soon thereafter as circumstances permit.

(5) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section,
the Authority may, except in a case that falls within subsection
(2)(b), instead of acting under this section proceed instead under
section 30 to the extent permitted in that section.

10. (1) Subject to subsection (2), any owner who fails to
comply with any of the requirements of a notification given to him
under section 9 commits an offence and is liable-

(a)in any case where such notification contains a declaration
that it was given to protect health or to preserve the safety
of aircraft, to a fine of $50,000; and

(b) in any other case, to a fine of $5,000,

and in either case to a further fine of $100 in respect of every one
quarter of an hour during the whole or any part of which the offence
continues.

(2) A court shall not convict an owner under subsection (1)
unless the prosecution proves that the air pollutant nuisance men-
tioned in the notification existed or was imminent at the time the
notification was given to the owner under section 9.

PART IV

SPECIFIED PROCESSES AND THE LICENSING OF PREMISES THEREFOR

11. The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the First
Schedule.

12. (1) The owner of any premises used for the conduct of any
specified process shall use the best practicable means for preventing
the emission of noxious or offensive emissions from such premises,
and for preventing. the discharge, whether directly or indirectly, of
such emissions into the atmosphere, and for rendering such emis-
sions where discharged harmless and inoffensive.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with subsection (1) com-
mits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000, and, in addition, if
the offence is a continuing offence, to a fine of $5,000 for each day
during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the
ofrence has continued.

(3) No person shall be convicted of an offence under this
section if he proves that the specified process in respect of which he is
charged was conducted by him in the manner and in accordance
with the particulars and information notified by him under sec-
tion 19(1).





13. (1) Subject to section 20, the owner of any premises shall not
use those premises, or permit those premises to be used, for the conduct
of a specified process unless he is the holder of a licence to use the
premises for the conduct of that specified process.

(2) Any owner who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $50,000, and, in addition, if the offence is a
continuing offence, to a fine of $5,000 for each day during which it is
proved to the satisfaction of the court that the offence has continued.

14. (1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence to conduct a
specified process in any premises shall apply to the Authority in the
prescribed form.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by
the prescribed fee.

(3) The Authority shall publicly notify all applications for licences

(a)by entering in the register such particulars thereof as may be
prescribed;

(b)by causing a notice to be published at the expense of the
applicant in an English language and a Chinese language
newspaper determined by the Authority containing such
particulars of the application and other information as may be
prescribed and a statement of the place or places where the
particulars of the application may be inspected. (Amended, 23
of 1987, s. 2)

(4) During the period of 30 days after the last notice is published
pursuant to subsection (3)(b)-

(a)the particulars of the application shall be kept at each place
notified under subsection (3)(b) and shall be available for
inspection by the public during normal office hours; and
(Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 2)

(b)any person may, in such manner as may be prescribed, object
to the granting of a licence to conduct the specified process
concerned on the grounds that

(i) it would tend to inhibit the attainment or maintenance of
any relevant air quality objective; or

(ii) the emission of noxious or offensive emissions would
be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health. (Replaced, 23 of
1987, s. 2)

15. (1) The Authority may, not earlier than 40 days after the last
notice is published in a newspaper pursuant to section 14(3)(b), either
grant or refuse to grant a licence.

(2) If he refuses to grant a licence the Authority shall notify the
applicant in writing of his refusal and shall inform him of his reasons
therefor.





(3) In the exercise of his discretion to grant or refuse to grant a
licence the Authority shall

(a)have regard to the capability of the applicant to provide and
maintain the best practicable means for the prevention of the
emission from his premises of any air pollutant;

(b)have as his purpose the attainment and maintenance of any
relevant air quality objective; and (Replaced, 23 of 1987,s.3)

(c)have regard to whether the emission of noxious or offensive
emissions would be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health.
(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 3)

(4) A licence granted under this section shall be for a reasonable
period of not less than 2 years and may be subject to such terms and
conditions as the Authority thinks fit including terms and conditions
relating to the matters set out in the Second Schedule.

15A. Every licence holder shall pay such annual charge as may be
prescribed.

(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 4)

16. (1) During such period as may be prescribed, the licence holder
may apply to the Authority in the prescribed form for a renewal of the
licence. (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 5)

(2) An application for renewal of a licence shall be accompanied by
the prescribed fee.

(3) Except where the Secretary directs otherwise, section 14(3) and
(4) shall not apply in relation to an application for renewal of a licence.
(Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 5)

(4) The Authority may renew or refuse to renew a licence but,
where the Secretary has directed under subsection (3) that section 14(3)
shall apply, shall not do so earlier than 40 days after the last notice is
published in a newspaper pursuant to section 14(3)(b). (Replaced, 23
of 1987, s. 5)

(5) Subsections (2), (3) and (4) of section 1 5 shall apply to the
renewal of a licence as they apply to the grant or refusal of a licence
under that section.

17. (1) Where a licence is in force and the Authority considers it
necessary in the public interest, the Authority may, subject to
subsection (2), by notice in writing to the licence holder

(a)impose new or amended terms or conditions subject to the
observance of which, as from a specified date, the licence shall
continue in force;

(b) cancel the licence as from a specified date;





(c)revoke or amend or add to any notice previously given
under this subsection, or any part of such notice, or
substitute a new notice for it.

(2) Unless the Authority considers that the continuation of the
specified process to which the licence relates would be, or be likely to
be, prejudicial to health he may exercise any power set out in
subsection (1) in relation to that licence only with the prior approval
of the Governor in Council, as to both the exercise of the power and
the manner of the exercise of the power, or with the agreement of the
licence holder.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), the date specified in a notice for
the addition, revocation or amendment of any term or condition
under paragraph (a) or (c) of subsection (1) or the cancellation of a
licence under paragraph (b) thereof shall be not less than 90 days
after the day on which the notice is given to the licence holder.

(4) Where in the opinion of the Authority it is necessary to
add, revoke or amend a term or condition under paragraph (a) or (c)
of subsection (1) or cancel a licence under paragraph (b) thereof
because the continuation of the specified process to which the licence
relates would be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health, he may
exercise any of the said powers with effect from such date as the
circumstances may require and shall not be bound to comply with
subsection (3).

(5) Where a notice is given under subsection (1), the person to
whom the notice is given may, within the period of 30 days after such
notice is given, make written submissions to the Authority as to why
any new or amended terms and conditions should not be imposed or
as to why the licence should not be cancelled.

(6) The Authority, on receipt of written submissions made by
any person under subsection (5) may, after considering such submis-
sions, exercise any of his powers under subsection (1)(c).

18. (1) A licence holder may apply to the Authority in the
prescribed form for a variation of the licence.

(2) The application shall be accompanied by the prescribed
fee.

(3) Section 14(3) and (4) shall apply for the purpose of
publicly notifying an application under this section for the variation
of a licence as if it were an application for a licence.

(4) The Authority may either grant the application, with or
without modification, or refuse to grant it but shall not do so earlier
than 40 days after the last notice is published in a newspaper
pursuant to subsection (3).

(5) If the Authority refuses to grant an application or any part
thereof he shall notify the applicant and shall inform him of the
reasons for his refusal.





(6) Section 15(3) shall apply to the exercise by the Authority of his
discretion under this section as it applies to the exercise of his discretion
to grant or refuse a licence.

(7) The Authority may grant an application on such terms and
conditions as he thinks fit (including terms and conditions relating to
the matters set out in the Second Schedule).

18A. (1) Where a licence is to be transferred, the licence holder and
the prospective transferee of the licence shall jointly apply to the
Authority in the prescribed form for a transfer of the licence.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by
the prescribed fee which shall be paid by the prospective transferee.

(3) Except where the Secretary directs otherwise, section 14(3) and
(4) shall not apply in relation to an application for the transfer of a
licence.

(4) A licence in respect of which an application for transfer is made
under subsection (1) shall remain in force as against the licence holder
until the application is granted under subsection (5).

(5) The Authority may either grant an application under subsection
(1), with or without modification, or refuse to grant it but, where the
Secretary has directed under subsection (3) that section 14(3) shall
apply, shall not do so earlier than 40 days after the last notice is
published in a newspaper pursuant to section 14(3)(b).

(6) If the Authority refuses to grant an application (or any part
thereof) under subsection (5) he shall notify the applicants and shall
inform them of the reasons for his refusal.

(7) Section 15(3) shall apply to the exercise by the Authority of his
discretion under this section as it applies to the exercise of his discretion
to grant or refuse a licence and section 15(3)(a) shall apply in relation to
the prospective transferee of the licence as it applies to the applicant.

(8) The Authority may grant an application under subsection (5) on
such terms and conditions as he thinks fit (including terms and
conditions relating to matters set out in the Second Schedule).

(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 6)

18B. Any person who in any application made under this
Ordinance makes any statement or gives any particular or information
which he knows to be incorrect in a material respect or who recklessly
makes any statement or gives any particular or information which is
incorrect in a material respect or knowingly omits any





material particular therefrom commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000.
(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 6)

19. (1) The Secretary may, by order published in the Gazette,
specify in relation to any specified process the particulars and
information required to be furnished to the Authority by the owner
of any premises used for the conduct of that specified process and,
within 6 months after the publication of such an order, or such
further period as the Authority may in any particular case allow, the
owner of the premises concerned shall give notice of the existence
of those premises to the Authority in such manner and form and
containing such particulars and information as may be specified in
the order.
(2) Any owner who fails to comply with subsection (1) com-
mits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(3) Any owner who in any notice under subsection (1) makes
any statement or gives any particular or information which he
knows to be incorrect in a material respect or who recklessly makes
any statement or gives any particular or information which is incor-
rect in a material respect or knowingly omits any material particular
therefrom commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

20. (1) The owner of any premises used for the conduct of a
specified process at the date of publication of an order under section
19 shall, subject to subsections (2) and (4) and section 2 1, be exempt
so far as use of that premises is concerned in respect of that process
from the operation of section 13 if notice of the existence of that
premises has been duly given under section 19.

(2) Notwithstanding that any process mentioned in the second
column of the Third Schedule is declared to be a specified process,
subsection (1) shall not apply in respect of any premises described
opposite thereto in the third column of that Schedule.
(3) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the
Third Schedule.
(4) No exemption shall arise under this section if, at the time
when notice is given under section 19, the premises used for the
conduct of the specified process-

(a) have been unlawfully erected on unleased land in contra-
vention of section 4 of the Crown Land Ordinance; or

(b)are situated on land held under a Crown lease or on land
occupied under a licence issued under section 5 of the
Crown Land Ordinance and the use of the premises for the
conduct of the specified process is in breach of the Crown
lease or the licence.

(5) Where at the date of publication of an order under section
19 any person is the owner of premises which are being developed
for use for the conduct of a specified process the Authority may in





writing subject to subsections (2) and (4) and section 21 exempt him in
respect of those premises from the operation of section 13 upon his
giving notice under section 19, which shall for the purposes of this
subsection apply mutatis mutandis.

20A. The owner of any premises who is convicted under section
19(3) of an offence relating to those premises shall cease to be exempt
under section 20 from the operation of section 13 in respect of the
premises.

(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 7)

21. (1) Without prejudice to the powers in section 22 when, on or in
any premises used for the conduct of a specified process the owner of
which is exempt under section 20 from the operation of section 13, for
any reason, including addition, alteration or modification thereto or
renewal thereof, any chimney or relevant plant used in or in connexion
with the conduct of the specified process ceases to conform with any of
the particulars in relation thereto

(a) given by such owner under section 19; and

(b) recorded in a register kept under section 39(1)(b),

then, in respect of that part of the premises on or in which such chimney
or relevant plant is situate, the owner thereof--

(i) shall cease to be exempt under section 20; and

(ii) shall apply forthwith under section 14 for a licence.

(2) Except where the Secretary directs otherwise, section 14(3) and
(4) shall not apply in relation to an application for a licence in accordance
with subsection (1)(ii), and section 15(1) as regards the period before
which the Authority may not grant or refuse to grant a licence shall
likewise not apply except where the Secretary has directed that section
14(3) shall apply. (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 8)

(3) Any owner who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with
subsection (1)(ii) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000
and, in addition, if the offence is a continuing offence, to a fine of $5,000
for each day during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the court
that the offence has continued.

(4) Where the owner of a premises applies for a licence in
accordance with subsection (1)(ii), then, pending the grant or refusal to
grant the licence, the operation of section 13 shall be suspended in
relation to the part of the premises which has ceased to be exempt under
subsection (1)(i) and which is referred to in the application made under
section 14.

22. (1) Where in relation to any premises used for the conduct of a
specified process the owner of which is exempt under section 20 from
the operation of section 13 the Authority considers it necessary so to do
in the public interest he may, by notice in writing to the owner of the
premises





(a) (i) impose terms and conditions subject to the obser-
vance of which, as from a specified date, the exemption
shall continue in force;
(ii) declare the exemption liable to cancellation if at any
time the person fails to observe any such term or condition;
(iii) cancel the exemption as from a specified date if the
person fails to observe any such term or condition;

(b) cancel the exemption as from a specified date;

(c)amend or add to any notice previously given under this
section, or any part of such notice, or substitute a new
notice for it.

(2) Unless the Authority considers that the continuation of the
specified process would of itself be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to
health, he may exercise any power set out in subsection (1) only with
the prior approval of the Governor in Council, as to both the
exercise of the power and the manner of the exercise of the power, or
with the agreement of the owner of the premises used for the conduct
of the specified process.

(3) The Authority may revoke a notice previously given under
this section, subject to the further approval of the Governor in
Council in the case of a revocation which affects anything previously
done under this section with the approval of the Governor in
Council.

(4) Subject to subsection (5) the date specified in a notice for
the imposition, amendment or addition of any term or condition
under paragraph (a)(i) or (c) of subsection (1) or for the cancellation
of an exemption under paragraph (a)(iii) or (b) thereof shall be not
less than 90 days after the day on which the notice is given to the
owner of the premises used for the conduct of the specified process.

(5) Where in the opinion of the Authority it is necessary to
impose, amend or add any term or condition under paragraph (a)(i)
or (c) of subsection (1) or to cancel an exemption under paragraph
(a)(iii) or (b) thereof because the continuation of the specified
process would of itself be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health,
he may exercise any of the said powers with effect from such date as
the circumstances may require and shall not be bound to comply
with subsection (4).

(6) Subject to subsection (2) the Authority may impose such
terms and conditions under subsection (1) as he thinks fit including
any term or condition-

(a)requiring the person to restrict or from time to time to
suspend the emission of any air pollutant;

(b) relating to the matters set out in the Second Schedule.





23. (1) A person who is the owner of any premises used for the
conduct of a specified process and who is exempt under section 20 from
the operation of section 13 may apply to the Authority in the prescribed
form for a variation or cancellation of any term or condition imposed by
the Authority under section 22.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by
the prescribed fee.

(3) Section 14(3) and (4) shall apply for the purpose of publicly
notifying an application under this section as if it were an application for
a licence.

(4) The Authority may either grant the application in whole or in
part or refuse to grant it but shall not do so earlier than 30 days after the
last notice is published in a newspaper pursuant to subsection (3).

(5) If the Authority refuses to grant an application or any part
thereof he shall notify the applicant and shall inform him of the reasons
for his refusal.

(6) Section 15(3) shall apply to the exercise by the Authority of his
discretion under this section as it applies to the exercise of his discretion
to grant or refuse a licence.

(7) The Authority may grant an application on such terms and on
such conditions as he thinks fit (including terms and conditions relating
to the matters set out in the Second Schedule).

24. Where a licence is, pursuant to section 17(1)-
(a) cancelled as provided in section 17(1)(b); or

(b)varied as provided in section 17(1)(a) so as to impose
additional obligations on the licence holder,

the Authority shall be liable to pay compensation to the person whose
licence is cancelled or varied if- (Amended, 23 of 1987, S.9)

(i)such cancellation or variation was effected with the prior
approval of the Governor in Council pursuant to section 17(2);
or

(ii) where the licence is cancelled or varied because the Authority
considers that the continuation of the specified process to
which the licence relates would be, or be likely to be,
prejudicial to health, the possibility of such prejudice to
health was known, or could with reasonable foresight have
been known, to the Authority at the time the licence was
granted or renewed; or

(iii)the prejudice to health mentioned in paragraph (ii) is a
consequence of the fact of licences having been granted or
renewed after the grant (or, where a licence has been renewed,
the last renewal) of the licence which is cancelled or varied.





25. Where an exemption under section 20 is, pursuant to
section 22-

(a) cancelled as provided in section 22(1)(b); or

(b)varied as provided in section 22(1)(a)(i) or (c) so as to
impose additional obligations on the owner of the premises
used for the conduct of the specified process to which the
exemption relates,
the Authority shall be liable to pay compensation to the owner of
the premises whose exemption is cancelled or varied if such cancel-
lation or variation was effected with the prior approval of the
Governor in Council pursuant to section 22(2).
(Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 10)

26. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the manner of determining
the amount of compensation payable under sections 24 and 25, the
factors to be taken into account or disregarded and the principles to
be applied in determining that amount shall be such as may be
prescribed in regulations made under section 43.

(2) The provisions of the Fourth Schedule shall have effect for
the purposes of determining the amount of compensation payable
under sections 24 and 25 and for the purposes of the incidental
matters for which they provide.

26A. Every owner of premises who is exempt under section 20
from the operation of section 13 shall pay such annual charge as
may be prescribed.
(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 11)

PART V

ENFORCEMENT

27. (1) The Authority may, by notice in writing to any
person, require him to furnish to the Authority, within such time
and in such form as is specified in the notice, any information
specified in the notice which the Authority may reasonably require
for the purpose of exercising and performing his functions, duties
and powers under this Ordinance.
(2) A person who-

(a)fails without reasonable excuse to comply with any of the
requirements of a notice duly served on him under sub-
section (1); or

(b)in compliance or purported compliance with such a notice,
makes any statement which he knows to be incorrect in a
material respect or recklessly makes any statement which is
incorrect in a material respect or knowingly omits any
material particular,
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.





28. (1) For the purpose of-

(a)determining the position of any apparatus or device or
sampling point to be used for the measurement of any air
pollutant emitted from any chimney or relevant plant or
passing through any chimney,

(b)determining the composition, concentration, quantity,
quality or density of any air pollutant emitted from any
chimney or relevant plant or passing through any chimney;

(c)determining the composition of any fuel, or other material,
or viscosity of any liquid fuel used in any relevant plant;

(d)observing and recording any process or procedure used in
or in connexion with-
(i) the operation of any chimney or relevant plant; or
(ii) the conduct of any specified process;

(e) ascertaining the source of any air pollutant;

ascertaining whether there is or has been on or in con-
nection with any premises any contravention of any of the
requirements of this Ordinance;

(g)establishing any other matter in connection with para-
graphs (a) to (f),
the Authority or an authorized officer may-
(i) inspect any chimney or relevant plant;
(ii) take samples from, and make measurements of, any air
pollutant emitted from any relevant plant or passing
through any chimney;
(iii)take samples of any fuel or other material used in any
relevant plant;
(iv)observe and record any process or procedure referred to in
paragraph (d);
(v) require the production of and inspect any drawings, records
or documents relating to any chimney or relevant plant or
specified process whether or not the same are required to
be kept under this Ordinance;
(vi) make copies of any drawings, records or documents refer-
red to in paragraph (v);
(vii) make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary
to ascertain whether the requirements of this Ordinance
are complied with, and seize, remove and detain anything
which may appear to be evidence of an offence against this
Ordinance.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of subsec-
tion (1), the Authority, or any authorized officer, may without
warrant enter and search any premises.

(3) No premises which is used solely for dwelling purposes
shall be entered or searched under subsection (2) except by virtue of





a warrant issued by a magistrate, where such magistrate is satisfied
by information on oath that there is reasonable ground for suspect-
ing that an offence under this Ordinance, has been, is being or is
about to be committed in such premises or that there is in such
premises anything likely to be or to contain evidence of such offence.

(4) An authorized officer who enters any premises shall-

(a)if so required, produce evidence of his identity and of his
authorization by the Authority under section 4(3); and

(b)if a warrant has been issued under subsection (3), produce
that warrant.

29. Any person who-

(a)wilfully resists, obstructs or delays any officer in the
exercise of any power conferred on such officer by or under
section 28;

(b)fails without reasonable excuse to comply with any require-
ment duly made by an officer under section 28;

(c)in compliance or purported compliance with any such
requirement produces any drawing, record or document
which he knows to be incorrect or inaccurate in a material
respect or does not believe to be correct or accurate; or

(d)wilfully or recklessly gives information which is incorrect
in a material respect or withholds information as to any of
the matters in respect of which information is required to
be given under section 28,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

30. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that any chimney or
relevant plant is by reason of-

(a) unsuitable design, defective construction or maintenance;

(b) excessive wear and tear;

(c) the use of unsuitable fuel or other material; or

(d) any other cause,

emitting a greater quantity of air pollutant than need be, the
Authority may cause a notice to be served upon the owner of the
premises upon which such chimney or relevant plant is situate-
(i)requiring him, within such reasonable time as is specified in
the notice, to modify, replace, clean or repair such chimney
or relevant plant or to take such other steps as are specified
in the notice to ensure the elimination of unnecessary air
pollutant;
(ii) prohibiting him from using in such relevant plant, after
such reasonable time as is specified in the notice, such fuel,
or other material, or mixture of fuels, or other materials, as
is specified in the notice.





(2) Any owner who fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with
any of the requirements of a notice duly served upon him under
subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $30,000 and in
addition, if the offence is a continuing offence, to a fine of $5,000 for
each day during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that
the offence has continued.

30A. A licence holder who contravenes any term or condition
subject to which the licence is granted to him by the Authority, of an
owner of any premises who is exempt under section 20 from the
operation of section 13 and who contravenes any term or condition
imposed by the Authority in relation to the exemption, commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000 and in addition, if the offence is
a continuing offence, to a fine of $5,000 for each day during which it is
proved to the satisfaction of the court that the offence has continued.

(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 12)

PART VI

APPEALS

31. (1) A person may appeal to the Appeal Board if he is aggrieved
by a decision, requirement or specification of a public officer under any
of the following provisions

(a)section 9(2)(a) (requiring reduction of the emission of air
pollutant);

(b)section 9(2)(b) (requiring the elimination of the emission of air
pollutant);

(c) section 15(1) (refusing to grant a licence);

(d) section 15(4) (fixing terms and conditions of licence);

(e) section 16(4) (refusing to renew a licence);

section 17(1)(a) (imposing new or amended terms or
conditions for continuance of a licence);

(g) section 17(1)(b) (cancelling a licence);

(h)section 17(1)(c) (revoking, amending or adding to a notice or
substituting a new notice);

(i) section 18(4) (refusing to vary a licence);

(j)section 18(7) (fixing terms and conditions for variation of a
licence);

(ja) section 18A(5) (refusing to transfer a licence); (Added, 23 of
1987, s. 13)

(jb) section 18A(8) (fixing terms and conditions on transfer of a

licence);(Added, 23 of 1987, s. 13)





(k)section 22(1)(a)(i) (imposing terms and conditions subject to
which an exemption may continue in force);

(1) section 22(1)(a)(iii) or 22(1)(b) (cancelling an exemption);

(m)section 22(1)(e) (amending or adding to a notice or
substituting a new notice);

(n)section 23(4) (refusing to vary or cancel terms or conditions
subject to which an exemption may continue in force);

(o) section 27 (requiring information to be furnished);

(p)section 30(1)(i) (requiring the modification, replacing, cleaning
or repair of, or other steps to be taken relating to, a chimney or
relevant plant);

(q)section 30(1)(ii) (prohibiting the use of specified fuels or other
materials);

(r)section 40 (refusing to withhold information from public
notification or other public access); (Amended, 23 of 1987,s.
13)

(s) any regulations made under section 43.

(2) An appeal under subsection (1) shall be made by lodging notice
of appeal in the prescribed manner and form within 21 days after the
person aggrieved has received notice of the decision, requirement or
specification.

(3) Where the decision, requirement or specification appealed from
was made under a provision mentioned in paragraphs (a) or (e) to (j) or
(jb) to (m) or (o) to (q) of subsection (1) the notice thereof shall be
suspended from the day on which notice of appeal is duly given to the
Authority and until the appeal is disposed of, withdrawn or abandoned,
unless- (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 13)

(a)the decision, requirement or specification is considered by the
Authority to be necessary because the continuation of the
activities, whether licensed or otherwise, to which the notice
relates would be, or be likely to be, prejudicial to health; and

(b) the notice contains a declaration to that effect.

(4) No appeal shall lie under this section where the requirement of
the Authority is made with the prior approval of the Governor in Council
under section 17(2) or 22(2).

32. (1) Every appeal under section 31 shall be determined by an
Appeal Board constituted under this Part.

(2) The Governor shall appoint as Chairman of Appeal Boards a
person who is qualified in law.

(3) Subject to section 34(3), the Chairman shall be appointed for a
term of 2 years but may be re-appointed.





(4) The Governor shall also appoint a panel of persons whom he
considers to be suitable for appointment as members of an Appeal
Board pursuant to section 33(1).

(5) An appointment under subsection (2) and every appointment to
the panel under subsection (4) shall be notified in the Gazette.

(6) In subsection (2) and in section 34(1) 'qualified in law' means
qualified for appointment as a District Judge under section 5 of the
District Court Ordinance.

33. (1) The jurisdiction of an Appeal Board on any appeal or group
of appeals shall be exercised by the Chairman and such number of
persons from the panel referred to in section 32(4) as the Chairman may
appoint for that appeal or group of appeals.

(2) On any appeal an Appeal Board may confirm, reverse or vary
the decision, requirement or specification appealed from.

(3) Every question before an Appeal Board shall be determined by
the opinion of the majority of the Chairman and the members hearing the
appeal except a question of law which shall be determined by the
Chairman; in the event of an equality of votes the Chairman shall have a
casting vote.

(4) An Appeal Board shall not at any time consist of a majority of
persons who are public officers.

(5) An Appeal Board may-

(a) receive evidence on oath;

(b)admit or take into account any statement, document,
information or matter whether or not it would be admissible as
evidence in a court of law; and

(c)by notice in writing summon any person to appear before it to
produce any document or to give evidence that may
reasonably be required.

(6) Where an Appeal Board allows an appeal under section 3 1
(1)(a) or (b), it may make an award of

(a) costs in the case of an. appeal under section 3 1 (1)(a), and

(b)costs and compensation in the case of an appeal under
section 31 (1)(b),

of such sum, if any, as is just and equitable in all the circumstances of
the case, including the conduct and comparitive blameworthiness of the
appellant and his servants and agents, and of the public officers and any
other persons concerned.

(7) The Appeal Board shall have the powers which are vested in
the High Court in the exercise of its powers under subsection (5)(a) or
(c).





(8) The Chairman may determine any form or matter of
practice or procedure in so far as no provision is made therefor by
or under this Ordinance.

34. (1) If the Chairman is precluded by illness, absence from
Hong Kong or any other cause from exercising his functions the
Governor may appoint any other person qualified in law to act as
Chairman and as such to exercise and perform all of the functions,
duties and powers of the Chairman during the period of his
appointment.

(2) If a person appointed by the Chairman under section 33(1)
to hear an appeal or group of appeals is precluded by illness, absence
from Hong Kong, or any other cause from exercising his functions,
the Chairman may appoint any other person from the panel pro-
vided for in section 32(4) to act in his place.

(3) The Chairman may at any time resign his office by notice in
writing to the Governor.
(4) The hearing of an appeal may be continued notwith-
standing any change in the membership of an Appeal Board as if
the change had not occurred:

Provided that no person shall be appointed as a member of an
Appeal Board before which the hearing of an appeal has been
commenced without the consent of the parties.

35. (1) This section applies where-

(a)an Appeal Board has reversed or varied a decision, require-
ment or specification of the Authority or an authorized
officer; and

(b) the Authority considers that exceptional circumstances
require the review of the Board's decision in the public
interest. 'I

(2) The Authority may, where this section applies, within 14
days of being notified of a decision of an Appeal Board refer the case
for review by the Governor in Council.
(3) Where the Authority has referred a case for review under
subsection (2), he shall forthwith notify the other party in writing of
the reference, giving his reasons for seeking the review and inviting
the other party, within 14 days of receiving the notice, to submit
written representations concerning the review for consideration by
the Governor in Council.
(4) Upon a reference under subsection (2) and upon the expiry
of the period of 14 days referred to in subsection (3) the Governor in
Council may review the case, considering any representations sub-
mitted under subsection (3) and may confirm, reverse or vary the
decision of the Appeal Board.

36. (1) The Chairman may of his own motion, before an
appeal is determined, refer any question of law to the Court of
Appeal by way of case stated.





(2) On the hearing of the case the Court of Appeal may amend the
case or order it to be sent back to the Appeal Board for amendment.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

37. (1) For the purpose of encouraging reduction of air pollution, the
Secretary, after consultation with the Environmental Pollution Advisory
Committee, may give advice, either generally in the form of Codes of
Practice or particularly in writing, to any person operating or maintaining
any chimney or relevant plant, or conducting any specified process, as to
the construction, maintenance or manner of using or conducting the
same or as to the kind of fuel or any other material to be used therein.
(Amended, L.N. 165184)

(2) Failure on the part of any person to observe the provisions of
any such Code or to accept any such advice shall not of itself render that
person liable to criminal proceedings of any kind, but any such failure
may,. in any proceedings whether civil or criminal and including
proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, be relied upon by any
party to the proceedings as tending to establish or to negative any
liability which is in question in those proceedings.

38. (1) Where on an application under section 14, 16, 18 or 18A, any
objection to the grant of the application is duly made to the Authority,
he may hear the applicant and any objector if he considers it expedient
for the purpose of obtaining information relevant to any question to be
decided. (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 14)

(2) The procedure to be followed at, or for the purpose of
convening, any hearing under subsection (1) shall be determined by the
Authority.

39. (1) The Authority shall cause to be kept, in such form as the
Secretary may determine, a register containing details of

(a) applications required to be entered under section 14(3)(a);

(b)the particulars and information contained in notices given to
the Authority pursuant to section 19(1);

(c) all exemptions under section 20;

(d) all licences;

(e)such other matters as may be required by regulations made
under section 43 to be recorded in the register.

(2) Upon application in writing to the Authority, the register shall
be open for inspection by the public during normal office hours at such
places as the Secretary thinks fit.





(3) A person shall be entitled, upon payment of the prescribed fee,
to a copy of any entry in the register certified by or on behalf of the
Authority.

40. (1) Any person may apply to the Secretary to withhold from
public notification or other public access under this Ordinance any
information concerning a specified process, whether appearing in a
licence or an application therefor or in any notice, return or other
document.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be granted by the
Secretary to the extent that he is satisfied that public notification or
other public access to the information would

(a)be contrary to the applicant's private interest to an
unreasonable degree; or

(b) be contrary to the public interest.

(3) Where an application under this section is refused by the
Secretary, whether in whole or in part

(a)notice of the refusal and of the reasons therefor shall be given
in writing by the Secretary to the applicant;

(b)the information shall not be publicly notified or otherwise
made accessible to the public until the time for appeal under
section 31(2) has expired, or, if notice of appeal is lodged
before that time, until determination or withdrawal of the
appeal.

41. (1) A person commits an offence who, except in the
circumstances provided for in subsection (2), discloses or gives to
another person any information or document concerning a trade,
business or manufactory secret which has come to his knowledge or into
his possession in the course of the exercise or performance of his
powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance.

(2) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) if he
discloses or gives any information or document to another person

(a)for the purpose of the exercise or performance of his functions,
duties or powers under this Ordinance or proceedings
connected therewith;

(b) pursuant to an order of a court under subsection (3);

(c)with the consent in writing of all such persons as appear to
him, after reasonable inquiry, to be interested in the
confidentiality of the information or document.

(3) Where in any proceedings a court considers that the justice of
the case so requires, the court may order the disclosure of any
information or the giving of any document referred to in subsection (1).





(4) Any person who commits an offence under subsection (1)
is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

42. (1) No liability shall rest on the Crown or upon any
public officer by reason of the fact that any licence or exemption
is granted or continued under this Ordinance.

(2) A public officer shall not be personally liable in respect of
any act or omission of his if it was done or made by him in the honest
belief that it was required or authorized in the exercise of any
function, duty or power of his under this Ordinance.

(3) The protection conferred on public officers by subsec-
tion (2) in respect of any act or omission shall not in any way affect
any liability of the Crown in tort for that act or omission.

43. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the Governor in
Council may, after consultation with the Environmental Pollution
Advisory Committee, by regulation provide for- (Amended, L.N.
165184)

(a) the designation of noxious or offensive emissions;

(b)the abatement, prohibition and control of the emission
into the atmosphere of air pollutants;

(c)methods to be used for the measurement of the composi-
tion, concentration, quantity, quality or density of any air
pollutant emitted from any chimney or relevant plant or
passing through any chimney;
(d)the provision of any apparatus or device for indicating the
composition, concentration, quantity. quality or density of
any air pollutant emitted from any chimney or relevant
plant or passing through any chimney;

(e)the modification or replacement of or prohibition of the
use of any chimney or relevant plant or any class thereof,
either generally or in any particular case;

the prohibition of the installation of any chimney or
relevant plant without the approval of the Authority;

(g)the court to make orders prohibiting the use of any
chimney or relevant plant installed, altered, modified or
operated in contravention of this Ordinance or requiring
any such chimney or relevant plant to be dismantled;

(h)the adoption of precautions against the emission of air
pollutants from any chimney or relevant plant, or any class
thereof,

(i)the employment of competent persons to be in charge of
the operation of any relevant plant, or any class thereof,

the prohibition or restriction of the burning in or at any
place whatsoever of any kind of material that may evolve
air pollutants;





(k)the prohibition or control of any process or procedure used
in or in connection with-
(i) the operation of any chimney or relevant plant, or
any class thereof, or
(ii) the conduct of any specified process, or any class
thereof;

(1)in relation to any specified process, or any class thereof, the
installation and use or operation of any specified type of
equipment;

(m)any matters required to implement the provisions of Part
IV relating to licences or exemptions;

(ma)the time when an annual charge prescribed for the pur-
poses of section 15A or 26A is to be paid, the recovery of
such charge (if not paid) as a civil debt, the waiver or
refund of such charge and for other matters relating to
such charge; (Added, 23 of 1987, s. 15)

(n)the particulars and information to be contained in a
register;

(o) (i) the imposition of requirements as to the composi-
tion, concentration, quantity, quality, viscosity or density
and the use of any kind of fuel or any kind of other
material that may evolve air pollutants; and
(ii) where any such requirements are in force, the prohi-
bition or restriction of the production, treatment, distribu-
tion, import, storage, sale or use of any fuel, or any kind of
other material that may evolve air pollutants, which in any
respect fails to comply with the requirements and which is
for use in Hong Kong;

(p)the specification of the kinds of fuel, or any kind of other
material that may evolve air pollutants (including fuel or
other material used in the propulsion of any vessel, motor
vehicle, railway locomotive or aircraft), and the kinds of
relevant plant (including any furnace or engine used in the
propulsion of any vessel, motor vehicle, railway locomo-
tive or aircraft) to which the regulations are to apply;

(q)the making of orders prohibiting the use of any particular
fuel, or any kind of other material that may evolve air
pollutants, or class or mixture of fuels, or such other
materials, in any relevant plant;

(r)the application of standards, specifications, descriptions or
tests laid down in documents not forming part of the
regulations;

(s)the keeping of records and statistics relating to the emis-
sion of air pollutants from any chimney, relevant plant, or
the composition, concentration, quantity, quality or den-
sity of fuel, or any kind of other material that may evolve





air pollutants, used in any relevant plant, or any class
thereof;

(t)the manner of determining the amount of compensation
payable under sections 24 and 25, the factors to be taken
into account or disregarded and the principles to be
applied in determining that amount;

(u)the forms to be used and the procedure to be followed for
the purposes of appeals under Part VI;

(v)authorizing the Authority to confer exemptions from any
provisions of the regulations;

(w)the amendment by order of the Governor of any Schedule
to regulations made under this Ordinance;

(x)the application of section 31(3) in the case of any appeal
from a decision, requirement or specification of a public
officer under any regulations made under this Ordinance;

(y)unless otherwise provided prescribing anything which
under this Ordinance is to be or may be prescribed;

(z)the better carrying out generally of the provisions and
purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) Regulations made under this section may be of general
application or limited to any particular air control zone or other
area or district or to any particular chimney, relevant plant or
specified process, or any class or kind thereof.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1),
where fuel, or other material, is subject to the requirements as to
composition, concentration, quantity, quality, viscosity or density
imposed by regulations under this section, the regulations may, in
order that persons to whom the fuel, or other material, is supplied
are afforded information as to its composition, concentration,
quantity, quality, viscosity or density, impose requirements for
securing that the information is displayed at such places and in such
manner as may be prescribed.

(4) Regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof or of specified condi-
tions of a licence shall be an ofrence and may provide penalties
therefor not exceeding a fine of $20,000 and imprisonment for 6
months, and in addition, if the offence is a continuing offence, to a
fine not exceeding-

(a) $100 in respect of every one quarter of an hour; or

(b) $5,000 in respect of each day,

during the whole or any part of which the offence continues, as the
circumstances may require. (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 15)

44. (1) Subject to this section, this Ordinance shall bind the
Crown.





(2) Section 10, 12 or 13 shall not have effect to permit pro-
ceedings to be taken against, or to impose any criminal liability
on, the Crown or on any person who causes or permits to be emitted
any air pollutant or conducts any specified process which he is
required to emit or conduct in the course of carrying out his duties in
the service of the Crown.

(3) If it appears to the Authority that any emission of an air
pollutant or conduct of a specified process is being, or has been,
emitted or conducted in contravention of section 10, 12 or 13, by any
person in the course of carrying out his duties in the service of the
Crown, the Authority shall, if the contravention is not forthwith
terminated to his satisfaction, report the matter to the Chief
Secretary.

(4) On receipt of a report under subsection (3) the Chief
Secretary shall enquire into the circumstances and, if his enquiry
shows that a contravention of section 10, 12 or 13 is continuing or
likely to recur, he shall ensure that the best practicable steps are
taken to terminate the contravention or avoid the recurrence.

(5) Any notice or application under this Ordinance concern-
ing the emission of an air pollutant or the conduct of a specified
process which is to be, or may be, given or made by or on behalf
of the Crown may be given or made by any public officer on behalf
of the Crown.

(6) Any notice under this Ordinance concerning the emission
of an air pollutant or the conduct of a specified process which is to
be, or may be, given by the Authority to the Crown shall be given to
the principal officer of the Government Department which appears
to the Authority to be responsible for the emission or conduct or, in
the event of any question arising as to which Department is respon-
sible, to such public officer as the Chief Secretary shall determine,

(7) No fee or charge prescribed for the purposes of this
Ordinance shall be payable by the Crown.

45. If any question arises as to who are the body of persons for
the time being constituting the Environmental Pollution Advisory
Committee mentioned in sections 6, 7, 37 and 43 the matter shall be
referred to the Chief Secretary, who shall determine the question by
certificate under his hand.
(Amended, L.N. 165184)

46. A complaint or information in respect of an offence under
this Ordinance shall be made or laid, as the case may be, within-

(a)6 months from the time when the matter of such complaint
or information respectively first came to the knowledge of
the Authority or an authorized officer; or

(b) 1 year from the time of the commission of the offence,

whichever is the earlier.





47. (1) Subject to this section, prosecutions for offences against
this Ordinance may be brought in the name of the Authority, and may be
commenced and conducted by any public officer appointed under
section 13 of the Magistrates Ordinance.

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to derogate from the
powers of the Attorney General in relation to the prosecution of
offences.

48. In any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance relating
to the emission of an air pollutant it shall be a defence to prove the
contravention complained of was

(a)solely due to the lighting up of a relevant plant which was
cold and that the best practicable means had been taken to
prevent or minimise the emission of the air pollutant; or

(b)solely due to some failure of a chimney or relevant plant or of
an apparatus used in connection with a chimney or relevant
plant and that

(i) the failure could not have reasonably been foreseen, or if
foreseen, could not reasonably have been provided against;

(ii) the contravention could not reasonably have been
prevented by action taken after the failure occurred; and

(iii) as soon as was reasonably practicable after the
occurrence of the failure the Authority was informed thereof in
writing.

49. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be in addition to and not
in lieu of the provisions of any other Ordinance.

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 11.]

Process Description

1. Acrylates Works Works in which acrylates are-

(a) made;

(b) purified; or

(c) made or purified and polymerised.

2. Aluminium WorksWorks of the following kinds in which the pro-
cessing capacity exceeds 1 tonne (expressed as
aluminium) or, if the mode of operation is con-
tinuous, 0.67 tonne (expressed as aluminium) per
hour, and in which-
(a)aluminium swarf is degreased by the applica-
tion of heat;
(b)aluminium or aluminium alloys are recovered
from aluminium or aluminium alloy scrap
fabricated metal, swarf, skimmings, drosses
or other residues by melting but not includ-
ing works in which aluminium or aluminium
alloys are separated from ferrous metals by
liquation in sloping hearth furnaces;
(c)molten aluminium or aluminium alloys are
treated by any process involving the evolu-
tion of chlorine or its compounds;





Process Description

(d)aluminium is extracted from any material
containing aluminium; or

(e)oxide of aluminium is extracted from any
ore;

and any materials used in the above processes.

3. Cement Works Works in which the total silo capacity exceeds
10 000 tonnes and in which cement is handled or
in which argillaceous and calcareous materials are
used in the production of cement clinker and
works in which cement clinker is ground.
4. Ceramic Works Works in which the processing capacity exceed 2
tonnes or, if the mode of operation is continuous,
0.67 tonne per day, and in which-
(a) pottery products (including domestic earth-
enware and china, sanitary ware, electrical
porcelain, glazed tiles and teapots) are made
in intermittent kilns fired by coal or oil;
(b) heavy clay or refractory goods are fired by
coal or oil in-
(i) intermittent kilns;
(ii) continuous grate-fired kilns, not being
tunnel kilns; or
(iii) any kiln in which a reducing atmos-
phere is essential; or
(c) salt glazing of any earthenware or clay mate-
rial is carried on.

5. Chlorine Works Works in which chlorine is made or used in any
manufacturing process.
6. Copper Works Works in which the processing capacity exceeds
0.5 tonne (expressed as copper) or, if the mode of
operation is continuous, 0.45 tonne (expressed as
copper) per hour and in which-
(a) by the application of heat-
(i) copper is extracted from any ore or
concentrate or from any material containing
copper or its compounds;
(ii) molten copper is refined;
(iii) copper or copper alloy swarf is de-
greased; or
(iv) copper alloys are recovered from
scrap fabricated metal, swarf or residues by
processes designed to reduce the zinc con-
tent; or
(b) copper or copper alloy is melted and cast in
moulds the internal surfaces of which have
been coated with grease-bound or oil-bound
dressings.

7. Electricity Works Works in which fossil fuel is burnt either wholly
for or as part of the process of electricity genera-
tion where the installed generation capacity of
such works exceeds 5 MW.
8. Gas Works Works in which coal, coke, oil or any mixtures or
derivatives thereof are handled or prepared for
carbonization or gasification and in which such
materials are subsequently carbonized or gasified.
9. Iron and Steel Works Works in which the installed furnace capacity
exceeds 1 tonne, or, if the mode of operation is
continuous, I tonne per hour, and in which a






ferrous metal melting process for casting is
carried out. (Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 16)





Process Description

10. Metal Recovery WorksWorks in which scrap metals are treated in any
type of furnace for recovery of metal with a
processing capacity exceeding 50 kg per hour,
where this is the primary object of the works.
11. Mineral Works Works in which the processing capacity exceeds
5 000 tonnes per annum and in which metallurgi-
cal slags or pulverised fuel ash or minerals are
subjected to any size reduction, grading or heat-
ing by processes giving rise to dust, including the
subsequent handling of the products of any such
process.
12. Incinerators Works in which the installed capacity exceeds 0.5
tonne per hour and which are used for the destruc-
tion by burning of wastes or refuse.
13. Petrochemical WorksWorks in which the processing capacity exceeds
200 tonnes per annum, and in which-
(a) any products of pertroleum are prepared or
used, except as solvent, in any chemical
manufacturing process, not being a chemical
manufacturing process described in any
other specified process; or
(b) used lubricating oil is prepared for re-use by
any thermal process.
14. Sulphuric Acid WorksWorks in which the installed capacity exceeds
1000 tonnes per annum and in which the manu-
facture of sulphuric acid is carried on by any
process, and works for the concentration or distil-
lation of sulphuric acid.
15. Tar and Bitumen WorksWorks of the following kinds in which the in-
stalled capacity exceeds 3 000 tonnes per annum,
and in which-
(a) gas tar or coal tar is distilled or is heated in
any manufacturing process; or
(b) creosote or any other product of distillation
of gas tar or coal tar is distilled or is heated in
any manufacturing operation.
16. Frit Works Works in which the installed furnace capacity
exceeds 1 tonne and in which frit is made by
fusion of minerals and quenching.
17. Lead Works Works in which the installed capacity exceeds 0.4
tonne or, if the mode of operation is continuous
0.25 tonne per hour, and in which by the applica-
tion of heat, lead is extracted from any material
containing lead or its compounds and works in
which compounds of lead are manufactured from
metallic lead or its compounds by dry processes
which give rise to dust and fumes.
18. Amines Works Works in which the processing capacity exceeds
1000 tonnes per annum and in which-
(a) any methylamine or any ethylamine is made;
or
(b) any methylamine or any ethylamine is used
in any chemical process.
19. Asbestos WorksWorks in which the installed capacity exceeds 200
tonnes (expressed as asbestos) per annum and in
which the preparation and fabrication of asbestos
is carried out.





Process Description

20. Chemical Incineration Works in which installed capacity exceeds 100 kg
Works per hour and are used for the destruction by
burning of wastes produced in the course of
organic chemical reactions which occur during
the manufacture of materials for the fabrication
of plastics and fibres, and works for the destruc-
tion by burning of chemical wastes containing
combined chlorine, fluorine, nitrogen, phos-
phorus or sulphur.

21. Hydrochloric Acid WorksWorks of the following kinds in which the
installed
capacity exceeds 1000 tonnes per annum-
(a)hydrochloric acid works or works where
hydrochloric acid gas is evolved either during
the preparation of liquid hydrochloric acid
or for use in any manufacturing process or as
the result of the use of chlorides in a chemical
process;
(b)tinplate flux works, works in which any resi-
due or flux from tinplate works is calcined
for the utilization of such residue or flux, and
in which hydrochloric acid gas is evolved; or
(e)salt works (not being works in which salt is
produced by refining rock salt, otherwise
than by the dissolution of rock salt at the
place of deposit) in which the extraction of
salt from brine is carried on, and in which
hydrochloric acid gas is evolved.
22. Hydrogen Cyanide WorksWorks in which the installed capacity exceeds
1000 tonnes per annum and in which hydrogen
cyanide is made or is used in any chemical manu-
facturing process.

23. Sulphide Works Works in which the processing capacity exceeds
1000 tonnes (expressed as sulphuretted hydrogen)
per annum and in which sulphuretted hydrogen is
evolved by the decomposition of metallic sul-
phides, or in which sulphuretted hydrogen is used
in production of such sulphides, or any works in
which sulphuretted hydrogen is evolved as part of
a chemical process not being a chemical process
described in any other specified process.

SECOND SCHEDULE[ss. 15(4), 18(7), 18A(8),
22(6) & 23(7).]

TERMS AND CONDITIONS SUBJECT TO WHICH A
LICENCE
MAY BE GRANTED OR AN EXEMPTION CONTINUED

1.The place and times or periods at or during which the emission of air pollutants
may take place.

2.The design and construction of any chimney or relevant plant or equipment
used in connexion with the emission of any air pollutant.

3.The rate of discharge of any air pollutant or total amount thereof in relation to
the matter discharged or any constituent thereof.

4.The nature, composition, colour or temperature of the matter discharged or any
constituent thereof.







5.The treatment of any potential air pollutant before it is discharged and the
chimney or relevant plant or equipment to be provided, maintained and used
therefor.





6.The equipment and facilities to be provided for inspecting, sampling or
measuring the emission of any air pollutant or any constituent thereof.

7.The maintenance and security of any equipment and facilities referred to in
paragraph 6.

8.The provision to the Authority of samples, and of the results of the analysis of
samples, of air pollutants or any material that may evolve air pollutants.

9.The keeping of records in relation to the matters mentioned in paragraphs 3
and 4.

10.The access of authorized officers to the equipment, facilities and records
referred to in paragraphs 6 and 9.

11.Any matters relating to care and maintenance in relation to the provisions of
paragraphs 3 and 4.

THIRD SCHEDULE [s. 20(2).]

Item Specified Process Premises

1 Electricity Works Castle Peak 'A' Power Station-

Tap Shek Kok, New Territories

(Tuen Mun Town L2. Electricity WorksCastle Peak 'B' Power StationTap
Shek Kok, New Territories (Tuen
Man Town L3. Electricity WorksLamma Island Power Station-Po Lo
Tsui, Lamma Island (Lot 1934 in
Demarcation District No. 3)

4. Cement Works Picnic Bay, Lamma Island (Lot 64
in Demarcation District No. 6)
5. Cement Works Tap Shek Kok, New Territories
(Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 201)
6. Cement Works Picnic Bay, Lamma Island (Quarry
Allocation in Demarcation District
No. 6)
7. Chlorine Works Tsing Yi Island (Tsing Yi Island
Town 8. Petrochemical WorksTsing Yi Island (Tsing Yi Island
Town Lot No~ 59) (Styrene Train
No. 2)

9. Gas Works Tai Po Area 26, New Territories
(Tai Po Town Lot No. 46)
(Amended, 23 of 1987, s. 17)

FOURTH SCHEDULE [s. 26(2).]

DETERMINATION OF COMPENSATION

1. A person who claims compensation under section 24 or 25 shall submit to
the Authority particulars in writing of his claim.

2. (1) A claim tinder paragraph 1 shall be submitted-

(a)where a licence or exemption is cancelled, within 1 year after the
cancellation;







(b)where a licence or exemption is varied so as to impose additional
obligations on either the licence holder or the owner of the premises used
for the conduct of the specified process to which the exemption relates, as
the case may be within 1 year after the completion of the works
attributable solely to the requirement of the Authority.





(2) The period referred to in sub-paragraph (1) may, upon application made to
the Governor either before or after the expiry of that period, be extended in
accordance with this paragraph.

(3) Notice of an application under sub-paragraph (2) shall be given to the
Authority by the applicant.

(4) The Governor may extend the period within which particulars of a claim
must be submitted to the Authority if he considers that the delay in submitting such
particulars was occasioned by mistake of fact or mistake of any matter of law
(other than the matters contained in sub-paragraph ffi) or by any other reasonable
cause or that the Crown is not materially prejudiced by the delay.

(5) An extension may be granted by the Governor under sub-paragraph (4)
with or without conditions for such period as he thinks fit but not in any case
exceeding 6 years from the time when the right to compensation first arose.

3. If the Authority and the claimant do not agree on the settlement or
compromise of the claim within 3 months of the submission or particulars under
paragraph 1, the claimant may notify the Authority that he desires a reference to
the Lands Tribunal and the Authority shall thereupon refer the claim with the
particulars thereof to the Lands Tribunal.

4-7. [Deleted, 23 of 1987, s. 18]

8. The Lands Tribunal may direct that interest be paid on compensation (but
not on costs) from such date and for such period as the Lands Tribunal thinks fit, at
the lowest rate paid from time to time by members of The Hong Kong Association
of Banks on time deposits or at such other rate as may be determined by resolution
of the Legislative Council.

(Fourth Schedule amended, 23 of 1987, s.
18)
Originally 17 of 1983. L.N. 165/84. 23 of 1987. L.N. 303/83. Short title. Interpretation. First Schedule. Application . Authority and authorized officers. Governor may give directions. Air control zones. Secretary to establish quality objectives. Authority to seek to achieve quality objectives. Notice of air pollutant nuisance to owner premises. Penalty for failure to abate air pollutant nuisance. Power to amend First Schedule. Prevention of discharge of noxious or offensive emissions. Licence required to use premises for specified process. Application for licences. Grant or refusal of licences. Second schedule. Payment of annual charges by licence holders. Renewal of licences. Cancellation or variation of a licence. applications for and variations of licences. Second Schedule. Application for transfer of licences. Second Schedule. Supply of incorrect information, etc. Notices of existing premises used for specified processes. Exemption of certain premises. Third Schedule. (Cap. 28.) Cessation of exemption on conviction under section 19(3). Cessation of exemption in certain circumstances and application for licence. Further powers in relation to an existing specified process. Second Schedule. Exempted premises---approval of changes. Second Schedule. Compensation for cancellation or variation of licences. Compensation for cancellation or variation of exemptions with the approval of the Governor in Council. Assessment of compensation. Fourth Schedule. Payment of annual charges by owners of exempted premises. Authority may obtain information. Powers of entry and inspection, etc. Offences in relation to section 28. Power to require modification etc., of chimneys and relevant plant. Contravention of terms and conditions of licence, etc. When appeal may be brought; and effect thereof. Constitution of Appeal Board. (Cap. 336.) Exercise of Appeal Board's jurisdiction. Supplementary provisions as to Appeal Board. Review of appeal Board's decision by Governor in Council. Codes of Practice. Authority may hold a hearing. Authority to keep a register. Protection of private information from publicity. Offence to disclose secret information obtained officially. Protection of Crown and public officers. Regulations. Application of Ordinance to Crown. Environmental Pollution Advisory Committee. Limit of time for laying informations, etc. Prosecution of offences. (Cap. 227.) Defences in proceedings relating to emission of air pollutants. Provisions of Ordinance to be in addition to any other Ordinance.

Abstract

Originally 17 of 1983. L.N. 165/84. 23 of 1987. L.N. 303/83. Short title. Interpretation. First Schedule. Application . Authority and authorized officers. Governor may give directions. Air control zones. Secretary to establish quality objectives. Authority to seek to achieve quality objectives. Notice of air pollutant nuisance to owner premises. Penalty for failure to abate air pollutant nuisance. Power to amend First Schedule. Prevention of discharge of noxious or offensive emissions. Licence required to use premises for specified process. Application for licences. Grant or refusal of licences. Second schedule. Payment of annual charges by licence holders. Renewal of licences. Cancellation or variation of a licence. applications for and variations of licences. Second Schedule. Application for transfer of licences. Second Schedule. Supply of incorrect information, etc. Notices of existing premises used for specified processes. Exemption of certain premises. Third Schedule. (Cap. 28.) Cessation of exemption on conviction under section 19(3). Cessation of exemption in certain circumstances and application for licence. Further powers in relation to an existing specified process. Second Schedule. Exempted premises---approval of changes. Second Schedule. Compensation for cancellation or variation of licences. Compensation for cancellation or variation of exemptions with the approval of the Governor in Council. Assessment of compensation. Fourth Schedule. Payment of annual charges by owners of exempted premises. Authority may obtain information. Powers of entry and inspection, etc. Offences in relation to section 28. Power to require modification etc., of chimneys and relevant plant. Contravention of terms and conditions of licence, etc. When appeal may be brought; and effect thereof. Constitution of Appeal Board. (Cap. 336.) Exercise of Appeal Board's jurisdiction. Supplementary provisions as to Appeal Board. Review of appeal Board's decision by Governor in Council. Codes of Practice. Authority may hold a hearing. Authority to keep a register. Protection of private information from publicity. Offence to disclose secret information obtained officially. Protection of Crown and public officers. Regulations. Application of Ordinance to Crown. Environmental Pollution Advisory Committee. Limit of time for laying informations, etc. Prosecution of offences. (Cap. 227.) Defences in proceedings relating to emission of air pollutants. Provisions of Ordinance to be in addition to any other Ordinance.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3174

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

311

Number of Pages

35
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:27 +0800
<![CDATA[BUSINESS REGISTRATION APPEAL RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3173

Title

BUSINESS REGISTRATION APPEAL RULES

Description






BUSINESS REGISTRATION APPEAL RULES.

(Cap 310, section 17).


[26th March, 1959.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Business Registration Appeal Rules.

2. Any person (hereinafter referred to as the appellant) desiring
to appeal under section 17 of the Ordinance shall within six weeks of
being informed of the decision against which he desires to appeal, give
notice to the Commissioner in writing requiring him to prepare a case for
submission to the Court. and shall at the same time forward to him a
signed statement setting out all the facts considered relevant to the
appeal together with any documents. or copies thereof, in support. Such
notice shall contain the address to which the case is to be posted.

3. (1) Where the Commissioner is of the opinion that the
requirement to prepare a case is frivolous and that there is no question
requiring determination by the Court, he may refuse to prepare a case
and shall, within the period required for so doing under rule 4, inform the
appellant.

(2) Where the Commissioner refuses to prepare a case the appellant
may, within thirty days of being so informed, apply by summons ex
parte to the Court, and the Court shall if satisfied that there is a
question requiring its determination order the Commissioner to prepare
the case within such period as it shall specify.

4. Subject to the provisions of rule 3. the Commissioner shall within
six weeks of the receipt of a notification under rule 2 or within such
period as may be specified under paragraph (2) of rule 3. prepare, sign
and post to the appellant at the address given in such notification a
case which shall contain

(a)the facts set out in the statement by the appellant under rule 2
with an indication as to which facts are disputed by the
Commissioner;

(b)such other facts, if any, on which the Commissioner relies;
and

(c) an annex incorporating-

(i) those documents, or copies thereof, forwarded by the
appellant the contents of which are agreed by the
Commissioner; and

(ii) documents, or copies thereof which the Commissioner
relies on in support of the facts set out under





paragraph (b), and which are in his possession in the course
of the performance of his duties under the Inland Revenue
Ordinance or under the Ordinance.

5. Within six weeks of the receipt of the case the appellant may
return the same to the Commissioner with the intent that the same be
transmitted to the Registrar of the District Court (hereinafter referred to
as the Registrar), and when so returning the case

(a)shall endorse thereon a statement to the effect that he wishes
the case transmitted to the Registrar;

(b)may comment on the facts. if any, set out in the said case by
the Commissioner and add thereto any further facts or
grounds on which he relies; and

(c)shall at the same time forward to the Commissioner the sum of
ten dollars.

6. Within three weeks of the receipt of the case duly endorsed from
the appellant together with the said sum of ten dollars the Commissioner
shall transmit the case to the Registrar together with the request in
writing that it be set down for hearing. The Registrar shall give notice of
the day appointed for the hearing to the appellant and to the
Commissioner at least four clear days before such day.

7. Where the appellant appears or is represented at the hearing of
the case the sum of ten dollars forwarded by him under rule 5 shall be
returned to him less any Court fees payable. If the appellant does not so
appear the said sum shall be forfeited to the Crown, unless the Court
otherwise orders.

8. In determining the appeal the Court-

(a)shall require to be satisfied that the appellant is not carrying
on business or is entitled to exemption under section 9 of the
Ordinance. as the case may be:

Provided that no such onus shall he on the appellant in
the case of appeal under section 3 of the Ordinance where the
Court is of the opinion that the Commissioner had no
reasonable grounds for serving a notice under that section;

(b)shall receive in evidence the documents or copies thereof set
out in the annex to the case and any information which has
come to the notice of the Commissioner in the performance of
his duties under the Inland Revenue Ordinance or under the
Ordinance:

Provided that no~ herein contained shall affect the
weight which the Court shall attach to such evidence;





(c)may, where it appears that there are disputed questions
of fact, the determination of which are necessary for the
proper determination of the appeal, direct that evidence
be adduced whether by way of affidavit or oral testimony;
and

(d)shall have all the powers granted under or derived from
the District Court Ordinance including the power to
award costs.
G.N.A. 19/59. Citation. Notice of intention to appeal. Commissioner may refuse frivolous appeals. Commissioner to prepare the case. (Cap. 112.) Case to be returned to the Commissioner if appeal to be proceeded with. Case to be sent to Registrar. Refund of money to appellant on appearing. Functions and powers of Court in determining the appeal. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 5.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 19/59. Citation. Notice of intention to appeal. Commissioner may refuse frivolous appeals. Commissioner to prepare the case. (Cap. 112.) Case to be returned to the Commissioner if appeal to be proceeded with. Case to be sent to Registrar. Refund of money to appellant on appearing. Functions and powers of Court in determining the appeal. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 5.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3173

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

310

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:26 +0800
<![CDATA[BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3172

Title

BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

Description






BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 310, section 14)

[13 February 1959.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Business Registra-

tion Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'branch registration certificate' means a certificate issued under section
6(3A) of the Ordinance;

'business registration certificate' means a certificate issued under
section 6(3) of the Ordinance.

3. Application for registration of a business under section 5 of the
Ordinance shall be made

(a)in the case of a business carried on by an individual in Form
1(a);

(b)in the case of a business carried on by a body corporate in
Form 1(b); and

(c)in the case of a business carried on by a partnership or other
body of persons in Form 1 (c).

Such application shall be forwarded in duplicate to the Commissioner.

4. (1) On receipt of an Application Form under regulation 3 the
Commissioner shall endorse the Application Form with

(a) a serial number; and

(b) the date of expiry of the business registration certificate.

(2) The Commissioner shall maintain a Register which shall consist
of Application Forms duly endorsed under paragraph (1), and shall
amend such Forms from time to time on receipt of information supplied
to him under section 8 of the Ordinance.

(3) The Commissioner shall endorse upon the Application Form
such information received by him under section 5(3) or 8 of the
Ordinance relating to a branch as he considers relevant.

5. (1) A business registration certificate and a branch registration
certificate shall be in Form 2.



(2) The Commissioner may upon payment of the fee prescribed
under regulation 7 issue a duplicate, which shall be in Form 2, of a
business registration certificate or a branch registration certificate.

6. An application for exemption under section 9 of the Ordinance
shall be in Form 3, and shall be forwarded to the Commissioner.





7. (1) The fee for the issue of a certified copy or extract of
documents under section 19 of the Ordinance shall be $45.

(2) The fee for the issue of a duplicate business registration
certificate or a duplicate branch registration certificate under regulation
5 shall be $15.

8. The following businesses shall be exempt from the provisions of
the Ordinance

(a) the business of bootblack;

(b)business carried on by such hawkers as require licences for
the carrying on of such businesses under the Hawker By-laws,
Hawker (New Territories) Regulations or the Marine Hawkers
Ordinance, other than businesses carried on inside the main
structure of any building.

9. The Forms referred to in these regulations shall be as set out
below

Serial No . .................................

FORM 1(a) [reg. 3.]
BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS
Application by an individual for registration qf business (es)
carried on by him in Hong Kong
SECTION A.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Business Registration Ordinance, I do hereby
certify that the particulars set out below are true and that they constitute a
complete record of all businesses carried on by me in Hong Kong and of all places
in Hong Kong where such businesses are carried on and that 1 have no partners in
any of the said businesses.

(a) Full name and all aliases ........................................................

(b) Identity Card Serial Number.......................

(c) Residential address ........................................................

(d) Business carried on:

(1) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of

business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which

the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ..................................

(e) Date commenced ........................................................
(2) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of

business ........................................................





(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which
the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced........................................................
(3) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of
business ....................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which
the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced........................................................
(4) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of
business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which
the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced........................................................
(5) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of
business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which
the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced........................................................
(6) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of
business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which
the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced ........................................................

Date: .................................................................

Signed: ..............................................................

SECTION B.
For official use only.





Serial No . .................................

FORM 1(b) [reg. 3.]
BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS
Application by a body registration

A company which is incorporated in Hong Kong or to which Part X1
of the Companies Ordinance applies is deemed to be a person car~ying
on business and is liable to he registered under the Business Registration
Ordinance, unless exempted under section 16.

SECTION A.

Pursuant to the Business Registration Ordinance, 1 certify that the particulars
set out below are true and that they include a complete record of all businesses
carried on in Hong Kong by the
..................................................................................................

......................................................................

of which I am
..............................................................................................................
and of all places in Hong Kong at which such businesses are carried on.

1. Address of registered office (if
body corporate incorporated in

Hong Kong) ........................................................

2.Name and address of person or persons resident in Hong Kong whose
particulars have been delivered to Registrar of Companies (if body
corporate is one to which Part XI of the Companies Ordinance applies)

............................

3.Date of incorporation in Hong
Kong or date on which section 333
of the Companies Ordinance was

complied with ........................................................
4. Business(es) carried on (if any) ........................................................

4: 1(a) Name under which carried

on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place

of business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other
places in Hong Kong at
which the business is

carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ......

(e) Date commenced ........................................................

4: 2(a) Name under which carried

on ........................................................


(b) Address of principal place

of business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other
places in Hong Kong at
which the business is

carried on ......
.................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced ........................................................





4: 3(a) Name under which carried

on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place

of business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other
places in Hong Kong at
which the business is

carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced ........................................................

(Continue on separate sheet if necessary)

Date:
...........................................................................................................................

Full name and residential address of person certifying this form: ..............................

Signed:
........................................................................................................................

Designation:
...............................................................................................................

(i.e. managing director, director, secretary,
etc.)

SECTION B.

For official use only.

Serial No . .................................

FORM I(c) [reg 3.]

BUSINESS REGISTRATION
REGULATIONS

Application by firm or by other body unincorporate for
registration
of business (es) carried on by such body in Hong Kong

SECTION A.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Business Registration Ordinance, I do hereby
certify that the particulars set out below are true and that they constitute a
complete record of all businesses carried on in Hong Kong by the
........................................... of which I am
.............................................................................................................. and of all
such places in Hong Kong at which such businesses are carried on, and that I have
listed below all the partners of the said firm.

(a) Address of principal place of business ........................................................

(b) Name and residential address of

manager ........................................................







(c) Business carried on:

(1) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of

business .........................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which

the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced ........................................................





(2) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of
business

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which

the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of

business ........................................................
(e) Date commenced........................................................

(3) (a) Name under which carried on ........................................................

(b) Address of principal place of

business ........................................................

(c) Addresses of all other places
within Hong Kong at which

the business is carried on ........................................................

(d) Description and nature of
business

(e) Date commenced ........................................................

(Continue on separate sheet if necessary)

(d) Partners:

(1) (a) Name
(b) Aliases

(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................

(d) Residential address

(2) (a) Name

(b) Aliases ........................................................
(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................
(d) Residential address ........................................................
(3) (a) Name ........................................................

(b) Aliases

(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................
(d) Residential address ........................................................

(4) (a) Name

(b) Aliases ........................................................
(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................
(d) Residential address ........................................................
(5) (a) Name ........................................................
(b) Aliases ........................................................
(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................
(d) Residential address ........................................................

(6) (a) Name







(b) Aliases ........................................................
(c) Identity Card Serial Number ........................................................
(d) Residential address ........................................................

Date: ..........................

Signed: .......................................................................................

...... . ..... . .

Capacity in which signing.................

(i.e. partner, manager, agent, etc.)

SECTION B.

For official use only.





ORIGINAL
DUPLICA TE

FORm 2 [reg. 5.]

BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

(Chapter 310)

BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

BusinessIBranch Registration Certificate

Name of Business ......................................

Address .......................................................................................................................

Nature of Business ......................................................................................................

Status ....................................................................

Date of Expiry

Valid until.Cert~ficaie No. Fee and levy

......... .................... .............

RECEIVED FEE AND
LEVY HERE STATED
IN PRINTED FIGURES $

FORm 3 [reg. 6]

BUSINESS REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

B. R. No . ...................................

Clairn for exemptionfrom payment offee and levy
under section 9 of the Business Registration Ordinance

I ...............of .............................................

carrying on the business of ....... ..........................................

at ....................wish to apply for exemption from

payment of the fee and levy in respect of the business registration certificate for the
above business for the year commencing
....................................................................
and I solemnly and sincerely declare as follows,-

1....................I am the of the above described

(proprietor. Manager. &c. state

business and I do not carry on business at any address other than that
stated,

2. I have no other business other than the one described above.

3................................The average of total *sales/receipts for the last 6 months was $ ... p.m,

4. I fully understand that the above statement of my *total sales/receipts may
be investigated by an officer of the Inland Revenue Department and that I
am liable to prosecution if the amount stated is found to be false.











and I make this declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true by virtue
of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance.

Declared by the above-named

......................................................................

at
............................................................
.............

Hong Kong
this ............day of .19 (Signature of declarant).

before me

Justice of the Peace.

If the business is non-trading i.e. a profession, or other calling or activity rendering services as distinct from
selling commodities state total receipts and delete the word sales.

FORm 4 [s. 4(2).]

BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 310)

Oath or Affirmation of Secrecy


I..........................................................................................................................
(full name)

of .............................................

(address)

an officer of the Inland Revenue Department. having been appointed to perform
duties under the Business Registration Ordinance, swear
solemnly and sincerely affirm
that I will at all times preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to all
matters
relating to the affairs of any person which may come to my knowledge in the
performance of my duties under the said Ordinance and. save where expressly
authorized by any enactment, will not (except in the performance of my duties under
the said Ordinance) communicate any such matter to any person, other than the
person to whom such matter relates or his authorized representative, nor suffer or
permit any person to have access to any record in the possession, custody or control
of the Commissioner of Inland Revenue.

SWORN at

Affirmed at
..................................................................
...

Hong Kong this .......day of

............... ........

Before me,

.................

Justice of the Peace.







Delete whichever is not applicable.
G.N.A. 8/59. L.N. 1/73. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976. 23 of 1980. L.N. 1/83. 56 of 1984. Citation. Interpretation. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Application for registration. Form 1(a). Form 1(b). Form 1(c). The Register. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Business and branch registration certificates. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Form 2. Application for exemption. Form 3. Fees. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974, s. 5. 23 of 1980, s. 2. L.N. 1/83. L.N. 1/83. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Exemptions. 56 of 1984, s. 20. (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) (Cap. 160.) Forms. 56 of 1984, s. 20. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976, s. 4. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. L.N. 1/73. (Cap. 11.) L.N. 1/73.

Abstract

G.N.A. 8/59. L.N. 1/73. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976. 23 of 1980. L.N. 1/83. 56 of 1984. Citation. Interpretation. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Application for registration. Form 1(a). Form 1(b). Form 1(c). The Register. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Business and branch registration certificates. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Form 2. Application for exemption. Form 3. Fees. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974, s. 5. 23 of 1980, s. 2. L.N. 1/83. L.N. 1/83. 56 of 1984, s. 20. Exemptions. 56 of 1984, s. 20. (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) (Cap. 160.) Forms. 56 of 1984, s. 20. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976, s. 4. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. 56 of 1984, s. 20. L.N. 1/73. (Cap. 11.) L.N. 1/73.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3172

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

310

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:25 +0800
<![CDATA[BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3171

Title

BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 310



REVISED EDITION 1987

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 310

BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Persons answerable for doing all acts, etc. required to be done ... ... ...
3
4. Official secrecy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
5. Application for registration ... ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... 5
6. Registration of business and issue of business registration certificate ... ... 6
7. Payment of fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... 7
8. Information to be furnished ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
9. Exemption from payments of fees for small businesses ... ... ... ... 8
10. Businesses carried on by same persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
11. Penalty for non-payment of fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
12. Display of certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
13. Inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
14. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
15. Offences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
16. Exemptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
17. Appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
18. Amendment of Schedule by Legislative Council Resolution ... ... ... ...
13
19. Certification and issue of documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
20. Service of notices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
21. Payment of levy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... 13
Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13





CHAPTER 310

BUSINESS REGISTRATION

To amend the law relating to the registration of businesses in Hong
Kong. (Amended, 12 of 1985, s. 29(1))

[6 February 1959.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Business Registration
Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'business' means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship,
profession, calling or other activity carried on for the purpose of
gain and also means a club; (Amended, L.N. 88175 and 32 of 1975, s.
2)

'certification' means certification by the Commissioner under section
19; (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'club' means any corporation or association of persons formed for the
purpose of affording its members facilities for social intercourse or
recreation and which

(a)provides services for its members (whether or not for the
purposes of gain); and

(b)has club premises of which its members have a right of
exclusive use; (Added, L.N. 88175 and 32 of1975, s.2)

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Inland Revenue appointed
under the Inland Revenue Ordinance;

'duplicate' in relation to a branch registration certificate means a
duplicate thereof issued under regulations made under section 14;
(Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'duplicate' in relation to a business registration certificate means a
duplicate thereof issued under regulations made under section 14;
(Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'levy' means the amount prescribed in item 6 of the Schedule; (Added,
56 of 1984, s. 2)

'place of business' includes in relation to

(a)a company incorporated in Hong Kong under the Companies
Ordinance, its registered office; and





(b)a company to which Part X1 of the Companies Ordinance
applies, the address of any person whose name has been
delivered to the Registrar of Companies for registration under
that Part; (Added, L.N. 95176 and 27 of 1976, s.2)

'prescribed branch registration fee' means the fee prescribed in item 5
of the Schedule; (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'prescribed business registration fee' means the fee prescribed in item 1
of the Schedule; (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'prescribed certification fee' means the fee for certification prescribed
by regulations made under section 14; (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

'Protection of Wages on Insolvency Fund' means the fund deemed to
be established and continued in existence under section 6 of the
Protection of Wages on Insolvency Ordinance; (Added, 12 of 1985,
s. 29 (1) )

'register' means the register of businesses kept by the Commissioner;

'valid branch registration certificate' means a certificate which is issued
by the Commissioner under section 6, or any duplicate branch
registration certificate, and which has not expired; (Added, 56 of
1984, s. 2)

,'valid business registration certificate' means a certificate which is
issued by the Commissioner under section 6 or had been issued
under the Business Regulation Ordinance 1952, or any duplicate
business registration certificate, and which has not expired.
(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 2)

(IA) For the purposes of this Ordinance a company which is

(a)incorporated in Hong Kong under the Companies Ordinance
or to which Part XI of the Companies Ordinance applies; and

(b) not otherwise liable to be registered under this Ordinance,

shall be deemed to be a person carrying on business and shall be liable
to be registered under this Ordinance. (Added, L.N. 95176 and 27 of 1976,
s. 2)

(2) The duties imposed on and the powers granted to the
Commissioner under this Ordinance may be carried out and exercised by
any officer of the Inland Revenue Department authorized by the
Commissioner either generally or particularly and subject to his
instructions.

3. (1) The expression in this Ordinance 'person carrying on
business' means

(a)in the case of a single person or corporate body, such person
or corporate body;

(b)in the case of a business carried on by a partnership, all
partners; and

(c)in the case of a business carried on by any other body of
persons, the principal officers of such body:





Provided that no person who, for the purposes of section 8 of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, is deemed to have an office or
employment of profit shall by reason solely thereof be deemed to be
carrying on business for the purposes of this Ordinance.
(2)(a) Any act or thing required by or under this Ordinance
to be done by any person carrying on business shall, if
such person is an incapacitated person or is absent, be
deemed to be required to be done by the trustee of such
incapacitated person or by the agent of such absent
person, as the case may be.
(b)For the purposes of this subsection a person shall be
deemed to be absent where, the Commissioner having
posted a registered letter to such person's place of business,
he fails to attend during ordinary office hours the place
specified therein within 7 days of the posting of such letter.
(3) Where the person carrying on business who is required
under this Ordinance to do any act or thing is a company, the
secretary, manager, or any director of such company shall be
answerable for the doing of such act or thing.

(4) Where the Commissioner serves notice on any person to
the effect that he will be deemed to be a person carrying on
business, he shall be so deemed unless within 1 month from the date
of service of such notice he proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that he is not carrying on business:
Provided that where such person fails to satisfy the Commis-
sioner within such period of 1 month he may appeal in the manner
provided by section 17 within a further period of 14 days immedi-
ately following.
(5) For the purposes of this section-
,,agent' in relation to an absent person includes-

(a)the agent, attorney, factor, receiver, or manager in Hong
Kong of such person; and
(b)any person in Hong Kong through whom such person is in
receipt of any profits or income arising in or derived from
the business; (Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 3)
'incapacitated person' means any minor, lunatic, idiot, or person of
unsound mind;
'trustee' includes any trustee, guardian, curator, manager or other
person having the direction, control, or management of any
property on behalf of any person, but does not include an
executor.

4. (1) Except in the performance of his duties under the
Inland Revenue Ordinance or under this Ordinance, every officer of
the Inland Revenue Department shall preserve and aid in preserving
secrecy with regard to all matters relating to the affairs of any person
that may come to his knowledge in the performance of his duties





under this Ordinance, and shall not communicate any such matter to any
person other than the person to whom such matter relates or his
executor or the authorized representative of such person or such.
executor, nor suffer or permit any person to have access to any records
in the possession, custody or control of the Commissioner.

(2) Every officer of the Inland Revenue Department shall, before
acting under this Ordinance, take and subscribe before a justice. of the
peace an oath or affirmation of secrecy in the prescribed form.

(3) Except as may be necessary for the purpose of carrying into
effect the provisions of the Inland Revenue Ordinance or of this
Ordinance, no officer of the Inland Revenue Department shall be
required to divulge or communicate to any court any matter or thing
coming to his notice in the performance of his duties under this
Ordinance, or to produce in any court any document pertaining to such
matter or thing other than a document required to be kept by the
Commissioner under this Ordinance.

(4) Information given to the Commissioner under section 3(4) or 8(4)
shall not be receivable in evidence against the person giving such
information in any criminal proceeding save in a prosecution for an
offence under section 15(1)(i).

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section information
received by officers of the Inland Revenue Department for the purposes
of this Ordinance may, together with copies of returns, accounts or other
documents used for such purposes be communicated to the
Commissioner of Rating and Valuation, to the Collector of Stamp
Revenue or to the Estate Duty Commissioner.

(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the
Commissioner may permit the Director of Audit or any officer of that
department duly authorized by the Director of Audit in that behalf to
have such access to any records or documents as may be necessary for
the performance of his official duties. The Director of Audit or any
officer so authorized shall be deemed to be an officer of the Inland
Revenue Department for the purpose of subsection (2).

5. (1) Every person carrying on any business not registered under
the provisions of the Business Regulation Ordinance 1952, or
commencing to carry on any new business, or carrying on any business
to which this Ordinance is made to apply shall make application to the
Commissioner in the manner prescribed for the registration of that
business. (Amended, L.N. 88175 and 32 of1975, s.3)

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made within 1
month of the coming into operation of this Ordinance or of the
commencement of such new business or of the date on which this
Ordinance is made to apply to a business, as the case may be, whichever
is the later: (Amended, L.N. 88175; 32 of 1975, s. 3 and 56 of 1984, s. 4)





Provided that the Commissioner may extend such period if he sees
fit.

(3)(a) Subject to paragraph (b), every person carrying on
business at a branch of a business to which subsection (1)
applies shall notify the Commissioner in writing.

(b)Paragraph (a) shall, in the case of a branch of a business in
respect of which a valid business registration certificate had
been issued before the date* of the coming into operation of
the Business Registration (Amendment) Ordinance 1984, apply
only upon the first expiry of that valid business registration
certificate after that date. (Re- 1984,s. 4. Amended, 12 of 1985,
s. 29(1))

(4) Notification under subsection (3) shall be made within 1 month
of the commencement of business at a branch or the date on which
subsection (3) begins to apply to such branch whichever is the later:

Provided that the Commissioner may extend such period if he
thinks fit. (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 4)

6. (1) Upon application being made under section 5(1) the
Commissioner shall register each business in the manner prescribed.

(IA) Upon notice being given under section 5(3) the Commissioner
shall register each branch in the manner prescribed. (Added, 56 of 1984,
s. 5)

(2) Businesses registered under the Business Regulation
Ordinance 1952 shall for the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to
have been registered under this section.

(3) Upon payment of the prescribed business registration fee and
levy under section 7 or under an order of a magistrate under section 15
or upon the granting of an exemption under section 9 the Commissioner
shall issue a business registration certificate in respect of each business.

(3A) Upon payment of the prescribed branch registration fee and
the levy under section 7 or under an order of a magistrate made under
section 15 the Commissioner shall issue a branch registration certificate
in respect of the branch. (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 5)

(4) The Commissioner shall not be required to make any entry in his
register or to issue any business registration certificate in respect of any
business which is unlawful.

(5) A business registration certificate and a branch registration
certificate shall be valid until the expiry date endorsed thereon, and no
such certificate shall be valid unless it bears an endorsement to the
effect that

(a)the prescribed business registration fee or the prescribed
branch registration fee, as the case may be, and the levy

have been paid; or(Replaced, 56 of 1984, s. 5)





(b)in the case of a business registration certificate, no fee is
payable. (Replaced, 56 of 1984, s. 5)
(6) The issue of a business registration certificate or a branch
registration certificate in respect of any business shall not be deemed
to imply that the requirements of any law in relation to such business
or to the persons carrying on the same or employed therein has been
complied with.
(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 5)

7. (1) The Commissioner may by notice call upon any
person-
(a)carrying on business in respect of which he is not in
possession of a valid business registration certificate in
respect of such business to pay the fee prescribed in item 1
of the Schedule and the levy;
(b)carrying on business at a branch in respect of which he is
not in possession of a valid branch registration certificate
to pay the fee prescribed in item 5 of the Schedule and the
levy.
(2) Every person to whom a notice under subsection (1) is
addressed shall comply with that notice on or before the date
specified therein, and where no such notice is received within
1 month of the expiry of-
(a)a business registration certificate issued in respect of a
business;
(b)a branch registration certificate issued in respect of a
business carried on at a branch,
every person carrying on such business shall so notify the Commis-
sioner.
(Replaced, 56 of 1984, s. 6)

8. (1) Where there occurs any change in the particulars of
a business as set out in the form of application for registration
(whether such form was submitted under this Ordinance or under
the Business Regulation Ordinance 1952), any person carrying on
such business shall within 1 month of such change notify the
Commissioner in writing thereof.
(2) Where a business ceases to be carried on, any person who
was carrying on such business shall, within 1 month of the cessation,
notify the Commissioner in writing thereof.
(3) Where a business ceases and is thereafter recommenced
every person carrying on such business shall within 1 month of such
recommencement notify the Commissioner in writing thereof.
(4) To obtain full information the purposes of this Ordinance,
the Commissioner may give notice in writing to any person, appear-
ing to him to be a person able to furnish information, requiring
him-
(a)to supply such particulars as the Commissioner may deem
necessary; or





(b)to attend at a time and place to be named by the Commissioner
for the purpose of being examined respecting such
information.

(5) In this section references to a business include references to a
branch of that business. (Added, 56 of 1984, s. 7)

9. (1) Upon application being made to the Commissioner in the
manner prescribed, he shall exempt from the payment of the prescribed
business registration fee and levy any person carrying on a business
which is shown to his satisfaction- (Amended, 56 of 1984,s.8)

(a)in the case of any business except a new business or any
business whose profits are derived primarily from the sale of
services to have total sales not exceeding an average of the
sum specified in item 2 of the Schedule; or

(b)in the case of any business whose profits are derived primarily
from the sale of services except a new business, to have total
sales or receipts not exceeding an average of the sum specified
in item 3 of the Schedule; or

(e)in the case of a new business is unlikely to have total sales or
receipts, as the case may be, exceeding the averages referred
to in paragraphs (a) or (b) respectively.

The average in each case shall be based on the sales or receipts for the
period of 6 months immediately preceding the making of the application
or on such other information as the Commissioner may see fit to accept.

(2) An application under this section shall be made not later than

(a)1 month before the date of expiry of a current business
registration certificate; or

(b)in the case of a new business 1 month after application for the
registration of such business under section 5:

Provided that the Commissioner may extend such period if he sees
fit.

(3) Where an exemption is granted under subsection (1) the
Commissioner shall issue a business registration certificate endorsed to
that effect, and such exemption shall apply to the period of 12 months
immediately following the date of commencement endorsed thereon or to
such further period or periods not exceeding 3 years as the
Commissioner may direct.

(4) The liability to pay the prescribed business registration fee and
levy shall not be affected by the making of any application under
subsection (1) unless the Commissioner shall otherwise direct, and
where an exemption is granted after the prescribed business registration
fee and levy have been paid such fee and levy shall be

refunded.(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 8)





(5) Where an exemption is not granted the Commissioner shall
so notify the person making the application therefor, and such
person may appeal in the manner provided by section 17 within a
period of 14 days from the date of such notification.

(6) This section shall not apply to any company which is
incorporated in Hong Kong under the Companies Ordinance or to
which Part X1 of the Companies Ordinance applies. (Added,
L.N. 95176 and 27 of 1976, s. 3)

10. (1) Where 2 or more businesses are carried on by the same
person or persons the following provisions shall have effect-

(a)an application to register any such businesses under sec-
tion 5 shall include all such businesses;

(b) [Deleted, 56 of 1984, s. 91

(c)no such business shall be entitled to exemption from
payment of fees under section 9.

(2) For the purposes of this section 2 or more businesses shall
be deemed to be carried on by the same persons only where all such
persons carrying on each of such businesses are identical and no
other person carries on any of them.

11. (1) Where any prescribed business registration fee or
prescribed branch registration fee, as the case may be, and levy have
not been paid within the time specified for payment under section 7
the Commissioner may by notice in writing to any person liable
therefor order that the sum specified in item 4 of the Schedule be
added to the fee and levy and recovered therewith.

(2) [Deleted, L.N. 64174 and 30 of 1974, s. 21

(3) The Commissioner may in his absolute discretion-

(a)extend the time specified for the payment of any fee or
levy; and

(b)remit any sum that he has ordered to be added to any fee or
levy under subsection (1). (Amended, L.N. 64174 and 30
of 1974, s. 2)
(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 10)

12. (1) A valid business registration certificate shall be dis-
played at the place of business to which such certificate relates.

(2) A valid branch registration certificate shall be displayed at
the branch to which such certificate relates.
(Replaced, 56 of 1984, s. 11)

13. (1) The Commissioner may authorize in writing any
public officer to be an inspector.

(2) Any business registration inspector and any inspector
appointed under subsection (1) shall, for the purpose of ascertaining





whether the provisions of this Ordinance are being complied with, have
power at all reasonable times to enter any premises at which he had
reason to believe any business is being carried on and there to make
such examination and inquiry as may be necessary for such purpose.

14. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for

(a)the manner in which application for registration of a business
and its branches shall be made;

(b)the manner in which application for exemption from the
payment of fees and levy shall be made;

(c) the information to be furnished to the Commissioner;

(d) the form of and the particulars to be entered in the register;

(e)the forms of business registration certificates and branch
registration certificates;

the issue of duplicate business registration certificates and
duplicate branch registration certificates and the fees therefor;
(Replaced, 56 of 1984, s. 12)

(g)the exemption of any person or category of persons or
business either wholly or in part from the provisions of this
Ordinance;

(h) fees for certification and issue of documents;

(i)generally for the carrying into effect of the provisions of this
Ordinance in relation to any matter, whether similar or not to
those in this subsection mentioned. (Amended, 56 of 1984, s.
12)

(2) Any regulation made under this Ordinance may provide that a
contravention thereof shall be an offence and may provide penalties for
such offences not exceeding a fine of $1,000 and imprisonment for 6
months.

15. (1) Any person who-

(a)acts under this Ordinance without taking an oath of secrecy as
required by section 4(2);

(b)acts contrary to the provisions of section 4(1) or to an oath
taken under subsection (2) thereof,

(c) fails to make any application required under section 5;

(d)fails to pay any fee or levy required under section 7, and any
sum added thereto under section 11; (Amended, 56 of 1984, s.
13)

(e)fails to notify the Commissioner of the non-receipt of a notice
by the Commissioner under section 7(2);





fails to furnish any information required under section 8 or to
comply with any notice or requirement of the Commissioner
under such section;

(g)fails to display a valid business registration certificate or a
valid branch registration certificate as required under section
12; (Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 13)

(h)commits forgery of any document provision for which is made
in this Ordinance;

(i)makes any statement or furnishes any information to the
Commissioner under the provisions of this Ordinance whether
such statement or information is verbal or in writing, which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of
any material particular and which he either knows or has
reason to believe to be false; or

(j)resists or obstructs an inspector in the performance of his
duties under this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence, and shall he liable to fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 1 year.

(2)(a) Where any person is convicted of any of the acts or
omissions set out in subsection (1)(c), (d), (e), (h) or (i) the
magistrate shall, in addition to any penalty that may be
imposed, make an order that such person shall pay to the
Commissioner the fees and levy and any sums added thereto
by the Commissioner, which would have been payable by him
over the period of the preceding 6 years had the provisions of
this Ordinance been complied with and had he committed no
offence thereunder.

(b)In making an order for payment under paragraph (a) the
magistrate

(i) shall require that the amount payable in respect of the 2
years immediately preceding the date of conviction be paid
forthwith to the Commissioner; and

(ii) may allow time for the payment of the remainder of the
amount specified in the order in accordance with the
provisions of section 41 of the Magistrates Ordinance; and

(iii) may impose a period of imprisonment for nonpayment
of the amount specified in the order calculated in accordance
with the provisions of section 68 of the Magistrates
Ordinance.

(e)For the purposes of this subsection, the Commissioner shall
be deemed to have

(i) called upon the person making application to pay the
prescribed business registration fee or prescribed branch
registration fee, as the case may be, and levy in accordance
with section 7(1); and





(ii) imposed the sum to be added to the prescribed business
registration fee or prescribed branch registration fee, as the
case may be, and levy for the non-payment thereof in
accordance with section 11. (Amended, L.N. 64174; 30 of
1974, s. 3 and 56 of 1984, s. 13)

(3) No prosecution under this section shall be commenced save
within 6 years from the date of the commission of the offence.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (1), 'forgery' has the meaning
attributed to it by section 69 of the Crimes Ordinance, the whole of
which section shall apply for such purposes.

16. The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply to-

(a)any charitable, ecclesiastical, or educational institution of a
public character where

(i) any profits derived from any trade or business of such
institution are applied solely for its charitable, ecclesiastical or
educational purposes and not expended substantially outside
Hong Kong; and (Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 14)

(ii) either such trade or business is exercised in the course of
the actual carrying out of the expressed object of such
institution, or the work in connexion with such trade or
business is mainly carried out by persons for whose benefit
such institution is established;

(b) [Deleted, L.N. 88175 and 32 of 1975, s. 41

(c) the business of-

(i) agriculture including market gardening;

(ii) breeding or rearing livestock including dairy fanning,
poultry including the production of eggs, bees including the
production of honey, or fish including crustaceans and
oysters;

(iii) fishing:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to any
company which is incorporated in Hong Kong under the
Companies Ordinance or to which Part X1 of the Companies
Ordinance applies. (Added, L.N. 95176 and 27 of 1976, s. 4)

(d)such other businesses as the Governor in Council may from
time to time exempt by regulation made under section 14.

17. (1) Any person wishing to appeal under section 3(4) or 9(5)
may, upon payment of the prescribed business registration fee or
prescribed branch registration fee, as the case may be, and levy, unless
already paid, appeal to the District Court, and where such appeal is
determined in his favour the prescribed business registration fee or
prescribed branch registration fee, as the case

may be, and levy shall be refunded.(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 15)





(2) The Chief Justice may make rules providing for all matters
necessary for determining such appeals and in particular may so provide
for the manner in which such appeals shall be notified to the
Commissioner, the form in which such appeals shall be referred to the
Court, the evidence which shall be adduced before and considered by
the Court, and the sums which may be awarded by way of costs.

(3) The determination of the Court shall be final.

18. The provisions of the Schedule may be amended by the
Legislative Council by resolution.

19. (1) Any person may on payment of the prescribed certification
fee require the Commissioner to certify a copy or extract of any document
required to be kept by the Commissioner under this Ordinance or under
the Business Regulation Ordinance 1952, or of any valid business
registration certificate or valid branch registration certificate and issue
him therewith and the Commissioner shall certify and issue accordingly.
(Amended, 56 of 1984, s. 16)

(2) A copy or extract of any such document certified by the
Commissioner to be a true copy or extract thereof shall be, in all legal
proceedings civil or criminal, prima facie evidence as to the facts stated
therein. Any such copy or extract purporting to be certified by the
Commissioner shall be deemed, until the contrary is proved, to be
certified by him.

20. Any notice to be served under this Ordinance may be served by
delivering a copy

(a) personally; or

(b)by registered post addressed to the last known address of the
business or residence of the person to be served. (Amended,
56 of 1984, s. 17)

21. The Commissioner shall, subject to any refund of levy to be
made under this Ordinance, pay all moneys received from the levy to the
Protection of Wages on Insolvency Fund.

(Replaced, 12 of 1985, s. 29 (1)

SCHEDULE [ss. 7,9, 11 & 18.]
Item Sum Section

1.........................Fee payable on registration of business, or issue
of further business registration certificate, where
application for registration is made or certificate
expires---
(a) before 1 April 1974 $25 7
(b) on or after 1 April 1974 and before 1 April
1975 ...................$50 7
(c) on or after 1 April 1975 and before 1 April

1979
............................................................. $150 7





Item sum Section

(d) on or after 1 April 1979 and before 1 April
1983 ..................$175 7
(e) on or after 1 April 1983 and before 1 April
1985 ..................$350 7
(f) on or after 1 April 1985 and before 1 April
1987 ..................$500 7
(g) on or after 1 April 1987 .............. $550 7



2.........................Average of total sales to exempt a business other
than a new business, or a business whose profits
derive primarily from the sale of services $1,500 9(1)(a)
........................per month
3.........................Average of total sales or receipts to exempt busi-
ness whose profits derive primarily from the sale
or services ............$450 9(1)(b)
........................per month
4.........................Penalty to be added for non-payment-
(a) of a prescribed branch registration fee and
levy ...................$15 11(1)
(b) of a prescribed business registration fee and
levy ...................$50 11(1)
5.........................Fee payable on registration of branch, or issue
of further branch registration certificate, where
application for registration is made or certificate
expires on or after the conuing into operation
of the Business Registration (Amendment)
Ordinance 1984 .........$15 7
6.........................Levy payable on registration of business or
branch, issue of further business registra-
tion certificate or issue of further branch registra-
tion certificate .......$100 7

(Replaced, L.N. 64174 and 30 of 1974, s. 4. Amended, L.N. 88175; 32 of

1975, s. 5; L.N. 93/79; L.N. 118/79; L.N. 147/83; 56 of 1984, s. 19; L.N.
66/85 and 25 of 1987, s. 2)
Originally 6 of 1959. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974. L.N. 88/75.32 of 1975. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976. L.N. 93/79. L.N. 118/79. L.N. 147/83. 56 of 1984. L.N. 66/85. 12 of 1985. 25 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 112.) Schedule. (Cap. 32.) Schedule. (Cap. 380.) (14 of 1952.) (Cap. 32.) Persons answerable for doing all acts, etc. required to be done. (Cap. 112.) Official secrecy. (Cap. 112.) Application for registration. (14 of 1952.) (56 of 1984.) [*1.10.84.] Registration of business and issue of business registration certificate. (14 of 1952.) Payment of fees. Schedule. Information to be furnished. (14 of 1952.) Exemption from payments of fees for small businesses. Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 32) Businesses carried on by same persons. Penalty for non-payment of fees. Schedule. Display of certificates. Inspection. Regulations. Offences. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 200.) Exemptions. (Cap. 32.) Appeals. Amendment of Schedule by Legislative Council Resolution. Certification and issue of documents. (14 of 1952.) Service of notices. Payment of levy.

Abstract

Originally 6 of 1959. L.N. 64/74. 30 of 1974. L.N. 88/75.32 of 1975. L.N. 95/76. 27 of 1976. L.N. 93/79. L.N. 118/79. L.N. 147/83. 56 of 1984. L.N. 66/85. 12 of 1985. 25 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 112.) Schedule. (Cap. 32.) Schedule. (Cap. 380.) (14 of 1952.) (Cap. 32.) Persons answerable for doing all acts, etc. required to be done. (Cap. 112.) Official secrecy. (Cap. 112.) Application for registration. (14 of 1952.) (56 of 1984.) [*1.10.84.] Registration of business and issue of business registration certificate. (14 of 1952.) Payment of fees. Schedule. Information to be furnished. (14 of 1952.) Exemption from payments of fees for small businesses. Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 32) Businesses carried on by same persons. Penalty for non-payment of fees. Schedule. Display of certificates. Inspection. Regulations. Offences. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 200.) Exemptions. (Cap. 32.) Appeals. Amendment of Schedule by Legislative Council Resolution. Certification and issue of documents. (14 of 1952.) Service of notices. Payment of levy.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3171

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

310

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:24 +0800
<![CDATA[JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3170

Title

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE BY-LAWS

Description






JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE BY-LAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 2
3. Opening hours ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2
4. Closure of sports centre ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ...
... ... ... ... A 2
5. Entry to sports centre ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ...
... ... ... ... A 2
6. Right of entry by General Manager etc. to sports centre when hired ... ... A 1
7. Use of facilities and equipment ... ... ... .. ... ...
... ... ... ... A 2
8. Application and booking forms ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 2
9. Preservation of 2ood order ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
10. Obstruction of Board. General Manager or other persons ... ... ... ... ... A 3
11. Dress at the sports centre ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ...
... ... ... ... A 3
12. Vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
13. Protection of property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 4
14. Lost property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 4
15. Insurance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
16. Spitting prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
17. Recording and broadcasting ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 4
is. Animals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
19. Smoking prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
20. Consumption of food and drink ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
21. Advertising ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 5
22. Sales at the sports centre ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
23. Offences and penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... A 5





JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE BY-LAWS

(Cap. 309, sections 24 and 25)

[29 July 1983.1

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Jubilee Sports Centre By-
laws.

2. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires

'approved body' means any school, association, institution, person or
group of persons approved by the Board under section 8(1);

'General Manager' means the person appointed by the Board under
section 18(2) to be the General Manager; and

'member of staff' means any person appointed by the Board under
section 18(2) other than the General Manager.

3. The sports centre, or any part thereof, shall be open to members
of the public for such times and on such days as the Board may
determine.

4. Notwithstanding any agreement for the use of the sports centre,
or any part thereof, the Board, or the General Manager, may direct that
the sports centre, or any part thereof, shall be closed for all or any
purposes for such time as they, or he, shall determine and such a
direction may be given at any time and without notice.

5. No person shall enter the sports centre, or any part thereof, other
than by means of such doors, entrances, gates, barriers or turnstiles
provided for that purpose.

6. (1) Notwithstanding that the sports centre, or any part thereof, is
not open to members of the public pursuant to by-law 3, the Board, the
General Manager or a member of staff may authorize such persons as
they, or he, deem appropriate to enter any part of the sports centre for
such purposes as they, or he, may approve.

(2) No person shall enter the sports centre, or any part thereof, that
is not open to members of the public pursuant to by-law 3, otherwise
than in accordance with an authorization given under paragraph (1).

7. No person shall use the equipment, apparatus, fittings or
facilities at the sports centre otherwise than in accordance with
instructions given by the Board, the General Manager, or a member of
staff.

8. (1) The Board may prescribe such application or booking forms
to enable the sports centre, or any part thereof, or any facilities
contained or provided therein, to be used by any approved body.





(2) Any application for the use of the sports centre, or any part
thereof, or any facilities contained therein, shall be made on the
prescribed forms and submitted to the General Manager or other
member of staff so authorized by the Board.

(3) The sports centre, or any part thereof, shall only be used
for the purposes stated on the application or booking form.

9. (1) A member, the General Manager, or any member of
staff authorized by him in that behalf may direct any person
forthwith to leave the sports centre, or any part thereof-

(a)whom he has reason to believe has committed, or is about
to commit, any offence punishable under the Summary
Offences Ordinance or these by-laws; or

(b)who refuses to obey any reasonable order given him in
furtherance of the proper management of the sports centre.

(2) Any person who fails to leave the sports centre, or part
thereof, when so directed by a member, the General Manager, or
any member of staff pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an
offence and may, in addition to any penalty to which he may become
liable under these by-laws, forthwith be removed from the sports
centre, or any part thereof, at the discretion of a member, the
General Manager or such member of staff.

10. No person shall wilfully obstruct the Board, or the General
Manager, or any member of staff, in the lawful performance of their,
or his, duties or wilfully obstruct, disturb, interrupt, or annoy any
other person in the lawful use of the sports centre or any of the
facilities provided therein.

11. Persons using the sports centre shall wear the appropriate
attire and shall follow any directions laid down, from time to time,
by the Board in respect of dress and footwear.

12. (1) No person shall bring, drive or leave a vehicle into or
within the sports centre without the permission of the General
Manager.

(2) Any person who brings, or causes to be brought into, or
drives any vehicle within the sports centre shall comply with all
directions given by the Board, the General Manager, or any member
of staff, for the control of traffic in the sports centre and with all
notices or signs governing the movement of traffic, or imposing
speed limits, or defining parking areas and closed areas which the
Board may affix, or set up, in the sports centre.

(3) Nothing in paragraph (1) or (2) shall derogate from the
power conferred on a police officer by the Road Traffic Ordinance in
respect of the control and regulation of traffic.





13. No person shall-

(a)wilfully or negligently deface, injure, soil, defile or otherwise
damage any wall or any fence in, or enclosing, the sports
centre, or any part thereof, including any building, barrier,
railing, post or seat or any structure of any kind whatsoever,
or any equipment, apparatus, fitting, fixture or facility
provided for use in the sports centre;

(b)wilfully or negligently remove any equipment, apparatus or
fitting provided for use in the sports centre;

(c)climb any wall or fence in, or enclosing, the sports centre or
any building or any barrier, railing, post or other structure
within or enclosing the sports centre;

(d)within the sports centre use any obscene or abusive language
to the annoyance of any person;

(e)within the sports centre discard or cause to be discarded any
litter, paper, glass, rubbish or offensive or waste matter except
into the litter bins or containers provided for such purpose;

(f)within the sports centre conduct himself otherwise than in a
decent and orderly manner.

14. Any property left at the sports centre and not claimed after 1
month shalLbe treated as being lost property and may be dealt with as
determined by the Board.

15. The Board may require any person using the sports centre to
insure against death, injury, loss or damage from whatever cause arising
in the sports centre.

16. No person shall spit in the sports centre.

17. (1) Except with the prior written permission of the General
Manager, and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the
General Manager, no person shall, in the sports centre, make or cause to
be made or recorded, any sounds by means of any musical, mechanical,
electrical or other instrument including any gramophone, radio
apparatus, cassette player, or other instrument.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) above shall prevent the use of
approved hearing aids by deaf or partially deaf people for the purpose of
helping them to hear.

(3) Except with the prior permission of the General Manager, no
person shall engage in or permit photography, tape recording,
telecasting or broadcasting within the sports centre.

18. Except with the permission of the General Manager no person
shall bring any animal, bird, fish or other livestock into the sports centre
but this by-law shall not apply to a guide dog accompanying a blind or
partially blind person.





19. No person shall smoke, or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or cigarette,
or make use of any naked light, in any part of the sports centre in which
smoking, or the use of naked lights, is prohibited.

20. Except with the consent of the General Manager no person shall
consume any food or drink within the sports centre other than in any
part thereof set aside for such purpose.

21. Except with the written permission of the Board, and subject to
such conditions as the Board may impose, no person shall write, paint,
draw or affix any advertisement, bill, placard, notice, banner or any other
similar picture, wording or decoration to, or upon, any part of any
building, fence, barrier, railing, post, seat or any other structure forming
part of the sports centre.

22. (1) The Board may grant a franchise to sell goods, equipment,
merchandise, food, refreshments or other goods at the sports centre.

(2) Except with the written authorization of the Board, no person
shall sell, or offer for sale, treat or invite offers or tenders for anything in
the sports centre.

23. Any person who-

(a)contravenes any of the provisions of by-laws 5, 6(2), 7, 10, 11,
12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 (2) shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable to a fine of 51,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months;

(b)is guilty of an offence under by-law 9(2) shall be liable to a
fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.
L.N. 153/83. Citation. Interpretation. Opening hours. Closure of sports centre. Entry to sports centre. Entry to sports centre. Right of entry by General Manager etc. to sports centre when hired. Use of facilities and equipment. Application and booking forms. Preservation of good order. (Cap. 228.) Obstruction of Board, General Manager or other persons. Dress at the sports centre. Vehicles. (Cap. 220.) Protection of property. Lost property. Insurance. Spitting prohibited. Recording and broadcasting. Animals. Smoking prohibited. Consumption of food and drink. Advertising. Sales at the sports centre. Offences and penalties.

Abstract

L.N. 153/83. Citation. Interpretation. Opening hours. Closure of sports centre. Entry to sports centre. Entry to sports centre. Right of entry by General Manager etc. to sports centre when hired. Use of facilities and equipment. Application and booking forms. Preservation of good order. (Cap. 228.) Obstruction of Board, General Manager or other persons. Dress at the sports centre. Vehicles. (Cap. 220.) Protection of property. Lost property. Insurance. Spitting prohibited. Recording and broadcasting. Animals. Smoking prohibited. Consumption of food and drink. Advertising. Sales at the sports centre. Offences and penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3170

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

309

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:23 +0800
<![CDATA[JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3169

Title

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONIG

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 309

*',

OF





REVISED EDITION 1987

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 309

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title. . ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... . ... ... 3

PART II

THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE
BOARD

3. Establishment and incorporation of the Jubilee Sports Centre Board 3

4. Establishment and name of the sports centre ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 4

5. Functions of the Board ................. ... ... ... ... .. 4

6. Powers of the Board ....................... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 4

7. Powers of Board in relation to fees, conditions of use, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 5
8. Allocation and granting of sports centre or parts thereof .. ... ... 5
9. Seal of the Board ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
10. Documents of the Board . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 6
11. Certain documents not required to be sealed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

PART III

MEMBERSHIP AND PROCEDURE OF
BOARD

12. Membership of the Board ................... ... . ... ... ... ... 6
13. Proceedings of the Board .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

14. Validity of proceedings ................... ... 7

PART IV

FINANCIAL

15. Power to borrow money .. ... ... ... . ... ... ... 7
16. Accounts and statements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

17. Investment of surplus funds ... ... . ... ... 8
17A. This Part not to apply to Trust Fund ... ... ... . ... 8

PART VA

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE TRUST
FUND

17B...............Interpretation .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

17C. Establishment of trust fund ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





Section Page

17D. Establishment of Committee of Trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
17E. Incorporation of Committee of Trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
17F. Application and object of the fund ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
17G. Standing orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
17H. Appointment of officers and professional advisers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
171. Investment of moneys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
I7J. Accounts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
17K. Fund not to be used as security ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART V

STAFF

18. Appointment of Chief Executive and other employees ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
19. Employment of technical and professional advisers ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... 11
20. Staff benefits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART VI

GENERAL

21. Board not servant or agent of the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
22. Governor may obtain information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
23. Governor may give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
24. By-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
25. Further powers in relation to by-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... 13
26. Board may prosecute in its name ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13





CHAPTER 309

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE

To provide for the construction, establishment and management of a
sports centre at Sha Tin, to provide for the establishment and
administration of a trustfund to be known as the Jubilee Sports
Centre Trust Fund and to providefor matters connected therewith
and incidental thereto. (Amended, 6 of 1987, s. 2)

[15 July 1977.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Jubilee Sports Centre
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Board' means the Jubilee Sports Centre Board incorporated under
section 3;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Board appointed under section
12;

'financial year' means

(a)for any period prior to 1 April 1983, the period commencing on
1 April each year and ending on 31 March in the year
following except that the period from 15 July 1977 to 31 March
1978 shall be deemed to be a financial year;

(b)the period commencing on 1 April 1983 and ending on 30 June
1984; and

(e)for any period after 30 June 1984, the period commencing on 1
July each year and ending on 30 June in the year following;
(Replaced, 72 of 1983, s. 2)

'member' means a member of the Board;

'sports centre' means the sports centre at Sha Tin established and
managed by the Board.

PART II

THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE BOARD

3. There is hereby established a board to be called the Jubilee
Sports Centre Board which shall, in that name, be a body corporate with
perpetual succession and shall be capable of suing and being sued.





4. (1) A sports centre shall be established by the Board on
land in Sha Tin vested in it by the Government.

(2) The sports centre shall be called the Jubilee Sports Centre.

5. (1) The functions of the Board shall be-

(a) to establish, manage and control the sports centre;

(b)to provide at the sports centre sporting and other related
facilities of any kind as it thinks fit;

(c)to provide expert coaching in a wide number of sports,
together with facilities necessary for practice, with a view
to raising the standard of performance in sports in Hong
Kong and stimulating increased participation in sports and
recreation generally;

(d)to provide such amenities at the sports centre as it thinks
fit.

(2) The Board may-

(a)demarcate and construct playing fields, pitches, courts,
tracks and other areas at the sports centre for the conduct
of organized games and sports;

(b) construct swimming pools at the sports centre;

(c)construct and equip gymnasiums and other areas at the
sports centre for such sporting or recreational use as it
thinks fit;

(d)develop the sports centre for the purposes of sports or
recreation generally.

6. (1) The Board may do all such acts as are reasonably
necessary for the performance or exercise of all or any of its
functions or powers under this Ordinance and may perform any
other function which is incidental or conducive to or connected with
the furtherance of its functions and may in particular, but without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing-

(a)acquire and hold property of any description for the
purposes of the sports centre and, subject to the terms and
conditions upon which the same is held, dispose of any
such property;

(b)construct buildings, and any premises or structures ancil-
lary thereto, for the provision of sporting and recreational
facilities and other buildings, premises or structures neces-
sary for the purposes of the sports centre and its users;

(c)alter, enlarge, improve, repair or demolish any buildings,
premises or structures at the sports centre;

(d)provide any equipment, fixtures, fittings or furniture for
the purposes of the sports centre;





(e) enter into any contract;

(f) become a member of, act as agent for or otherwise take part in
the activities of any association or institution which is, either
wholly or in part, concerned with any matter relating to sports
or recreation;

(g) hold sporting events and athletic competitions;

(h)permit the use of the facilities at the sports centre by any
person and, subject to section 7(2), charge fees therefor in
such cases as it thinks fit;

(i)specify the purposes for which the sports centre, or any part
thereof, may be used;

(j)provide transport free of charge, or contribute towards the
cost of transport, in the case of persons who are to take part
in any sporting event or competition held at the sports centre
or who are permitted to use the facilities at the sports centre;

(k)appoint any person or committee for any such general or
special purpose as in the opinion of the Board would be better
regulated and managed by such means;

(l)accept gifts and donations, whether of property or otherwise
and whether subject to any special trust or not;

(m) award scholarships in sports in suitable cases.

7. (1) The Board may-

(a)fix the fees to be paid for, and specify conditions to be
observed in, the use of the sports centre or any part thereof,
or any facilities provided therein;

(b)fix the fees to be paid by the public for admission to any
function in the sports centre organized by the Board; and

(e)fix charges to be paid for any trading or advertising in the
sports centre.

(2) The Board-

(a)may waive any fees fixed under subsection (1) in such cases
as it thinks fit where the use of the sports centre or any part
thereof, or any facilities provided therein, is granted to
persons under 18 years of age;

(b)may reduce or waive any fees fixed under subsection (1) in
any other particular case.

(3) Any fees or other charges whatsoever collected by the Board
under this Ordinance shall accrue to the revenue of the Board.

8. (1) The Board may grant to any person the exclusive use of the
sports centre or any part thereof, or any facilities provided therein, for
such purpose and at such times as the Board may approve and subject
to such conditions as it may impose.





(2) Subject to any conditions imposed by the Board under
subsection (1), the person to whom the exclusive use of the sports
centre or any part thereof, or any facilities provided therein, has
been granted under subsection (1) may determine-

(a)whether or not the public shall be admitted to the sports
centre or any part thereof during the period of such
exclusive use; and

(b)the fees, if any, to be paid by. members of the public for
admission during this period.

9. The Board shall have a common seal, and the fixing of the
seal shall-

(a) be authorized or ratified by resolution of the Board; and

(b)be authenticated by the signature of any 2 members,
authorized by resolution of the Board either generally or
specially to act for that purpose.

10. (1) The Board may make and execute any document in
the performance or exercise of its functions or powers or in con-
nexion with any matter reasonably incidental to or consequential
upon the performance or exercise of its functions or powers.

(2) Any document purporting to be duly executed under the
seal of the Board shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to
have been duly executed.

11. Any contract or instrument which, if entered into or
executed by a person not being a body corporate, would not be
required to be under seal may be entered into or executed on behalf
of the Board by any person generally or specially authorized by the
Board for that purpose.

PART III

MEMBERSHIP AND PROCEDURE OF BOARD

12. (1) The Board shall consist of the Financial Secretary or
his representative and not less than 2 other members to be appointed
by the Governor. (Replaced, 6 of 1987, s. 3)

(IA) The Governor shall appoint a member of the Board to
be Chairman of the Board. (Added, 6 of 1987, s. 3)

(2) Without prejudice to section 42 of the Interpretation and
General Clauses Ordinance, every member shall be appointed for a
period of 3 years or for such lesser period as the Governor may in any
particular case appoint, but may from time to time be reappointed.

(3) Any member may at any time by notice in writing to the
Governor resign from the Board.





(4) If the Chairman is absent from Hong Kong or is, for any
other reason unable to act as Chairman, the Governor may appoint
a member to act as Chairman during the absence or incapacity of the
Chairman.

(5) If any member other than the Chairman is absent from
Hong Kong, or is for any other reason unable to exercise the powers
or perform the duties of his office as a member, the Governor may
appoint another person to be a temporary member of the Board
during the absence or incapacity of that member.

13. (1) At a meeting of the Board a majority of the members
appointed at the time shall form a quorum.

(2) At a meeting of the Board, the Chairman, or in the absence
of the Chairman, such other member as the members present may
select, shall preside.

(3) All questions for determination at a meeting of the Board
shall be decided by a majority of votes of the members present and
voting thereon and in the event of an equality of votes the member
presiding shall have a casting vote in addition to his original vote.

(4) Subject to this Ordinance, arrangements relating to meet-
ings of the Board, the procedure at, and the conduct of, its meetings,
shall be such as the Board may determine.

14. The validity of any proceedings of the Board shall not be
affected by-

(a) any defect in the appointment of any member;

(b)the absence of any member from the meeting at which such
proceeding occurred; or

(c) any vacancy among members of the Board.

PART IV

FINANCIAL

15. The Board may borrow or otherwise raise money and
charge all or any part of its property as security therefor, and pay
interest on any money so borrowed or raised.

16. (1) The Board shall keep such accounts of its financial
transactions as the Financial Secretary may require and shall
prepare for each financial year a statement of the accounts of the
Board, which statement shall include an income and expenditure
account and balance sheet and shall be signed by the Chairman.

(2) The signed statement of accounts of the Board shall be
submitted by the Chairman to an auditor appointed by the Board
not later than 4 months following the end of the period to which it
relates or by such later date as the Governor may allow.





(3) The accounts of the Board and the signed statement of
accounts shall be audited by the appointed auditor, who shall certify
such statement subject to such report, if any, as he may think fit.

(4) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the report, if any, of the appointed auditor and a report by
the Board on its activities during the period covered by the audited
accounts, shall be submitted to the Governor, and laid on the table of
the Legislative Council within 2 months of the receipt by the Board of
the signed and audited statement of accounts from the appointed
auditor. (Amended, 6 of 1987, s. 4)

17. All funds of the Board that are not immediately required shall
be deposited in any savings bank, or on fixed deposit in any bank,
nominated by the Financial Secretary, either generally or in any
particular case, for that purpose, or, subject to the prior approval of the
Financial Secretary, shall be invested in such investments as the Board
thinks fit.

17A. This Part shall not apply to the Jubilee Sports Centre Trust
Fund established by section 17C.

(Added, 6 of 1987, s. 5)

PART VA

JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE TRUST FUND

17B. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Chairman of the Committee' means the Chairman of the Committee of
Trustees appointed under section 17D;

'Committee of Trustees' means the Jubilee Sports Centre Trust
Fund Committee of Trustees established by section 17D;

'fund' means the Jubilee Sports Centre Trust Fund established by
section 17C;

'trustee' means a member of the Committee of Trustees.

17C. (1) There is established a trust fund to be known as the
Jubilee Sports Centre Trust Fund.

(2) Subject to this Part, the fund shall be administered by the
Committee of Trustees.

(3) The fund shall consist of-

(a)such moneys and assets as may be donated, subscribed or
bequeathed to, and accepted by, or otherwise acquired by the
Board for the fund; and

(b)any interest, dividends and income derived from the moneys
and other assets of the fund.





17D. (1) There is established a Committee of Trustees, to be
called the Jubilee Sports Centre Trust Fund Committee of Trustees.

(2) The Committee of Trustees shall be appointed by the
Board and shall consist of not less than 3 or more than 5 members of
whom-

(a) not less than 2 shall be members of the Board; and

(b)one shall be appointed by the Board as Chairman of the
Committee.

(3) The Board shall give notice in the Gazette of every
appointment under subsection (2).

(4) Subject to subsection (2), the Board may, from time to
time, by notice in writing under the hand of the Chairman of the
Board, remove any trustee and appoint a new trustee.

(5) A trustee may at any time resign by giving not less than one
month's notice in writing to the Board.

(6) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business
of the Committee of Trustees shall be 2 trustees or such greater
number as may be fixed by standing orders made under section 17G.

(7) At a meeting of the Committee of Trustees, the Chairman
of the Committee or, in his absence, such other trustee as the trustees
present may select shall preside.

(8) All questions arising at a meeting of the Committee of
Trustees shall be decided by a majority of the votes of trustees
present and, in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman of the
Committee or other trustee presiding shall have a casting vote in
addition to his original vote.

17E. (1) The Committee of Trustees-

(a)shall be a body corporate (in this section called 'the
corporation');

(b)shall have the name 'Jubilee Sports Centre Trust Fund
Committee of Trustees';

(c)in that name shall have perpetual succession and may sue
and be sued in any court; and

(d)shall have a common seal, the affixing whereof shall be
authenticated by-
(i) the signature of the Chairman of the Committee; or
(ii) the signature of a trustee authorized for that pur-
pose by the Committee of Trustees.

(2) Any instrument purporting to be an instrument duly
executed under the seal of the corporation shall be received in
evidence and shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be an
instrument so executed.





17F. The Committee of Trustees shall apply the fund in such
manner and to such extent as the Board may advise for the object of
meeting the expenses of the sports centre for a period of not less than
20 years from the commencement of this Part.

17G. The Committee of Trustees may make standing orders-

(a) governing its procedure in the transaction of business;

(b) for the maintenance of good order at its meetings; and

(c)generally, for matters relating to the administration and
management of the fund and the discharge of the duties of
the Committee of Trustees.

17H. (1) The Committee of Trustees may from time to time
appoint, upon such salary (if any) and upon such terms as it may
think proper, a secretary, a treasurer, and such other officials as it
may think necessary and may employ any professional person or
agent (whether a solicitor, banker, stockbroker, financial adviser,
or other person) to advise it on any matter arising out of or in
connexion with the fund.

(2) All salaries and fees (if any) of a person appointed or
employed under subsection (1) shall be paid by the Committee of
Trustees out of the fund.

171. The Committee of Trustees may invest any moneys of the
fund in such authorized investments (within the meaning of section 4
of the Trustee Ordinance) as the Committee of Trustees may decide.

17J. (1) The Committee of Trustees shall cause proper
accounts to be kept of all transactions of the fund and shall cause to
be prepared, in respect of the period from the commencement of this
Part to 30 June 1987, and thereafter in respect of every period of one
year ending on 30 June, a statement of the accounts of the fund,
which statement shall include an income and expenditure account
and balance sheet and shall be signed by the Chairman of the
Committee.

(2) The accounts of the fund and the signed statement of the
accounts shall be audited by an auditor (being a certified public
accountant within the meaning of section 2 of the Professional
Accountants Ordinance) appointed by the Board and the auditor
shall certify the statement subject to such report, if any, as he may
think fit.

(3) There shall be laid on the table of the Legislative Council
not later than 31 December next following the end of each period in
respect of which a statement is required to be prepared under
subsection (1) or so soon thereafter as the Governor may allow-

(a)a copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the auditor's report, if any; and

(b)a report of the Committee of Trustees on the administra-
tion of the fund during that period.





17K. The fund shall not-

(a)be used by the Board or the Committee of Trustees for the
purpose of borrowing or raising money; and

(b)be charged, mortgaged, pledged or used as security for any
purpose.
(Part VA added, 6 of 1987, s. 5)

PART V

STAFF

18. (1) The Board shall appoint a person to be the Chief
Executive of the Board.

(2) The Board may appoint such other employees as it thinks
necessary.
(3) All matters relating to the remuneration, the terms and
conditions of appointment, and the work and conduct, of employees
of the Board, and their suspension or dismissal from office, shall be
determined by the Board.

19. (1) The Board may engage the services of technical and
professional advisers to advise the Board in any matter arising out of
or in connexion with any of the functions or powers of the Board.

(2) All matters relating to the remuneration and the terms and
conditions of engagement of advisers, and the manner of their
engagement, under subsection (1) shall be determined by the Board.

20. (1) The Board may-

(a)grant, or make provision for the grant of, pensions, gratu-
ities and retirement benefits to its employees;
(b)provide other benefits for the welfare of its employees and
their dependants;

(e)make payments, whether ex gratia or legally due, to the
personal representatives of a deceased employee or to any
person who was dependent on such employee at his death.
(2) The Board may establish, manage and control or enter in
an arrangement with any company or association for the establish-
ment, management and control by such company or association
either alone or jointly with the Board of any fund or scheme for
the purpose of providing for the pensions, gratuities, benefits and
payments referred to in subsection (1).

(3) The Board may make contributions to any fund or scheme
referred to in subsection (2) and may require its employees to make
contributions thereto.

(4) The Board may supply living accommodation and house-
hold effects, for the occupation and use of employees and advisers of
the Board and their families, at such rent and on such terms and
conditions as it may determine.





(5) In this section 'employees' includes any class of employee
which the Board may specify and in subsection (1) includes former
employees.

PART VI

GENERAL

21. The Board is not the servant or agent of the Crown and
does not enjoy any status, immunity or privilege of the Crown.

22. The Board shall upon request by the Governor afford to
him sufficient facilities for obtaining information with respect to the
property and affairs of the Board and shall in such manner and at
such times as the Governor may require furnish him with returns,
accounts and other information with respect thereto and afford to
him facilities for the verification of information furnished.

23. (1) The Governor may, if he considers the public interest
so requires, give directions in writing to the Board and the Board
shall comply with those directions.

(2) No such direction shall be inconsistent with any provision
of this Ordinance.

24. (1) The Board may, under its common seal, make by-laws
not inconsistent with this Ordinance for all or any of the following
purposes-
(a)the management and control, including the closing or
partial closing, of the sports centre;
(b)the fixing of the times during which the sports centre or any
part thereof may be open to members of the public;
(c)the selection of groups of persons, schools, associations or
institutions who may use the sports centre or any part
thereof, or any facilities provided therein;
(d)the manner in which applications for use of the sports
centre or any part thereof, or any facilities provided
therein, may be made;

(e)the use of any equipment, apparatus, fitting or facility
provided for use at the sports centre;

(f)the preservation of good order and discipline and preven-
tion of nuisances in the sports centre;
(g) the control of trading or advertising in the sports centre;
(h) the eviction of trespassers from the sports centre;
(i)the better carrying out of the functions and duties of the
Board.
(2) All by-laws made under subsection (1) shall be subject to
the approval of the Legislative Council.





(3) The Board shall cause printed copies of all by-laws made under
subsection (1) to be kept at its principal office and to be available for
sale to any person at a reasonable cost.

25. Any by~laws made under section 24 may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof shall be an offence and
may prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of $2,000 and
imprisonment for 3 months.

26. Without prejudice to any Ordinance relating to the prosecution
of criminal offences or to the powers of the Attorney General in relation
to the prosecution of criminal offences, prosecutions for an offence
under the by-laws made under section 24 may be brought in the name of
the Board.
Originally 57 of 1977. 72 of 1983. 6 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. Establishment and incorporation of the Jubilee Sports Centre Board. Establishment and name of the sports centre. Functions of the Board. Powers of the Board. Powers of Board in relation to fees, conditions of use, etc. Allocation and granting of sports centre or parts thereof. Seal of the Board. Documents of the Board. Certain documents not required to be sealed. Membership of the Board. (Cap. 1.) Proceedings of the Board. Validity of proceedings. Power to borrow money. Accounts and statements. Investment of surplus funds. This part not to apply to Trust Fund. Interpretation. Establishment of trust fund. Establishment of Committee of Trustees. Incorporation of Committee of Trustees. Application and object of the fund. Standing orders. Appointment of officers and professional advisers. Investment of moneys. (Cap. 29.) Accounts. (Cap. 50.) Fund not to be used as security. Appointment of Chief executive and other employees. Employment of technical and professional advisers. Staff benefits. Board not servant or agent of the Crown. Governor may obtain information. Governor may give directions. By-laws. Further powers in relation to by-laws. Board may prosecute in its name.

Abstract

Originally 57 of 1977. 72 of 1983. 6 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. Establishment and incorporation of the Jubilee Sports Centre Board. Establishment and name of the sports centre. Functions of the Board. Powers of the Board. Powers of Board in relation to fees, conditions of use, etc. Allocation and granting of sports centre or parts thereof. Seal of the Board. Documents of the Board. Certain documents not required to be sealed. Membership of the Board. (Cap. 1.) Proceedings of the Board. Validity of proceedings. Power to borrow money. Accounts and statements. Investment of surplus funds. This part not to apply to Trust Fund. Interpretation. Establishment of trust fund. Establishment of Committee of Trustees. Incorporation of Committee of Trustees. Application and object of the fund. Standing orders. Appointment of officers and professional advisers. Investment of moneys. (Cap. 29.) Accounts. (Cap. 50.) Fund not to be used as security. Appointment of Chief executive and other employees. Employment of technical and professional advisers. Staff benefits. Board not servant or agent of the Crown. Governor may obtain information. Governor may give directions. By-laws. Further powers in relation to by-laws. Board may prosecute in its name.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3169

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

309

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:22 +0800
<![CDATA[PHARMACOPOEIA ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3168

Title

PHARMACOPOEIA ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PHARMACOPOEIA ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 308

of'

REVISED EDITION 1964

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 308.

PHARMACOPOEIA.

To make provision for the approval of the adoption in the Colony of a
pharmacopoeia and for the admission in evidence of copies
thereof.

[22nd August, 1958.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Pharmacopoeia Ordinance.

2. The Medical Council of Hong Kong as established by section 3
of the Medical Registration Ordinance, shall have the exclusive right of
approving the adoption in the Colony of a pharmacopoeia containing
descriptions of and standards for. and notes and other matter relating
to, medicines, preparations, materials and articles used in the practice of
medicine. surgery, or midwifery, and shall further have the exclusive
right of approving the adoption of any amendments thereto.

3. A pharmacopoeia approved under section 2 shall be deemed for
all purposes to be substituted in the Colony for all other
pharmacopoeias; and any enactment or custom relating to any of such
last-mentioned pharmacopoeias shall be deemed. after approval of a
pharmacopoeia under section 2. to refer to such pharmacopoeia and any
amendments thereto which have been approved.

4. Notice shall be published in the Gazette of any approval given
under section 2 and of any amendment thereto and a copy of the
pharmacopoeia or of any amendment thereto of which such notice of
approval has been given, being a copy purporting to be printed by such
printer as may be named in such notice, shall be received in evidence as
such pharmacopoeia or amendment. as the case may be.
Originally 28 of 1958. Short title. Right of approving a pharmacopoeia to vest in the Medical Council. (Cap. 161.) Substitution of approved pharmacopoeia for previous pharmacopoeias. Publication of notice of approval and admission in evidence of copies of approved pharmacopoeia.

Abstract

Originally 28 of 1958. Short title. Right of approving a pharmacopoeia to vest in the Medical Council. (Cap. 161.) Substitution of approved pharmacopoeia for previous pharmacopoeias. Publication of notice of approval and admission in evidence of copies of approved pharmacopoeia.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3168

Edition

1964

Volume

v20

Subsequent Cap No.

308

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:31:22 +0800